Inventors list

Assignees list

Classification tree browser

Top 100 Inventors

Top 100 Assignees


Short range RF communication

Subclass of:

455 - Telecommunications

455039000 - TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS

Patent class list (only not empty are listed)

Deeper subclasses:

Class / Patent application numberDescriptionNumber of patent applications / Date published
455410300 To output device 227
Entries
DocumentTitleDate
20090176451ENCODED COLOR INFORMATION FACILITATING DEVICE PAIRING FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Pairing information is encoded as color information by a color coding device. The encoded color information is displayed by the color coding device and viewed by a color decoding device. The color decoding device decodes the encoded pairing information and uses the decoded pairing information to establish wireless communication with the color coding device.07-09-2009
20080293361Communication devices, communication systems, a bluetooth communications protocol communication device, and communication methods - Communication devices, communication systems, a Bluetooth communication protocol communication device, and communication methods are provided. According to a first aspect, a communication device includes a single buffer configured to store communication data; control circuitry coupled with the buffer and configured to generate a plurality of packets including different amounts of communication data from the buffer; and communication circuitry coupled with the control circuitry and configured to communicate the packets.11-27-2008
20130029604SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A subject short-range wireless communication apparatus capable of simultaneously connecting multiple profiles with another short-range wireless communication apparatus acting as a connection counterpart is disclosed. The subject apparatus comprises: a communication disconnection detection device that, in cases where a first profile is connected between the subject apparatus and the another apparatus, detects whether or not the first profile is disconnected due to the subject apparatus' non-acceptance of a connection request of a second profile sent from the another apparatus; and a communication re-connection device that, in response to disconnection of the first profile detected by the communication disconnection detection device, re-connects the first profile with the another apparatus.01-31-2013
20130029603DUAL RANGE RADIOFREQUENCY COMMUNICATION OBJECT AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING SAME - The present invention relates to a communication object comprising means for radiofrequency communication with a remote device, wherein said communication means are capable of establishing a first short-range communication and a second communication having a longer range than the first communication, said long range being enabled by Bluetooth or Wifi technology. The communication means use the same type of communication technology for the first and second communications. The invention also relates to a method for implementing the dual-range radiofrequency communication of the object.01-31-2013
20130029602METHOD OF ACQUISITION BY A MOBILE TERMINAL OF COMPLEMENTARY INFORMATION RELATED TO AT LEAST ONE POSTER PRESENT ON A DISPLAY PANEL - A method of acquisition by a mobile terminal (01-31-2013
20130029599Method and Apparatus for Communication Between a Vehicle Based Computing System and a Remote Application - A vehicle-based computing apparatus includes a computer processor in communication with persistent and non-persistent memory. The apparatus also includes a local wireless transceiver in communication with the computer processor and configured to communicate wirelessly with a wireless device located at the vehicle. The processor is operable to receive, through the wireless transceiver, a connection request sent from a nomadic wireless device, the connection request including at least a name of an application seeking to communicate with the processor. The processor is further operable to receive at least one secondary communication from the nomadic device, once the connection request has been processed. The secondary communication is at least one of a speak alert command, a display text command, a create phrase command, and a prompt and listen command.01-31-2013
20130029601COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH SIMULTANEOUS WIRELESS LAN AND BLUE-TOOTH COMMUNICATION CAPABILITY - A communication device is disclosed, having a wireless LAN transceiver, a wireless LAN demodulation circuit, a Bluetooth transceiver, a Bluetooth demodulation circuit, an oscillator, and a mixer. The wireless LAN transceiver conducts communication in a first frequency band and the wireless LAN demodulation circuit demodulates the wireless LAN signals. The Bluetooth transceiver conducts communication in a second band and a third frequency band, which are higher and lower than the first frequency band, respectively. The oscillator generates oscillating signals. The mixer mixes the signals in the second frequency band with an oscillating signal, which is higher than the second frequency band, and mixes the signals in the third frequency band with another oscillating signal, which is lower than the third frequency band to generate mixed signals. The Bluetooth demodulation circuit demodulates the mixed signals of the mixer.01-31-2013
20130029600WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a wireless communication system comprises a leaky coaxial cable configured to be vertically arranged on a placing surface, a base station configured to make the leaky coaxial cable radiate electric wave, and an illumination unit configured to illuminate an area coincident with a communication area formed by the electric wave radiated from the leaky coaxial cable arranged on the placing surface.01-31-2013
20080261525WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, PROGRAM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - There is provided a wireless communication device that includes a first communication portion that performs non-contact communication with an other wireless communication device and receives unit specific data indicating the other wireless communication device's communication function; a second communication portion that can communicate wirelessly faster than the first communication portion; a determination portion that determines, based on the unit specific data, whether the other wireless communication device's communication function is compatible with the second communication portion; and a format conversion portion that converts a format of transmission data that is transmitted to the other wireless communication device to a format that reduces the volume of the transmission data. If the determination portion determines that the other wireless communication device's communication function is not compatible with the second communication portion, the first communication portion transmits the transmission data to the other wireless communication device in the converted data format.10-23-2008
20080261524Method and System for a Bluetooth Device That Supports Multiple Connections - Methods and systems for a Bluetooth device that supports multiple connections are disclosed. Aspects of one method may include enabling an active Bluetooth device to generate an indication of an incoming call via a second of a plurality of Bluetooth devices when the Bluetooth enabled device is engaged in an existing call via a first of the plurality of Bluetooth devices. The indication may be an audible indication, a visible indication, and/or vibratory indication. A user of the active Bluetooth device may then decide whether to accept the incoming call, and may place the existing call on hold. The active Bluetooth device may also be used to initiate an outgoing call via another one of the plurality of Bluetooth devices, when the active Bluetooth device is engaged in the existing call via the first Bluetooth device.10-23-2008
20100130130MASTER-SLAVE BLUETOOTH MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND NETWORK DOMAIN LOGIN METHOD - A master-slave Bluetooth mobile communication system includes a host device and an extension device. The host device includes a call module, a first Bluetooth module and a first communication module. The extension device includes a second Bluetooth module and a second communication module. The first and second communication modules log in to a first and a second network domain respectively. The first and second Bluetooth modules provide an information channel between the host device and the extension device to transmit a data. The extension device informs the host device a login data of the second network domain. The host device communicates with a remote device through the first network domain or the information channel and the second network domain that the extension device logs into. Therefore, in a specific range, the host device uses functions of the extension device and a Bluetooth technology to log in to two network domains.05-27-2010
20110300803System and Method for Secure Short-Range Communication - A system and method for enabling secure short-range communication. A close proximity transmitter is used that is designed with a relatively poor radiator as compared to a conventional transmitter supporting conventional transmissions such as mobile phone communications, Wi-Fi, or Bluetooth communication. The close-proximity transmitter and the conventional transmitter are selectively activated based on a communication mode.12-08-2011
20100056051COEXISTANCE DEVICE COMMUNICATION - The present invention provides a system and a method for transferring data between a Bluetooth device (BTD) and a wireless local area network (WLAN) device which uses packet traffic arbitration (PTA). The method of the present invention includes encoding data using a plurality of control lines between the BTD and WLAN, transmitting the data and acknowledging the data reception using the existing control lines. The method according to the present invention allows BTD and WLAN device to transmit additional scheduling information, schedule the medium access, and reduce the number of collisions between the two devices.03-04-2010
20110143671INPUT DEVICE WITH MULTI-OBJECT SWITCH TRANSMISSION - An input device with multi-object switch transmission aims to establish a data transmission link between an input device and at least one information processing system. The input device contains a Bluetooth transmission device, a memory unit, a circuit unit and a micro control unit. The memory unit presets a plurality of protocol data fields. The Bluetooth transmission device gets multiple sets of Bluetooth communication protocol codes from multiple linkable information processing systems. The micro control unit saves each set of Bluetooth communication protocol code corresponding to each information processing system in each protocol data field of the memory unit. The circuit unit is triggered by a user to output a corresponding selection signal. The selection signal triggers the micro control unit to access the Bluetooth communication protocol code in a selected protocol data field from the memory unit to link the Bluetooth transmission device to one information processing system.06-16-2011
20120184214CELL PHONE TERMINAL, METHOD FOR STARTING DATA PROCESSING, METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING DATA - The present invention provides a portable terminal which can easily start processing for data selected to be processed, a method for starting data processing, and a method for transferring data. A cell phone terminal 07-19-2012
20120184213WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device for effecting wireless communication using a short-range wireless communication method having a ranging function, which carries out wireless connection establishment/disconnection control using ranging information. For example, the wireless communication device determines the range to another wireless communication device within wireless communication range, and if it finds a wireless communication device present within a predetermined range establishes a wireless connection with that wireless communication device, and disconnects the connection if the wireless communication device with which the device is in wireless connection passes beyond a predetermined range.07-19-2012
20120184212APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR USING MULTIPLE DEVICES - An apparatus and method for providing a communication service to a terminal having a specific identifier (ID), and an apparatus and method for receiving a communication service are disclosed. The method includes recognizing an attribute of a terminal, determining whether the communication service is appropriate for the terminal, and if it is determined that the communication service is appropriate, setting the terminal to an active mode.07-19-2012
20120184211Cellular Telephone and Personal Digital Assistant - The handheld personal electronic device has a first body having a display, a second body having a plurality of manual inputs, the second body capable of attachment to the first body, the personal electronic device having an open position wherein the display of the first body and the manual inputs of the second body are accessibly exposed. And, the personal electronic device having a closed position wherein the display of the first body is protected by the second body and the manual inputs of the second body are accessibly exposed.07-19-2012
20120184210SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING ELECTRIC QUANTITY OF BLUETOOTH EARPHONE ON PORTABLE ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - The present disclosure provides a system and a method for displaying an electric quantity of a bluetooth earphone on a portable electronic equipment. The system includes a bluetooth earphone and a portable electronic equipment. The bluetooth earphone includes a first communication module, a power management module, and a control module. The portable electronic equipment includes a second communication module, a processing module and a display module. The display module receives an electric quantity value from the processing module and displays it in form of an icon. The present disclosure can make a user observe a currently-used electric quantity of the bluetooth earphone when the bluetooth earphone is worn and cannot be observed.07-19-2012
20120184209AREA TRACKING SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF TRACKING ELECTRONIC DEVICES - Area tracking systems including a plurality of short range sensors that are communicatively connected to a server and methods of tracking electronic devices. The electronic devices are tracked by polling for the electronic devices, the polling including transmission of electronic addresses corresponding to the electronic devices and determining whether a reply to the poling is received. The electronic addresses are each stored on one of a plurality of lists. Each of the lists may be polled at a different frequency and may include a different number of electronic device addresses.07-19-2012
20110195666ACCESSORY FOR AN IMPLANT - An accessory (08-11-2011
20110195665METHOD, APPARATUS, AND USE OF PRESENCE DETECTION - The system and method provide for a small, low-power device, e.g., a Bluetooth® device, in a carryable or wearable form, that allows a controlled device to respond to the presence of the user. The device may be worn on one's person and allow other devices, by means of Bluetooth® pairing and protocols, to detect the presence of a user. The controller or controlling device may emit a signal in the vicinity of the user to allow the controlled device to know whether or not the controlling device is present, and the signal may be a pulse of data that is transmitted every few seconds. The pulse of data between the transmitter and the receiver may be encrypted to be used for higher-security applications as a means of dual-factor authentication. The presence of the user may be employed to control a device, e.g., to control access to a computer, to unlock/lock doors, to turn lights on and off, and so on.08-11-2011
20110195664WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM FOR A SPA - A wireless control system is provided for remotely controlling various modules of a spa. The control system comprises a wireless interface for receiving a combination of communication signals containing control data and BLUETOOTH signals from a remote wireless device. The communication signals contain at least control data for controlling the various modules of the spa and the BLUETOOTH signals contain media data such as streaming audio data. The communication signals can be transmitted using Wi-Fi, GSM or CDMA protocols. The control system further comprises a wired interface connected to the various modules of the spa and in communication with the wireless interface. The wired interface controls the various modules of the spa in response to the control data.08-11-2011
20110195663Mobile terminal, information transmitting/receiving method, server apparatus, reader-writer, and member privilege acquiring system - There is provided a mobile terminal including: a contactless communication unit transmitting an IC identifier to a reader-writer that carries out contactless communication and receiving link information including the IC identifier from the reader-writer; and a wireless communication unit accessing a server based on the link information, transmitting the link information to the server, transmitting the IC identifier to the server separately to the link information, and operable, when the server has judged based on the IC identifier that contactless communication with the reader-writer and access to the server were both carried out using a same mobile terminal owned by a user, to receive information relating to privilege available to the user on a service used by the user from the server apparatus.08-11-2011
20100087147Method and System for Input/Output Pads in a Mobile Multimedia Processor - Methods and systems for input/output pads in a mobile multimedia processor are disclosed and may include receiving data from a host device in an integrated circuit having at least one contact pad and generating at least one control signal that controls the contact pads. The received data may be processed by the MMP based on the generated at least one control signal, or may be passed through the MMP in a bypass mode based on the control signal, thereby allowing the received data to pass through the MMP without processing to an external memory via the at least one contact pad, thereby sharing the external memory with the host device. The data may be transferred to external memory coupled to a contact pad on the MMP when the received data is to be passed through the MMP. The received data may be stored temporarily before transfer to an external device.04-08-2010
20100081380TELEPHONE APPARATUS FOR TRANSFERING A CELLULAR PHONE CALL TO A HOME PHONE AND MAKING A CELLULAR PHONE CALL BY A HOME PHONE - An exemplary telephone apparatus which can transfer a first phone call from a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone to a home phone and, making a second cellular phone call by a home phone via a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone, includes a Bluetooth enabled integrated chip (IC). The IC includes a Bluetooth modem configured for receiving a Bluetooth signal from a Bluetooth radio frequency (RF) antenna of the cellular phone, a central processing unit (CPU) built-in the IC, for switching controlling of transferring between the first phone call and the second phone call, and a digital signal processor (DSP) and a CODEC built-in the IC. The telephone apparatus makes use of digital signal processing technology to generate and decode various tones and signals. The telephone also avoids the problem of distortion of DTMF tone during transmission through a Bluetooth RF.04-01-2010
20100159831COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A method for controlling a communication apparatus includes communicating with an external device through close proximity wireless communication, receiving a remote control signal transmitted from a remote controller, storing a remote control setting which enables or disables an operation of the remote controller, making a determination as to whether a connection between the communication apparatus and the external device through the close proximity wireless communication is established, and controlling an operation of the remote controller for the communication apparatus on the basis of the determination.06-24-2010
20100159830IN-HEADSET CONFERENCE CALLING - Systems and methods for establishing conference calls using a headset are presented. The headset includes a wireless communications transceiver operable to form a first local wireless link with a first local telephone in communication with a first far end telephone user and a second local wireless link with a second local telephone in communication with a second far end telephone user. The headset further includes a processor operable to establish a conference call between the headset user, the first far end telephone user, and the second far end telephone user.06-24-2010
20100120362METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR QUICK BLUETOOTH LOW ENERGY (BLE) PROTOCOL SIGNAL PRESENCE DETECTION FOR COEXISTENCE - Aspects of the invention may comprise managing operations of BLE interfaces and/or other radio interfaces in a wireless device to mitigate interference to communication via the BLE interfaces by the other radio interfaces. Operating parameters may be communicated between the BLE interfaces and the other radio interfaces to enable mitigating the interference to the BLE interfaces, and at least some of the BLE interfaces and/or the other radio interfaces may be configured based on the communicated operating parameters. The operating parameters may comprise adaptive frequency hopping (AFH) maps that may be adjusted to prevent use of common and/or used channels. The communication device may detect energy associated with BLE communication via scan of all or some of channels used for BLE communication. BLE communication may be predicted based on monitoring of frequency bands used during BLE communication, and/or monitoring of events that may trigger and/or occur during BLE communication.05-13-2010
20130045687Short-Range Wireless Communication - The present specification describes techniques and apparatus that enable wireless devices to communicate effectively at short ranges. In one implementation, the transmit power of a transmitting device is reduced to permit a receiving device to demodulate a signal.02-21-2013
20130045688Short-Range Wireless Communication - The present specification describes techniques and apparatus that enable wireless devices to communicate effectively at short ranges. In one implementation, the transmit power of a transmitting device is reduced to permit a receiving device to demodulate a signal.02-21-2013
20130045686SYSTEM, MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION - A system, a mobile communication terminal, and a method for providing information. The system for providing information includes: a tag configured to store tag information; a mobile communication terminal configured to obtain the tag information using short-range communication and to calculate position information of the mobile communication terminal when the tag information is obtained; and an information providing server configured to receive the tag information and the position information from the mobile communication terminal, extract service address information which provides information for connecting to a service identified by the tag information and based on the position information, and provide the extracted service address information to the mobile communication terminal. The mobile communication terminal is connected to the service based on the service address information.02-21-2013
20130045685HEALTH CARE SANITATION MONITORING SYSTEM - A medical sanitation device may include a detector for detecting the physical presence of a clinician token within a detection area in the vicinity of the medical sanitation device. The clinician token may be indicative of the identity of a clinician. The medical sanitation device also includes a sanitation module configured to be used by the clinician to perform a sanitation task. Detection of a clinician in proximity to the medical sanitation device may be used to at least partially control access to, or operation of, a medical patient monitoring device.02-21-2013
20130045683VEHICLE WIRELESS HUB - A vehicle wireless hub includes a vehicle power connector that can draw power from a vehicle battery on a vehicle, a first wireless transmission circuit that can send or receive data with base stations in a long-range wireless network, a second wireless transmission circuit that can provide a short-range wireless network and to transfer data to and from electronic devices, and a network processor that can process data in the first wireless transmission circuit and the second wireless transmission circuit. The vehicle power connector can supply power to the first wireless transmission circuit, the second wireless transmission circuit, and the network processor.02-21-2013
20130045684AUDIO TRANSFER USING THE BLUETOOTH LOW ENERGY STANDARD - The described embodiments include a system for communicating between electronic devices. During operation, a receiving electronic device receives a data channel protocol data unit (PDU) in a link layer of a Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE) protocol stack. The receiving electronic device then reads a field in a header of the data channel PDU to determine if the header indicates that a payload of the data channel PDU contains audio data. When the header indicates that the payload of the data channel PDU contains audio data, the receiving electronic device is configured to send the audio data from the payload to an audio layer in the BTLE protocol stack for processing.02-21-2013
20100075603DETERMINING RELATIVE PHASE DATA OF A RECEIVED SIGNAL - A method of determining relative phase data of a signal received at multiple antennas, the signal being a phase-modulated data signal having a plurality of periods of constant frequency, the method comprising: within each period of constant frequency, sampling the signal received by a first one of the multiple antennas and sampling the signal received by at least one different one of the multiple antennas; determining from the received samples a data symbol value represented by the received signal for each of the periods of constant frequency; and using the determined data symbol value information to eliminate phase variations between the samples received by the different antennas within each constant frequency period arising from the modulation of the data signal to generate relative phase data for said different antennas.03-25-2010
20100075602SYSTEM AND METHOD OF FACILITATING THE DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION BY MEANS OF ACTIVE ADVERTISEMENTS IN PORTABLE INFORMATION TRANSCEIVERS - A system and method to provide a user with a requisite receiving device, such as cell phone, with the ability to record contact information, from an interactive advertisement for storage and later use, or, at the user's option, to obtain the information at his or her convenience even at the location of the advertisement. The invention can work accurately in any environment, including those regions where there might be heavy traffic or congestion, and a plurality of interaction signs or posters can readily interface with the recipient's device. However, an important feature of the present invention is that the user can choose to only accept that contact information that is of interest to him or her, and does not have to automatically record and/or interact with any transmitter just because it is in the sphere of influence of the receiving device.03-25-2010
20100075601Wireless Communication Apparatus and Wireless Communication Method - According to one embodiment, a wireless communication apparatus includes a communication module configured to wirelessly communicate with an external device, a field strength measurement module configured to measure a field strength which is received by the communication module from the external device, a determination module configured to determine whether a state is a first state in which a period during which the field strength measured by the field strength measurement module is continuously greater than or equal to a threshold is greater than or equal to a certain period, or a second state in that the period is less than the certain period, and a control module configured to execute a first process using the communication module when the state is determined to be the first state, and execute a second process using the communication module when the state is determined to be the second state.03-25-2010
20100075600WIRELESS PICONETS, DEVICES AND METHODS THAT SELF-LEARN MULTI-FRAME SLOT PATTERNS - A first device in a short-range wireless piconet self-learns a multi-frame piconet pattern that is used by a second device as a result of a deferral that reduces or avoids simultaneous transmission and reception by two transceivers at the second device. The first device uses this self-learned multi-frame piconet pattern to selectively control transmitting and receiving by the first device. Power can thereby be conserved at the first device. Related devices, networks and methods are described.03-25-2010
20100075599Data Transmission and Exchange Using Spin Waves - Devices are proposed for use in nanoscale data transfer and exchange between electronic components. Spin wave generators translate an input signal charge-carrier based signal to spin waves within a ferromagnetic stripe. The spin waves propagate along the ferromagnetic stripe and are detected by spin wave detectors. Further, signal transfer devices such as a splitter, mixer, and switch are disclosed. Embodiments of the invention provide a solution for replacing copper connections, which is a limiting factor in current and future development of high-performance chips.03-25-2010
20120244809WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK BETWEEN PARTICIPANTS OF AN ASSIMILATION STEP - A method of building a wireless communication network between a plurality of pre-defined devices which include spatially distributed inverters for feeding electric energy into an AC power grid and which each have a spatially limited range in wireless communication is provided. The method includes the steps of assimilating the pre-defined devices for a limited period of time, and in the step of assimilating, generating at least one network ID and persistently storing the at least one network ID in each pre-defined device participating in the step of assimilating. The method further includes, after the step of assimilating, connecting each pre-defined device exclusively to such other pre-defined devices in which network IDs originating from the same step of assimilating are stored.09-27-2012
20120244808METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONNECTING TO NETWORK IN A SHORT-RANGE MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method and apparatus are provided for reconnecting from a serving coordinator of a serving WPAN to a coordinator of another WPAN. The method includes broadcasting a neighbor terminal information request message periodically to neighbor terminals; receiving a neighbor information response message, having neighbor terminal information and LQI, from at least one neighbor terminal, responding to the neighbor terminal information request message; storing a neighbor table having the LQI and the neighbor terminal information included in the neighbor information response message, the neighbor terminal information including the LQI, a PAN ID of a WPAN to which the at least one neighbor terminal belongs and neighbor router information about the at least one neighbor terminal; and reconnecting to the coordinator of the another WPAN using the LQI and the neighbor terminal information and communicating with the coordinator of the other WPAN.09-27-2012
20120244807SHORT-DISTANCE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - In particular, even if sensors have their respective different timer precisions, the number of occasions when the sensors wait for data can be minimized, thereby reducing the output consumptions on the sensor sides. A coordinator (09-27-2012
20100035547Video transmission apparatus and switch control method of output destination by video transmission apparatus - The present invention provides a video transmission apparatus including an input terminal input with a video signal; an output terminal wire connected to a video device; a wireless communication unit for modulating the video signal through a predetermined wireless modulation method and wirelessly transmitting the modulated video signal; an output switch unit, connected with the input terminal, the output terminal, and the wireless transmission unit, for switching an output destination of the video signal input from the input terminal to the output terminal or the wireless transmission unit; and a switch controller for causing the output switch unit to switch the output destination of the video signal in response to a switch request when receiving the switch request of the output destination by the wireless communication unit.02-11-2010
20130084806METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THE CONFIGURATION OF A MOBILE STATION BASEBAND CIRCUIT FOR AN ACOUSTIC ACCESSORY - A method and system for the configuration of a mobile station baseband circuit for an acoustic accessory having an identifier, the method comprising the steps of: determining whether the mobile device recognizes the identifier of the acoustic device; and configuring the baseband circuit with a DSP filter response and CODEC acoustic gain parameters for the acoustic device if the mobile device recognizes the identifier of the acoustic device. The system comprising: an identifier for each of the plurality of acoustic devices; a local memory in the mobile station storing a frequency (filter) response and gain parameters for at least one of the plurality of acoustic devices and for mapping them to the identifier; and a digital signal processor to re-shape an acoustic frequency response and adjust an audio gain of a baseband circuit for the mobile station based on the stored frequency response and gain parameters.04-04-2013
20130078923PAIRING WITH DIRECTIONAL CODE SEQUENCE - Disclosed are various embodiments of pairing with a directional code sequence. In one embodiment a method includes discovering that a user device is within proximity of a pairing device. A directional code sequence based upon variations in the position of the user device is obtained and a communication link is established between the user device and the pairing device in response to the directional code sequence. In another embodiment, a system includes a user device and a pairing device configured to establish a communication link with the user device in response to a sequence of position variations of the user device. In another embodiment, a method includes obtaining a sequence of characters corresponding to a directional code sequence from a pairing device and transmitting a signal from a user device to the pairing device from a sequence of positions corresponding to the sequence of characters.03-28-2013
20130210361WIRELESS COMMUNICATION GAME SYSTEM - A wireless communication game system includes a plurality of mobile game apparatuses, which function as a parent device or a child device and are capable of making a communication with each other, and broadcasts from the parent device a parent device packet including a parent device PID, a user name UserName, a game name GameName, an OC flag, an E slot, a U slot, and a payload. All the parent device packets are received from the parent device existing within a communicationable range of a user's own apparatus, and the user's own apparatus creates a parent device list, and displays the parent device list on an LCD. Therefore, a user or a player of his own apparatus looks at the game name of the parent device list, for example, and operates a cross key included in an operation key so as to select one desired parent device. Then, transmitting a child device number CID of the user's own apparatus at the E slot designated by the parent device packet, the user's own apparatus transmits a connection request to the parent device.08-15-2013
20130040574Systems and Methods for Low Power Short Range Wireless Device Communication Scanning - The present invention relates to a system and method for improving scanning in a low energy Bluetooth device. The host configures a scan interval length, and a scan window length. The scan window length is equal to or shorter than the scan interval length. Next, a link layer initiates a scan interval, and also generates a random delay. The random delay may be anywhere between zero and the difference between the scan window length and the scan interval length. The link layer waits for the delay to complete before scanning is performed by the transceiver. The transceiver scans for the duration of the scan window. After scanning, the system waits for the end of the scan interval before the link layer generates a subsequent randomized delay and the transceiver again scans for the duration o the scan window. This process may continue indefinitely until a connection is established. In some embodiments, the scan window may be subdivided into a number of sub-windows, each preceded by a randomized delay. In some embodiments, the scan window may be interrupted for other high priority radio procedures. In other embodiments, the link layer may identify these radio usage conflicts, and may recalculate the random delay in order to avoid the conflict entirely.02-14-2013
20130040576METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING WI-FI P2P GROUP USING WI-FI DIRECT - Provided is a method for forming a Wi-Fi Peer-to-Peer (P2P) group using Wi-Fi Direct. The method includes acquiring device information of other P2P device corresponding to a connection target by P2P devices that will form a Wi-Fi P2P group; checking a type of the other P2P devices based on the acquired device information; adjusting an intent value of a P2P device depending on the checked type of the other P2P devices; and forming a Wi-Fi P2P group based on the adjusted intent values of the P2P devices.02-14-2013
20130040575COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND BLUETOOTH DEVICE UTILIZING THE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication method for a Bluetooth device in a scatternet which may include several piconets is proposed. The method includes transmitting data to a peer device in the first piconet, determining whether there is any buffered data to be transmitted to the peer device in the first piconet, and switching from the first piconet to the next piconet to transmit data to a peer device in the second piconet according to the determination result.02-14-2013
20130040573Systems and Methods for Low Power Short Range Wireless Device Communication Advertisement - The present invention relates to a system and method for improving directed connectable advertising in a low energy Bluetooth device. The host on the Bluetooth device configures an advertisement interval length, an advertisement window length, and a number of attempts. The advertisement window length is equal to or shorter than the advertisement interval length, which may be less than 1.28 seconds. Next, advertising packets are transmitted for the length of the advertising window on three advertising channels. Packets are transmitted consecutively, with no more than a 3.75 millisecond delay between packets, until the end of the advertisements window. After transmitting, a link layer of the Bluetooth device decrements the number of attempts. Once all attempts have been exhausted, the advertisements end. Otherwise, the link layer waits for the end of the advertisement interval. The link layer generates a pseudorandom delay between 0 and 10 milliseconds, and waits for this time to pass before initiating another advertisement interval with transmission during the advertisement window. If a connection is made at any point, the advertisement may be ended.02-14-2013
20130040572PROXIMITY DETECTION FOR SHARED COMPUTING EXPERIENCES - Systems and methods for detecting whether or not two devices are proximate to one another in order to provide a shared computing experience are provided. The method includes broadcasting audio from a first computing device; receiving the broadcast audio at a second computing device; and processing the received audio to identify a unique audio signature within the broadcasted/received audio. The unique audio signature uniquely identifying the first computing device. The method may further include determining that the first computing device and the second computing device are proximate to one another based on the broadcast audio; and providing a shared computing experience at one or both of the first computing device and the second computing device, where the shared computing experience is not provided in the event that it is determined that the first and second computing devices are non-proximate to one another.02-14-2013
20120208463Bluetooth Security Profile - A user configurable security profile defining relationships between a plurality of communications devices is utilized to secure a communications device in response to an occurrence of an event. In an example embodiment, the devices are linked together using a short range wireless communications protocol. If one of the devices becomes disconnected from the link, another device determines what actions to take based on the profile and the specific actions associated with the disconnected device. A device can be unlocked by providing a code, PIN, password, or the like. A legitimate disconnection from the link, such as turning a device off, or the battery dying, will not result in the remaining devices being locked. If a device is stolen and not recovered, the user can reconfigure the security profile to exclude the stolen device.08-16-2012
20120208461MOBILE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING FUNCTION BASED ON SHORT-RANGE COMMUNICATION - A mobile device and method for performing a function using a short-range communication tag are provided. In the method, the mobile device inputs function-related information into a short-range communication tag, and recognizes proximity to or contact with the short-range communication tag. Then the mobile device reads the function-related information from the short-range communication tag, and performs a function correlated with the function-related information. This allows performing various functions of the mobile device, only depending on a user's action to bring the mobile device in proximity to or contact with the Near Field Communication (NFC) tag.08-16-2012
20100041337SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING WITH VEHICLE OCCUPANTS - An application for a two-way communication system for communicating with a person who is within a closed vehicle includes a short-range radio transmission to transmit audio to a radio within the vehicle. Communication from the person is done by reflecting a light beam on a window of the vehicle and receiving the light beam, which is modulated by vibration of the window caused by the person's voice. The received light beam is then processed to reproduce the sound of the person's voice.02-18-2010
20100041336PARTITIONED BLUETOOTH SYSTEM - A system includes a first memory, a second memory, a host processor, and a second processor. The first memory is configured to store first layers of a Bluetooth protocol stack including at least a portion of a link manager layer. The second memory is configured to store second layers of the Bluetooth protocol stack. The second layers have higher real-time requirements than the first layers. The host processor is coupled to the first memory. The host processor is configured to execute the first layers. The second processor is coupled to the second memory. The second processor is configured to execute the second layers.02-18-2010
20100041335COMMUNICATION APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR FLEXIBLY PROVIDING VARIOUS APPLICATION PROFILES OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication apparatus is provided. The communication apparatus comprises an external memory device and a communication unit. The external memory device stores software functions corresponding to a predetermined application profile of the wireless communication system. The communication unit comprises: a radio transceiver module transceiving radio frequency wireless signals and converting the radio frequency wireless signals to or from baseband signals; a baseband module converting the baseband signals to or from digital signals and processing the digital signals; an internal memory device storing a firmware programmed for controlling the radio transceiver module, the baseband module, and performing a physical layer protocol and a data link layer protocol of the wireless communication system; and a microprocessor accessing the software functions via an interface and executing the firmware and the software functions when implementing the predetermined application profile.02-18-2010
20100041334DISCOVERING PRESENCE INFORMATION AND DISPLAYING A PRESENCE MAP - Disclosed is a personal communication device (called here the “local device”) that “looks around” to discover the presence of other personal communication devices (“remote devices”) in the near neighborhood. Using various techniques, the local device attempts to discover who is associated with each remote device that it discovers. The local device also attempts to assign a position value to each discovered remote device. Using this information, the local device constructs a “presence map” for its user, the map showing who is nearby. By consulting the presence map, the user of the local device can associate a name with each person in the near neighborhood. In some embodiments, the presence map is a virtual two- or three-dimensional representation of the neighborhood surrounding the user of the local device.02-18-2010
20100041333CHARGING STATION THAT OPERATES AS AN INTERMEDIARY DEVICE BETWEEN MOBILE DEVICES AND OTHER DEVICES - A charging station for mobile devices that acts as an intermediary device to facilitate communication between mobile devices and other proximate devices. The charging station may receive data with a mobile device via a first communication protocol (e.g., Bluetooth) or in a first data format and may transmit the received data to a proximate device via a second communication protocol (e.g., WiFi) or in a second data format. The charging station may then receive responsive data from the proximate device via the second communication protocol (e.g., WiFi) or second data format and transmit the responsive data the mobile device via the first communication protocol (e.g., Bluetooth) or first data format. In some embodiments, the charging station may communicate status data about a mobile device to other proximate devices.02-18-2010
20090156121WIRELESS NETWORK AWARENESS IN APPLIANCES - A household appliance, such as a microwave oven or cordless phone, reduces interference with a wireless network by requesting control of the network's channel during a period of time when the appliance will be emitting signals that may interfere with network communications on that channel. Some embodiments contend for the channel before transmitting the request by using standard protocols, while other embodiments simply transmit the request during a detected idle period. Some embodiments don't bother sending a request if no activity is detected on the channel.06-18-2009
20090156124Portable communication device having matching function and portable communication system and communication method therefor - A portable communication device having a matching function and a portable communication system and a communication method thereof are provided. The portable communication device includes an operating interface, a wireless communication module, a determining unit and a displaying unit. The operating interface is capable of generating a first user data. The wireless communication module is capable of receiving a second user data transmitted by another portable communication device. The determining unit is capable of determining whether the first user data and the second user data satisfy a matching condition. The displaying unit is capable of showing a noticing figure if the first user data and the second user data satisfy the matching condition.06-18-2009
20090156123MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING WIRELESS DEVICES THEREOF - A mobile terminal includes a wireless communication unit for searching for wireless devices for pairing with the mobile terminal, a controller for determining a priority of each of the searched wireless devices according to a specific condition, and a display unit for displaying the searched wireless devices, wherein each searched wireless device is particularly displayed on a display region with respect to the other searched wireless devices according to its determined priority.06-18-2009
20090156122MODULATOR APPARATUS HAVING A MECHANISM FOR CHARGING ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND/OR DIGITAL FILE DECODING CAPABILITIES - A modulator apparatus comprising: an elongate housing having a distal portion and a proximal portion that flares outwardly from the distal portion; a cigarette lighter power adapter formed into the distal portion of the elongate housing; a user control panel located on the proximal portion of the elongate housing; an audio input jack in the elongate housing; a battery charging mechanism in the elongate housing for charging a battery of an external electronic device; a circuit located within the elongate housing and operably coupled to the cigarette lighter power adapter, the battery charging mechanism, the audio input jack, and the user control panel; and the circuit comprising means for transmitting an audio signal received by the audio input jack to a radio tuner.06-18-2009
20090156120METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PORTABLE DATA STORAGE WITH INTEGRATED 60 GHZ RADIO - Aspects of a method and system for portable data storage with an integrated 60 GHz radio may include establishing a microwave communication link between a wireless portable storage device and a wireless transmitter and/or wireless receiver. Beamforming parameters of a first antenna array coupled to said wireless portable storage device and a second antenna array coupled to said wireless transmitter and/or wireless receiver may be adjusted automatically and/or dynamically. The wireless portable storage and the wireless transmitter and/or wireless receiver may exchange data via said first antenna array and said second antenna array. A secondary wireless communication link may be established to initialize the establishing of the microwave communication link. The secondary wireless communication link may be established via Bluetooth protocol. The wireless portable storage and the wireless transmitter and/or wireless receiver may receive and transmit in the 60 GHz frequency band.06-18-2009
20100105329DEVICE AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A PORTABLE COMPUTER SYSTEM AND ITEMS OF AVIONICS EQUIPMENT - The device for communication between a portable computer system (04-29-2010
20100105327METHOD OF OPERATING DIRECTORY PROXY AGENT IN LOW POWER WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK, METHOD OF SEARCHING FOR SPECIFIC SERVICE INFORMATION THEREIN, AND DIRECTORY PROXY AGENT PERFORMING THE SAME THEREIN - A method of operating a directory proxy agent (DPA) in a low-power wireless personal area network (LoWPAN) includes advertising a service registration request message to neighboring nodes including at least one service agent and at least one user agent to receive a service registration message from the at least one service agent, storing information for the at least one service agent to a memory to refresh a service information list when the at least one service is not stored in the memory, and transmitting the service information list to at least one directory agent or another DPA to cause the at least one directory agent or the other DPA to be consistent with information for the at least one service agent. Thus, the method may use a DPA to effectively search for information for a service desired by a user agent.04-29-2010
20100105328Method and apparatus for providing information using bluetooth and system therefor - A method for providing information by an information providing device with a Bluetooth module in an information broadcast service based on Bluetooth. The method includes broadcasting an inquiry signal to provide the information; receiving an inquiry response signal; determining if a broadcast request is included in the inquiry response signal; and delivering the information to a Bluetooth device that sent the inquiry response signal, when a broadcast request is included in the inquiry response signal.04-29-2010
20100105325Plurality of Mobile Communication Devices for Performing Locally Collaborative Operations - A plurality of mobile communication devices for performing one or more locally collaborative operations. In one embodiment, one of the mobile communication devices provides a first local energy emission and, related thereto, a local wireless transmission signal, while another of the mobile communication devices responds to the local wireless transmission signal by providing a second local energy emission related to the first local energy emission. In another embodiment, one of the mobile communication devices receives a local stimulus, exclusive of vocal energy emitted by a user, and in response thereto provides a local wireless transmission signal, while another of the mobile communication devices responds to the local wireless transmission signal by providing a local energy emission related to the local stimulus. In another embodiment, each of the mobile communication devices receives a respective portion of a local stimulus in response to which at least one of the mobile communication devices transmits a local wireless transmission signal in response to which a second one of the mobile communication devices provides a local energy emission related to responses to the local stimulus in addition to its own. In additional embodiments, each of the mobile communication devices receives a respective portion of a local stimulus and in response thereto transmits a wireless transmission signal for collaboratively providing, to a remotely located system, information about the various responses to the local stimulus.04-29-2010
20100105326SIGNAL TRANSMITTING DEVICE FOR DRUMS - A signal transmitting device of the present invention includes a plurality of drums and a sound module. Each drum has a pickup and a wireless signal transceiver, and the sound module includes several wireless signal receivers, each of which corresponds to one of the drums. While the drum is beaten upon, the pickup sends a signal to the wireless signal transceiver, and the signal is then transmitted to the corresponding wireless signal receiver wirelessly. Thereby, the complex wiring process can be significantly simplified or even totally resolved.04-29-2010
20100105324COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A communication system, a communication apparatus, a communication method and a program wherein the communication time can be shortened. An initiator, when performing a passive mode of communication, transmits a polling request frame in which a first value is set as time slot information. The initiator, when performing a simple mode of communication, transmits a polling request frame in which a second value, different from the first value, is set as the time slot information. When the time slot information, which is included in the polling request frame from the initiator, is the first value, a target transmits a polling response frame including an ID that identifies the target at the timing of a time slot decided by use of a random number. When the time slot information is the second value, the target transmits a polling response frame including real data at the timing of a predetermined time slot. The present invention can be applied to, for example, IC card systems performing proximity communication.04-29-2010
20100144275WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNIT, MOBILE TERMINAL, AND WIRELESS AUTHENTICATION CONTROL METHOD - A wireless communication unit capable of suppressing prevention of signal retransmission by one controlled machine against reception of a signal transmitted from another controlled machine when carrying out wireless authentication with a plurality of controlled machines. The wireless communication unit causes a short-range radio control unit (06-10-2010
20130035039METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRIGGERING NETWORK DEVICE DISCOVERY - A compass output in a first portable electronic device is monitored as the first device and a second electronic device come closer to each other. It is determined, by a process running in the first device, whether a magnetic field signature that is based on the monitored compass output is associated with a previously defined type of electronic device with which a network device discovery process is to be conducted. Other embodiments are also described and claimed.02-07-2013
20130035038RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A base unit of a radio communication apparatus of the present invention includes a controller that discriminates whether or not company identifying information transmitted from a cordless handset is specific information in connecting a line in a Bluetooth (BT) communication mode, performs communication in another radio communication standard (company's own mode) on determining that the company identifying information is the specific information, and performs the communication in a BT standard on determining that the company identifying information is not the specific information, and a registering unit for registering an ID peculiar to the apparatus. This simple structure allows long-distance communication at higher sound quality with the other apparatus capable of performing CDL communication in the company's own mode using an error handling function, and sound communication at usual sound quality in a BT data format allowing short-distance communication even when the company identifying information is not the specific information.02-07-2013
20100029205WIRELESS DEVICE, PAIRING METHOD, AND UNPAIRING METHOD - A wireless device triggers pairing or un-pairing between the wireless device and another wireless device. The wireless device further exchanges media access control (MAC) addresses, pairing magic numbers (PMNs), and pairing indices with the another wireless device so as to establish the pairing with the another wireless device upon the condition that the wireless device triggers the pairing. The wireless device further exchanges the MAC addresses, the PMNs, and the pairing indices with the another wireless device so as to establish the unpairing with the another wireless device upon the condition that the wireless device triggers the unpairing. The pairing magic numbers are operable to identify the pairing between the wireless device and the another wireless device. The pairing indices are operable to launch the MAC addresses, the PMNs, and the pairing indices.02-04-2010
20120214417SYSTEMS FOR REMOTELY WAKING UP APPLICATION PROCESSOR OF MOBILE DEVICE - Systems for waking up an application processor (AP) of a mobile device are disclosed. In one embodiment, one of the systems of the mobile device includes a Bluetooth device with Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) feature configured to receive a connection request signal from an external device and a hardware module coupled to the Bluetooth device with BLE feature. The hardware module is configured to forward an AP ON request signal received from the external device via the Bluetooth device with BLE feature if the pairing request signal is determined to be valid, and wherein the Bluetooth device with BLE feature and the hardware module are supplied with quiescent current from a battery of the mobile device prior to the wake up of the AP.08-23-2012
20100330911TELECOMMUNICATION INTELLIGENT CARD AND METHOD FOR SIGNALING INTERACTION WITH EXTERNAL NON-CONTACT CARD - A telecommunication intelligent card and a method for signaling interaction between a telecommunication intelligent card and an external non-contact card. The telecommunication intelligent card includes: a control unit for controlling a transmission unit to perform interactive communication with an external non-contact card, and processing signaling data from the transmission unit; and a transmission unit for interactive communication with the external non-contact card, and transmitting the signaling data received from the external non-contact card to the control unit.12-30-2010
20100093280Bluetooth connection method and apparatus - A Bluetooth® connection method and a Bluetooth module for discovering and connecting peripheral Bluetooth devices. An inquiry signal is sent with a minimum transmit power. It is determined if an inquiry response signal is received for a waiting time. A path loss corresponding to each inquiry response signal is calculated when a plurality of inquiry response signals are received for the waiting time, the calculated path losses are compared, and Bluetooth® connection is performed with a Bluetooth® device that sent an inquiry response signal having a lowest path loss.04-15-2010
20090239471BLUETOOTH AND WLAN COEXISTENCE ARCHITECTURE HAVING A SHARED LOW NOISE AMPLIFIER - A radio frequency (RF) front-end configured to share transmissions and receptions of Bluetooth signals and WLAN signals. In an exemplary embodiment, the RF front-end comprises a first path coupled between an antenna and a transceiver dedicated to transmissions of the WLAN signals; a second path coupled between the antenna and the transceiver dedicated to simultaneous receptions of the Bluetooth signals and the WLAN signals; and a third path coupled between the antenna and the transceiver. The third path may be dedicated to transmissions only of the Bluetooth signals when a WLAN link is active; and transmissions and receptions of the Bluetooth signals when the WLAN link is active and in a power save state, and when the WLAN link is inactive.09-24-2009
20120164945COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING STORED THEREON INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - Another information processing apparatus in a communicable range of a short-distance wireless communication is repeatedly searched for, and wireless communication is automatically established therewith, first data is automatically transmitted to the other information processing apparatus with which the wireless communication has been established, and first data transmitted from the other information processing apparatus is automatically received by means of the short-distance wireless communication. Further, transmission of second data is permitted which is different from first data to the other information processing apparatus with which the transmission/reception of the first data has been performed before.06-28-2012
20130084805Orientation Determination For A Mobile Device - A system determines an orientation of a user of a mobile device has a head-mounted accessory device including a first digital compass for providing a first orientation signal and a short-range wireless transmitter for transmitting the first orientation signal to the mobile device. The mobile device includes a short-range wireless receiver for receiving the first orientation signal from the head-mounted accessory device. A processor in the mobile device determines the orientation based on the first orientation signal. The mobile device may include a second digital compass. The system with two compasses provides greater accuracy. By comparing the two orientation signals, the device can infer whether the user is viewing the mobile device. Tilt sensors in the accessory device and mobile device can also be used with the orientation signals to infer whether the user is viewing the mobile device and thus to control content delivered by the mobile device.04-04-2013
20090124202Modular wireless multimedia device - A modular wireless headset includes wearable earpiece(s) and wearable microphone(s), where the earpiece and microphone may be physically separate devices. The wearable earpiece renders inbound radio frequencies received from a host device audible. The wearable earpiece may include a receiver module, data recovery module, and speaker module. The receiver module may convert inbound RF signals into low intermediate frequency (IF) signals. The data recovery module recovers audio signals from the low IF signals. The speaker module renders the audio signals audible. The wearable microphone converts received audio signals into outbound RF signals, where the outbound RF signals are transmitted to the host device. The wearable microphone includes an audio input module and a transmitter module. The audio input module is operably coupled to convert received analog audio signals into digital audio signals. The transmitter module is operably coupled to convert the digital audio signals into the outbound RF signals.05-14-2009
20090124201SHORT RANGE COMMUNICATIONS FOR BODY CONTACTING DEVICES - A communication system for wirelessly transmitting at least one signal, the system comprising: a first device configured to receive and modulate the at least one signal, the first device having a first conductive element operatively adapted to contact a first human body and a second conductive element isolated from the first human body, wherein the first and second elements operate to wirelessly transmit the modulated signal; and a second device having a first conductive element operatively adapted to contact a second human body, and a second conductive element isolated from the second human body, wherein the first and second elements operate to receive the transmitted modulated signal from the first device.05-14-2009
20090124200METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A CONTINUING SCAN IN A BLUETOOTH WIRELESS SYSTEM - Methods and systems for wireless communication are disclosed and may include controlling one or more scans of a received signal detection frequency across a frequency range and storing a magnitude of the received signal at each frequency where the magnitude exceeds a threshold level. A type of one or more signals in the received signal may be determined based on a bandwidth of the signals. A Bluetooth page/inquiry scan may be initiated if the determined type is a page/inquiry signal, and scans may be continued if the determined type may not be a page/inquiry signal. The scans may be repeated on a periodic basis and may be controlled utilizing a voltage controlled oscillator. Each of the scans may include a plurality of discrete frequency steps or a continuous frequency ramp. The controlling may include a start frequency, an end frequency and a frequency step size for the scans.05-14-2009
20090124199TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS WITH EFFICIENT SPATIAL REUSE - An embodiment of the present invention provides an apparatus, comprising at least one transceiver operable in a wireless personal area network (WPAN), wherein said at least one transceiver is equipped with the directional antennas adapted to point substantially vertically towards a horizontal reflecting surface, such as a ceiling, and with an antenna pattern specifically designed to control the interference levels.05-14-2009
20130090061LOW POWER WIRELESS DEVICE DISCOVERY - An efficient wireless connection protocol is described.04-11-2013
20130090062HEAD-MOUNTED COMPUTER WITH PERIPHERAL EXPANSION PORT - A head-mounted computing device is described. The head-mounted computing device includes a processor. Coupled to the processor is a memory for storing a software application for execution on the processor. A battery provides current to the processor. A frame supports the processor, the memory, and the battery. The frame includes a mechanical coupling feature and an electrical connector for receiving a peripheral.04-11-2013
20130052955WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication apparatus carries out a first data transfer in a first wireless communication method to another apparatus using a physical layer and a data link layer of the first wireless communication method, carries out a second data transfer of a higher speed than the first data transfer to the other apparatus in the first wireless communication method using a physical layer and a data link layer of a second wireless communication method, and further carries out a third data transfer to the other apparatus in the second wireless communication method using the physical layer and data link layer of the second wireless communication method; and limits operations of carrying out the third data transfer by the physical layer and data link layer of the second wireless communication method when an instruction for the second data transfer is given.02-28-2013
20130052956Hand-Held Mobile Device Dock - A mobile device dock is provided. The dock is a hand-held mobile device that receives a mobile phone, tablet, or other mobile device. The dock improves a user's grip of a mobile device, allows for hands-free use of the mobile device, and/or may improve sound quality of the mobile device.02-28-2013
20130052954DATA TRANSFER BETWEEN MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICES - A first mobile computing device comprising a first mobile computing device touch screen, one or more files, one or more sensors adapted to detect a first location of a second mobile computing device relative to the first mobile computing device upon the second mobile computing device being located proximally to the one or more sensors, and one or more first mobile computing device applications, wherein, the one or more first mobile computing device applications, communicatively receives the first location of the second mobile computing device from the one or more sensors, and communicatively transfers the one or more files to the second mobile computing device upon at least one of, touching the first mobile computing device touch screen with a touching device and sliding the touching device towards the first location of the second mobile computing device, and moving the second mobile computing device from the first location to a second location.02-28-2013
20110009060Systems and Methods for Reducing Interference Between a Plurality of Wireless Communications Modules - A wireless communications system is provided with a first wireless communications and a second wireless communications. The first wireless communications module transmits or receives a first wireless signal in a first frequency band selected from a first frequency range. The second wireless communications module transmits or receives a second wireless signal in a second frequency band selected from a second frequency range, and adjusts a transmission power of the second wireless signal in response to that a frequency offset between the first frequency band and the second frequency band falls within a predetermined range.01-13-2011
20130090060WIRELESS MODEM - A wireless modem is disclosed. In one embodiment, the wireless modem includes a first transceiver configured to wirelessly transmit and receive first data according to a long-range communication standard and a second transceiver configured to wirelessly transmit and receive second data according to a short-range communication standard. The modem may further include a wireless interface configured to wirelessly communicate the second data with a first computing device according to the short-range communication standard and a controller configured to perform a signal conversion between the first data and second data.04-11-2013
20130090066METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THE PROCESSING CONTROL OF MULTIPLE RADIO FREQUENCY COMMUNICATION STREAMS BY AN INTEGRATED CIRCUIT CARD - The present invention relates to a method for processing a plurality of radiofrequency communication streams by way of an integrated circuit card, the streams originating from at least two terminals, and the card being connected to a device equipped with a radiofrequency communication interface which is suitable for the connection of a plurality of host terminals. The method includes monitoring the reception and/or transmission at and/or to the card of a first and second stream of data originating respectively from a first and second host terminal. The monitoring step includes a step of checking the availability of the card before the second stream of data is transmitted to the card. The invention also relates to the corresponding monitoring system and device.04-11-2013
20130090064DYNAMIC RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS ACCESS POINT - The claimed subject matter provides for systems and/or methods for a dynamic range wireless access point to initiate deliberate and/or selective communications with one or more wireless devices over a short range radio path. One embodiment of an access point system comprises a processor that transfers one or more wireless devices to a long range radio path once a transition condition has been met. In another embodiment, an access point system may affect transactions between user/customer's smart devices and a commercial place of business where the access point system and the smart devices initiate communications when the smart devices are deliberately placed within the proximity of the access point antenna and/or the smart devices are brought within the vicinity of the access point antenna such as by passing through the entrance or exit to the place of business.04-11-2013
20130090065METHOD OF OPERATING GESTURE BASED COMMUNICATION CHANNEL AND PORTABLE TERMINAL SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING THE SAME - Methods and apparatus are provided for operating a close proximity communication channel based on a gesture. A gesture event is generated on a touch screens of a portable terminal. The portable terminal includes a close proximity communication module. The portable terminal generates a context message corresponding to the gesture event. The context message is transmitted to at least one other portable terminal. The close proximity communication channel is established based on the context message.04-11-2013
20090325489WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING CONTROL PROGRAM THEREFOR - An authentication unit authenticates an external apparatus if the external apparatus is registered beforehand as an apparatus that permits data transmission to a wireless communication apparatus. An instruction unit instructs transmission of data stored in the wireless communication apparatus. A determination unit determines whether data transmission is instructed by the instruction unit if the wireless communication apparatus and the external apparatus are close within the communication available range. A control unit transmits data to the external apparatus after authentication of the external apparatus by the authentication unit if the determination unit determines that the data transmission has not been instructed, and transmits data to the external apparatus without authentication by the authentication unit if the determination unit determines that the data transmission has been instructed by the instruction unit.12-31-2009
20090318084VEHICLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A vehicle-based wireless communication system includes an interior rearview mirror assembly having an interior mirror reflective element, a housing for the reflective element and a mirror-mounted communication system. The mirror-mounted communication system preferably includes a communication data port for short-range communication with a mobile device that is a personal accessory of an occupant of the vehicle. The communication system further includes a telecommunication link from the vehicle to an external provider of information or service. In this manner, the communication system provides connectivity between a low-power mobile device and a provider of information or service that is separate from the vehicle.12-24-2009
20100267336COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus includes: a communication circuit section that processes a high-frequency signal for transferring data; a transfer path for the signal connected to the circuit section; a ground; a coupling electrode supported opposite and away in height from the ground; a resonance section that increases a current flowing into the electrode via the path; and a main body housing that assumes a plurality of placement postures and houses the respective components, one end surface of the housing serving as a reading surface in which the electrode is disposed offset from a center of the reading surface. An infinitesimal dipole is formed from a line segment connecting between a center of a charge in the electrode and a center of an image charge in the ground. The signal is transferred toward a communication partner disposed oppositely to form an angle of substantially 0 degrees with a direction of the dipole.10-21-2010
20130090063DATA MERGING FOR BLUETOOTH DEVICES - A device having a first processing system for providing the functionality of the upper layers of a Bluetooth stack, including a first L2CAP layer, a Bluetooth Controller for providing the functionality of the lower layers of the Bluetooth stack, the first processing system and the Bluetooth Controller being connected by a Host Controller Interface (HCI), a second processing system including an implementation of a second L2CAP layer for transmission of data to the Bluetooth Controller for transmission over a Bluetooth Link established by the first processing system and L2CAP layer, and the first processing system being configured to distribute flow-control tokens between the first and second L2CAP layers both layers can transmit data to a remote device using the Bluetooth Link.04-11-2013
20130072122SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CHANNEL PAIRING A TRANSMITTER AND A RECEIVER - Systems and methods for channel pairing a transmitter and a receiver are provided. In this regard, a representative method, among others, includes selecting a channel in a radio frequency (RF) band; transmitting a carrier and alert tone on the selected channel in the RF band; responsive to detecting the transmitted carrier and alert tone, demodulating the carrier and alert tone on the selected channel in the RF band and producing the demodulated alert tone; and responsive to detecting the produced alert tone, using the selected channel to establish a wireless link between the transmitter and receiver.03-21-2013
20130072121Radio Beacon and Method for Selectively Communicating in Accordance with 5.8 and 5.9 GHz DSRC Standards - A radio beacon and a method for selective radio communication with a first onboard unit and a second onboard unit, in which a sequence of first data packet is transmitted to the first onboard unit in a first frequency band in accordance with 5.8 GHz DSRC standards, a sequence of second data packet is transmitted or received to/from the second onboard unit in accordance with 5.9 GHz DSRC standards, wherein the transmission of a data packet of the sequence of first data packet is delayed by the duration of the second data packet if the second data packet appears in the second frequency band.03-21-2013
20130072119APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONNECTING WITH BLUETOOTH DEVICE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method operative in a portable terminal, for connecting with a Bluetooth or other short range protocol device are disclosed. The portable terminal searches for the presence of accessories such as a headset or printer within a short range. The terminal pairs with at least one discovered accessory in a pairing process and acquires and stores connection information associated with each paired accessory in the pairing process. The connection information includes at least one of a Bluetooth address, a WiFi address, a security key, and function information for the paired accessory. The connection information is then shared with at least one peer terminal to facilitate subsequent pairing between the at least one peer terminal and the accessory.03-21-2013
20090305635PACKAGING MATERIAL WITH ELECTROMAGNETIC COUPLING MODULE - A packaging material with an electromagnetic coupling module for a RFID system, is constructed such that a radio IC chip is protected from external shock and environmental change without adversely affecting the planarity of the packaging material, the assembly of a radiator and an electromagnetic coupling module is facilitated, and the radiation characteristics are satisfactory. A packaging material includes a liner and a wave-shaped core material, wherein an electromagnetic coupling module and a radiator that are electromagnetically coupled to each other are arranged inside of the packaging material. The electromagnetic coupling module includes a radio IC chip and a feeder circuit board, on which the radio IC chip is mounted, the feeder circuit board including a resonant circuit that includes an inductance element. The radiator electromagnetically couples with the electromagnetic coupling module to transmit/receive high frequency signals.12-10-2009
20090305634Device, Method, Computer Program and Chipset for Facilitating Data Exchange Between Two Piconets - A low power radio frequency device, comprising: a low power radio frequency transceiver; and a processor operable to control the transceiver to transfer first data between the low power radio frequency device and a further low power radio frequency device using slots allocated according to a predetermined regular schedule, to shift the predetermined regular schedule to free slots previously allocated to transferring first data, and to transfer second data using at least one of the freed slots between the low power radio frequency device and at least one other low power radio frequency device, different to the further low power radio frequency device.12-10-2009
20090305633Identification of Mobile Electronic Terminal Through Wireless Interface Capabilities - The present invention provides a method for determining an identification of a mobile electronic terminal comprising at least one wireless interface, the method comprising maintaining a database storing a plurality of data sets, wherein each data set is indicative of capabilities of a wireless interface and associated with at least one identification of a mobile electronic terminal, receiving wireless interface capability data from said wireless interface, comparing said received wireless interface capability data with said stored data sets, and determining an identification of said mobile electronic terminal on the basis of said comparison. The invention further provides a device for determining an identification of a mobile electronic terminal which comprises at least one wireless interface, the device comprising a database access component adapted for accessing a database comprising a plurality of data sets, wherein each data set is indicative of capabilities of a wireless interface and is associated with at least one mobile electronic terminal, a wireless interface adapted for requesting wireless interface capabilities from said wireless interface of said mobile electronic terminal, and for receiving wireless interface capability data from said wireless interface, and a controller adapted for comparing said received wireless interface capability data with said plurality of data sets, and for determining an identification of said mobile electronic terminal on the basis of said comparison.12-10-2009
20090305632Mobile Telephony Presence - Systems and methods for reporting of presence information associated with use of a mobile telephone are presented. In one example, a headset that is paired with a cellular mobile phone relays presence information to a presence application running on a computer.12-10-2009
20090305631Method And System For A Bluetooth Headset With A Clock - Aspects of a method and system for a Bluetooth headset with a clock are provided. A Bluetooth headset may have an access to real-time clock information such as a real-time clock value at a specific time instant and generate corresponding audio and/or visual representations to a user via Bluetooth communication. The real-time clock information to the Bluetooth headset may be originated within or external to the Bluetooth headset. The timing of the real-time clock of the Bluetooth headset may be maintained by a Bluetooth clock of the BT headset. The Bluetooth headset may provide respective real-time updates by pressing a button on the Bluetooth headset or from timing events such as calendar entries or personal alarms downloaded into the BT headset from a Bluetooth device, and/or from timed Bluetooth messages communicated to the Bluetooth headset from the peer device.12-10-2009
20100273423SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPLICATION FOR COORDINATING THE TRANSMISSION OF A GEOLOCATED INSTRUCTION FROM A ROAMING ELEMENT TO AN ONBOARD MULTIMEDIA ELEMENT - A method, a management system and an application for coordinating the transmission of a geolocated instruction from a roaming element (10-28-2010
20080299905SYSTEM WITH INCOMING CALL DISPLAY INDICATION AND THE METHOD FOR USING THE SAME - A method for noticing an incoming call of a mobile phone includes the step of coupling the mobile phone to a system. Thereafter, a message of the incoming call is sent to the system. Next, the message is transformed into displaying information by the system. Also, the displaying information is shown on the system.12-04-2008
20120220230COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING PROGRAM STORED THEREIN, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - Provided is a communication system which includes a plurality of game apparatuses. Each game apparatus performs short-range wireless communication with another game apparatus among the plurality of game apparatuses. Through the short-range wireless communication, the game apparatus receives identification information of the other game apparatus (other-apparatus identification information) from the other game apparatus. The game apparatus detects the communication status of the short-range wireless communication with the other game apparatus. Based on the detection result, the game apparatus determines whether or not to register the other game apparatus which is associated with the received other-apparatus identification information. When determining to register the other game apparatus, the information processing apparatus registers the other game apparatus and performs communication with the registered other game apparatus.08-30-2012
20130072120SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING AN INFRARED CAMERA USING A MOBILE PHONE - The present application provides a system and method for controlling an infrared camera by using a mobile phone. The system includes a client and an infrared camera used as a server and connected to the client through a communication network. The infrared camera is mounted in a location to perform infrared measuring and/or monitoring, so as to provide infrared image videos of a monitored object and temperature data of the points contained in an infrared image. The client is mounted in a position far away from the location of the infrared camera to provide a remote control for the infrared camera. The present application allows monitoring personnel or a user to remotely monitor and control an infrared camera by using a mobile phone.03-21-2013
20090093215AUTOMATIC DATA ENCRYPTION AND ACCESS CONTROL BASED ON BLUETOOTH DEVICE PROXIMITY - A method, apparatus, and system for using Bluetooth devices to secure sensitive data on other Bluetooth devices is described. A Bluetooth device is paired with a “trusted” Bluetooth device. When contact with the trusted device is lost, designated sensitive data on the secured Bluetooth device is automatically encrypted. When contact is restored, the data is automatically decrypted. In an alternate embodiment, a secured device can be associated with multiple trusted devices, and the secured device designate different sensitive data for each trusted device. In this way, multiple users can share a common, “public” Bluetooth device without concern that the other users will access their sensitive data on the device when the device is not being used by that user.04-09-2009
20130059539SHORT RANGE RF MONITORNING SYSTEM - A wireless short range radio-frequency master device adapted to create and maintain a portable private network of wireless short range radio-frequency slave devices wherein the master device is configured to detect and register suitable slave devices for a network, and is capable of determining the proximity of any registered slave device with respect to the master device in use, the master device further being adapted to enable a user to define two or more groups of registered slave devices selected from the total number of registered slave devices and to enable a user to select a defined group of such registered slave devices as an active group, thereby forming an active portable private network of wireless short range radio frequency devices comprising the master device and selected registered slave devices within the selected group.03-07-2013
20130059538VEHICLE MULTIMEDIA HEAD UNIT WITH TWO BLUETOOTH ANTENNAS AND TWO RECEIVERS - Examples of the present invention include a head unit for a vehicle entertainment system, including a housing, a radio, a first wireless transceiver, and a second wireless transceiver. The second wireless transceiver may be used to provide a dedicated communications link between the head unit and another electronic device, such as an auxiliary unit. The second wireless transceiver may have a serial port profile (SPP), and may be a Bluetooth transceiver.03-07-2013
20130059541Wireless Communication Authentication for Medical Monitoring Device - Methods, systems, and devices for authenticated wireless protocol pairing are provided. Authenticated wireless protocol pairing may include detecting an analyte sample; determining an analyte concentration associated with the detected analyte sample; generating an unauthenticated pairing with an external device by initiating a pairing procedure of a wireless protocol stack with the external device, and on a condition that the wireless protocol stack issues a pairing message, suppressing the pairing message; preventing communication based on the unauthenticated pairing with the external device; generating an authenticated pairing based on the unauthenticated pairing by displaying a pairing authentication message, and in response to user input indicating that the unauthenticated pairing is an authenticated pairing, converting the unauthenticated pairing to an authenticated pairing; and transmitting an indication of the analyte concentration to the external device.03-07-2013
20130059540Methods, Systems, And Computer Program Products For Providing Mobile Ad Hoc Cooperative Communication Systems And Related Devices - A method of operating a mobile electronic device includes detecting at least one other mobile electronic device within a predetermined distance of the mobile electronic device, and determining a spatial relationship of the at least one other mobile electronic device relative to the mobile electronic device. An ad hoc wireless connection is established with the at least one other mobile electronic device based on the determined spatial relationship. Data may be transmitted to and/or received from the at least one other mobile electronic device over the ad hoc wireless connection based on the determined spatial relationship. Related systems, devices, and computer program products are also discussed.03-07-2013
20090270035BROADCASTING RECEIVING APPARATUS, WIRELESS INTERFACE APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Provided is a broadcasting receiving apparatus which includes: a first communication unit which communicates with a wireless interface apparatus in a first communication manner based on identification information; a second communication unit which communicates with the wireless interface apparatus in a second communication manner; and a controller which receives the identification information corresponding to the wireless interface apparatus through the second communication unit.10-29-2009
20090270034Devices, methods, and programs for identifying radio communication devices - Devices, methods, and programs for identifying radio communication devices in a subject vehicle perform a first search and second search for radio communication devices in a vicinity of an in-vehicle device and store addresses of the radio communication devices identified by the first search and the second search. The devices, methods, and programs compare the addresses of the radio communication devices searched by the second search with the addresses of the radio communication devices searched by the first search, and determine that a particular radio communication device is inside the subject vehicle if that particular radio communication device's address is identified by both the first search and the second search.10-29-2009
20090270033Public Information Method and System - Public information system, wherein information bases communicate information interactively to mobiles via a short-range radio link. Each mobile has interface software enabling the information base to display the information on the screen of the mobile as if the screen were a device of the information base, and enabling the user to communicate data to the information base via the keypad of said mobile as if the mobile input interface were a device of the information base.10-29-2009
20130065529COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus includes a communication unit configured to conduct close proximity wireless communication with another communication apparatus, and a controller configured to apply control to alternately set transmit rights for transmitting data to a communication peer by the close proximity wireless communication between the communication apparatus and the other communication apparatus by adjusting the transmit start timing for data to be transmitted to the other communication apparatus.03-14-2013
20130065531System And Method To Communicate Targeted Information - A method for targeted advertising is disclosed. The method includes accessing at least one piece of demographic information associated with a user of a portable device, selecting an advertisement to be delivered to the user based at least in part on the demographic information, and initiating communication of a version of the advertisement configured for presentation at the portable device.03-14-2013
20130065530SWITCHING DEVICE FOR CAR-TO-X COMMUNICATION AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A switching device for connection to an antenna unit and a computing unit to form a communication device for car-to-X communication, in particular a DSRC communication device. The switching device has at least one interface for communication with a mobile terminal device, in particular a mobile telephone. The switching device includes a computing unit and a control device to forward at least a part of received messages to the mobile terminal device and/or to transmit messages on the basis of a control command from the mobile terminal device.03-14-2013
20130065528COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device including: a setting portion that sets the communication device as a main device when communication device is connected to another device and receives an electric power from an external power supply, and sets communication device as a client device when communication device is connected to another device and receives an electric power from another device; an update portion that transmits first and second identifiers to another device, receives from another device third and fourth identifiers, forms a network to which communication device and another device belong with second identifier when communication device is set as the main device, and updates second identifier with fourth identifier when communication device is set as the client device; and a wireless communication portion that, when another device is disconnected from communication device, communicates wirelessly with another device with first and third identifiers, and any one of second and fourth identifiers.03-14-2013
20130065526Platform-Enabled Proximity Service - Embodiments include processes, systems, and devices for initiating proximity actions upon the activation of a proximity connection. A proximity service receives an indication from a proximity provider that a proximity connection is established, and then determines a joint proximity context of the proximity connection. The proximity service then initiates a proximity action to facilitate a proximity function indicated by the joint proximity context. Joint proximity contexts include indications that an application has queued content to be shared with a proximity device, that an application has registered to publish messages on a namespace, that an application has subscribed to messages on a namespace, that an application has registered to find a peer application on a proximity device to enable multi-user collaboration, and that a device seeks to pair with another device.03-14-2013
20130065525Transmit Power Control in Multi-Radio Apparatus - A method, apparatus, and computer program for controlling transmission power of a radio apparatus are provided. The method includes: determining, in a radio apparatus configured to support a cellular radio access technology in communication with a cellular counterpart apparatus and a short range radio access technology in communication with a short range counterpart apparatus, a maximum total transmit power of the radio apparatus; causing the radio apparatus to use a first transmit power level in transmission to the cellular counterpart apparatus; determining a remaining transmission power margin by computing a difference between the maximum total transmit power and the first transmit power level; and causing the radio apparatus to autonomously limit a second transmit power level to fall within the remaining transmission power margin and to use the second transmit power level in transmission to the short range counterpart apparatus.03-14-2013
20130065527WIRELESS TERMINAL WITH SWITCHED AUXILIARY DEVICE PORT APPARATUS AND METHOD - A wireless terminal switched device port apparatus adapted for use in a communication system Shaving a switching system member, a radio transceiver connector element, a wired accessory port connector element, a wireless transceiver element, and an antenna is disclosed.03-14-2013
20110045771SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MITIGATING THE EFFECTS OF INTERFERERS WHILE PERFORMING CONDITIONAL DEVICE SCAN - A method, a personal area network device operating as a slave, and a short range communications device operating as a slave are disclosed. A data storage 02-24-2011
20090088076FLASH PAIRING BETWEEN BLUETOOTH DEVICES - In an example embodiment, a technique that allows a device unable to display a confirmation value and/or unable to receive a keyed data entry to confirm a generated confirmation value with a confirmation value produced by a second device. The confirmation value is output one character at a time. For example, for performing a six digit numerical comparison (NC), each digit is presented one at a time enabling a user to compare the output digit with the corresponding digit output by the second device.04-02-2009
20090233550SERVICE CONNECTION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR BLUETOOTH DEVICE - A service connection system and a method for a Bluetooth-enabled device for avoiding error caused by Hands-Free Profile (HFP) mismatch in a service level connection initialization procedure are provided. A service connection method for Bluetooth communication includes receiving, at a master device, a first command containing a first set of features supported in a slave device, extracting the first set of features from the first command, matching a second set of features with the first set of features, and transmitting a second command including the second set of features to the slave device.09-17-2009
20090233549Techniques for MMWAVE WPAN communications with high-directional steerable antennas combining omni-directional transmissions with beamforming training - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for communicating in a millimeter wave (MMWAVE) wireless personal area network (WPAN) system using a reliable low-rate omni-directional communications mode implemented as TX-RX space scanning using directional antennas; and using a high-rate directional communications mode with beamformed directional antennas.09-17-2009
20090233548SKIN-BASED INFORMATION TRANSFER BETWEEN MOBILE DEVICES - A first mobile terminal may transmit wireless network setup information to a second mobile terminal via a skin-based communication network. A wireless network connection may be established based on information included in the wireless network setup message. A data item may be received from the second mobile terminal via the wireless network connection.09-17-2009
20090233547CRADLE FOR A MEDIA PLAYER - A cradle for a media player is provided. The cradle comprises a base and at least one side wall extending upwardly from the base and extending around the periphery of the base. The base and the at least one side wall define a hollow interior for releasably receiving therein the media player. The cradle also has a retainer for assisting in releasably retaining the media player in the hollow interior, and a signal receiver for receiving a media signal from the media player when the media player is in the hollow interior and in a reproduction mode. An antenna in the cradle is for receiving the media signal from the signal receiver and transmitting the media signal by use of a wireless system for enabling reproduction of the media signal by a wireless-enabled reproduction apparatus.09-17-2009
20120115419TECHNIQUES FOR MMWAVE WPAN COMMUNICATIONS WITH HIGH-DIRECTIONAL STEERABLE ANTENNAS COMBINING OMNI-DIRECTIONAL TRANSMISSIONS WITH BEAMFORMING TRAINING - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for communicating in a millimeter wave (MMWAVE) wireless personal area network (WPAN) system using a reliable low-rate omni-directional communications mode implemented as TX-RX space scanning using directional antennas; and using a high-rate directional communications mode with beamformed directional antennas.05-10-2012
20120115417SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING SERVICES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A system and method for selecting a preferred connection point from a choice of one or more available connection points in a wireless communication network. The system and method include: determining a link quality for the one or more available connection points; establishing a connection to a first connection point when there is no existing established connection, the first connection point offers a desired service, and the link quality for the first connection point exceeds a first threshold value, wherein a service priority is considered in determining the link quality of the first connection point; maintaining the established connection to the first connection point when the link quality exceeds a second threshold value; and making eligible the established connection to the first connection point for preemption by a second connection point, when the link quality for the first connection point is less than the second threshold value.05-10-2012
20130165047WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A search part sends out a connection request signal and receives a connection response signal. A radio strength acquiring part acquires radio strength of an available device that has sent the connection response signal. A connection determining part determines whether or not the radio strength has increased, then becomes greater than or equal to a threshold value and has been constant for a period of time longer than or equal to a predetermined period of time. If it is determined that the radio strength has increased, then becomes greater than or equal to the threshold value and has been constant for a period of time longer than or equal to the predetermined period of time, an inter-device authentication part performs inter-device authentication with the available device.06-27-2013
20130165044Bluetooth Low Energy Module Systems and Methods - Disclosed are various embodiments of Bluetooth low energy (BLE) modules and methods implemented therein. An embodiment of the disclosure can obtain in a BLE module an advertiser packet transmitted by a BLE advertiser. An advertiser cache can be checked to determine whether the advertiser cache in the BLE module contains an entry associated with an advertiser address from the advertiser packet. The BLE module can determine whether a payload value of the advertiser packet has changed relative to a previous advertiser packet associated with the advertiser address. The BLE module can then suppress forwarding of the packet to a host processor and/or on-board processor executing firmware. The BLE module can also suppress sending a scan request packet back to the BLE advertiser.06-27-2013
20130165046APPARATUSES AND METHODS THAT FACILITATE THE TRANSFER OF POWER AND INFORMATION AMONG RADIO FREQUENCY-BASED DEVICES - The present invention is directed to apparatuses, systems, methods, and computer readable media that can facilitate the transfer of power between at least two electrical devices. At least one of the electrical devices is preferably a battery operated device. The present invention may also be used to facilitate the transfer of information among electrical devices. For example, the present invention may be used to automatically pair two Bluetooth devices together.06-27-2013
20090215396INTER-DEVICE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FOR INTRA-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - To support an intra-device communication using inter-device wireless communications, an RF bus controller is operably coupled to receive an RF bus access request from one of a plurality of circuit modules for an intra-device RF communication. The RF bus controller determines whether to grant the RF bus access request using intra-device RF bus resources or inter-device RF bus resources. The RF bus controller determines desired inter-device RF bus resources of another device when the inter-device RF bus resources are to be used. The RF bus controller transmit a request for access to the desired inter-device RF bus resources to an RF bus controller of the another device. The RF bus controller establishes an RF communication link between the one of the plurality of circuit modules and a target circuit module of another IC within the device when access to the desired inter-device RF bus resources is granted.08-27-2009
20100087144Short Range Exchange of Information - A method for exchanging short range information, the method includes: receiving, by a first device and over a short range communication channel, a strength indication signal that is transmitted from a second device; wherein the strength indication signal is representative of a strength of a signal that was transmitted by the third device and was received by the second device; estimating locations of the second device and the third device in response to a content of the strength indication signal and in response to a strength of a signal that is received by the first device and was transmitted by the second device; and providing to a user of the first device location information representative of the locations of the second device and of the third device.04-08-2010
20100087145WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device includes: a close proximity communication unit configured to perform close proximity wireless communication with a count part device to receive a command signal sent from the counterpart device and to transmit a response signal to the counterpart device in response to the command signal; a detector configured to detect an amount of a spatial movement of the close proximity communication unit; and a controller configured to control the detector to detect the amount of the spatial movement when the command signal is received by the close proximity communication unit and control the close proximity communication unit to transmit the response signal in a first transmission power when the amount of the spatial movement is below a threshold and in a second transmission power that is larger than the first transmission power when the amount of the spatial movement is above the threshold.04-08-2010
20120238212SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PAIRING BLUETOOTH DEVICES - Embodiments of software-supervised pairing processes are provided. The processes enable a user to pair a mouse and keyboard with a Bluetooth transceiver without having to use a second mouse and keyboard. At least two separate processes are provided, including a long transition for initial pairing or re-pairing and a short transition for re-establishing a connection after devices have already been paired.09-20-2012
20120238210CLOSE PROXIMITY ANTENNA MEASUREMENT AND TUNING - A method and apparatus for providing close proximity antenna measurement and tuning, includes a first receive-only antenna, a second antenna operable in a transmit mode, a tuning circuit coupled to the first antenna, a transmitter coupled to the second antenna, a receiver coupled to the first antenna, the receiver operable to measure a power into the first antenna delivered by a signal from the second antenna driven by the transmitter, and a processor coupled to the tuning circuit, transmitter, and receiver, the processor operable to step changes in the tuning circuit until a substantially maximum power of the signal is measured by the receiver.09-20-2012
20120238209METHODS AND APPARATUS TO OBTAIN TRANSACTION INFORMATION - Methods and apparatus to obtain transaction information are described. One example method includes conducting a transaction using a proximity-based communication link, storing information related to the transaction in a database of a mobile device, identifying a service based on the information, querying the service from the mobile device, wherein the query is based on the information, and obtaining detail of the transaction from the service based on the information. Other implementations are possible.09-20-2012
20120238208MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND SERVERS - In an embodiment, a mobile radio communication device may be provided. The mobile radio communication device may include a short range wireless receiver, configured to receive data from another mobile radio communication device. The mobile radio communication device may further include a cellular wireless transmitter, configured to transmit to a mobile radio base station of a cellular mobile radio communication system information related to a set of cells of the cellular mobile radio communication system as a set of candidate cells for communication of the other mobile radio communication device with the cellular mobile radio communication system.09-20-2012
20100048128COMMUNICATION METHOD BETWEEN COMPONENTS IN A WIRELESS SHORT HAUL NETWORK, AND NETWORK COMPONENT - Communication method between components in a wireless short haul network as part of a battlefield simulation, where one component is in the form of a master and the other components (AC02-25-2010
20100291873COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND TRIPARTITE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication terminal device includes a terminal body which enables a communication with a radio communication network by a first radio communication, a separating member which may be separated from the terminal body and enables a communication with the terminal body by a second radio communication, a tripartite communication unit which enables a tripartite communication among the terminal body, the separating member, and the radio communication network when the separating member and the terminal body are separated, and a control unit which controls howling between the terminal body and the separating member when the separating member and the terminal body are close during the tripartite communication.11-18-2010
20120238211Portable AISG Controller With Smartphone Interface And System - A Master Antenna Controller System is provided. In one example, the Master Antenna Controller System comprises a handheld wireless device and a RET Master. The handheld wireless device may comprise an Android OS or iOS based smartphone or tablet that includes Wi-Fi capabilities communications capabilities. The RET Master may provide full RET control based on the AISG 1.1 and 2.0 standards and communicate with the handheld wireless device via a wireless access point, such as a Wi-Fi server. The combination may be configured to provide extensive, screen-guided, intuitive RET diagnostics functionality. The RET Master itself may also include multiple different pre-defined tests (e.g. test one actuator, test one RET cable, test AISG signal from TMA) and also some standard electrical tests, e.g. measuring voltage, current etc. Additional higher-level functions may be provided on an Application on the handheld wireless device and communicated to the RET Master wirelessly or by USB connection.09-20-2012
20120238213CONTROL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - According to at least one embodiment, a control apparatus includes a connection module, a communication module and a controller. A connection module is configured to connect by wire to a communication device with an antenna. A communication module is configured to communicate with a wireless communication device via the communication device. A controller is configured to instruct the communication device to report a communication state between the communication module and the wireless communication device.09-20-2012
20100216398WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A ROTATING FRAME OF REFERENCE AND A NON-ROTATING FRAME OF REFERENCE - A communication system includes a first communication module within a rotating frame of reference and a second communication module within a fixed frame of reference. The first communication module and the second communication module in wireless communication at least partially through a hollow shaft.08-26-2010
20110281519Information Exchange Via Bluetooth Service Discovery Protocol Service Records - Methods and apparatuses for Bluetooth communications are disclosed. In one example, data is exchanged between Bluetooth devices utilizing Service Discovery Protocol service records.11-17-2011
20090098827COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A communication apparatus and a method used by the communication apparatus to perform magnetic-field communication with an external apparatus is provided. The communication apparatus determines the communication distance between the communication apparatus and the external apparatus based on the voltage level of a radio signal, a distance measuring device, or other means. The communication distance is compared to a predetermined distance and the communication apparatus dynamically adjusts its resonance frequency for improved magnetic-field communication with the external apparatus.04-16-2009
20110281521PING FEATURE FOR ELECTRONIC DEVICES - A pinging electronic device, a pingable electronic device and a network for the devices are disclosed. The ping electronic devices comprising a ping function and a transmitter wherein the ping function is adapted to generate and the transmitter is adapted to transmit over an ad hoc wireless network at least one associated ping control message to at least one pingable electronic device paired to the pinging electronic device for actuation of at least one indicator element of the at least one pingable electronic device.11-17-2011
20110281523PAIRING SYSTEM, PAIRING APPARATUS, METHOD OF PROCESSING PAIRING APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM - Disclosed is a pairing apparatus 11-17-2011
20110281522TRACTOR TRAILER DATA COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A tractor-trailer PLC apparatus has a BlueTooth RF transceiver coupled to a PLC reader or gateway to communicate PLC data from the tractor and/or trailer through an antenna to a cellular data transceiver in the tractor or trailer for remote communication to an external computer based system.11-17-2011
20110281520WIRELESS HEAT SINK, WIRELESS HEAT SINK SYSTEM AND WIRELESS HEAT SINKING METHOD FOR THE SAME - A wireless heat sink, a wireless heat sink system and a wireless heat sinking method are disclosed. The wireless heat sink receives a control command sent by an external device. An internal heat sink device is controlled according to content of the control command to control power ON or power OFF of a thermoelectric cooler of the heat sink device or to control power ON, power OFF, or change rotation speed setting of a heat sink fan in the heat sink device. Thus, the heat sink auto switches operations of the heat sink device correspondingly according to temperature changes of the external device.11-17-2011
20120289161METHOD OF POWER NEGOTIATION BETWEEN TWO CONTACTLESS DEVICES - The invention is a method of power negotiation between a first contactless device and a second contactless device which provides an electromagnetic field set to a first power level. The method comprises the steps of: a) sending a request from the first device to the second device. The request targets a second power level and an associated duration. The next step is: b) sending a response to the first device. The response reflects a decision of the second device corresponding to the request. The final step is: c) switching the electromagnetic field to the second power level if the decision is positive.11-15-2012
20100304672WIRELESS ACTIVE MONITOR SYSTEM FOR CONTAINERS AND CARTS - Wireless active monitor system for containers/carts that hold item(s). Includes a container mount, and sensor for example to weigh the item(s), and a wireless transmitter/transceiver to transmit sensor data from the sensor to a database for remote access. The sensor may be protected via shock pads to prevent damage to the sensor if the container is dropped. The system may be implemented with a printed circuit board having a central processing unit and memory that holds program code to execute on the central processing unit, for example to transmit sensor data via the wireless transmitter. May utilize a unique identifier associated with each container, and/or vehicle utilized to interface with the container. Enables rapid determination of the physical characteristics associated with items in the container without requiring physical contact with the container. For example, allows the weight of garbage containers to be determined remotely.12-02-2010
20090247081WIRELESS TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DEVICE - A wireless transmitting/receiving device includes a wireless emitter, a connector, a digital signal processor, an audio signal connector and an analog signal processor. The wireless transmitting/receiving device is used to be electrically connected to an electronic device and transmit data by sending and receiving wireless signals. The connector is used to be electrically connected to the electronic device. The digital signal processor is electrically connected to the wireless emitter, and the digital signal processor may be connected to the connector. The audio signal connector is used to be electrically connected to the electronic device. The analog signal processor is electrically connected to the wireless emitter, and the analog signal processor may be connected to the audio signal connector.10-01-2009
20110097998System and methods for enhancing coexistence efficiency for multi-radio terminals - A method of scheduling transmitting and receiving communication slots for co-located radio devices is provided. A Bluetooth (BT) device first synchronizes its communication time slots with a co-located radio module, and then obtains the traffic pattern of the co-located radio module. Based on the traffic pattern, the BT device selectively skips one or more TX or RX time slots to avoid data transmission or reception in certain time slots and thereby reducing interference with the co-located radio module. In addition, the BT device generates a co-located coexistence (CLC) bitmap and transmits the CLC bitmap to its peer BT device such that the peer BT device can also skip data transmission or reception in certain time slots affected by the co-located radio module. The skipped time slots are disabled for TX or RX operation to prevent interference and to achieve more energy saving.04-28-2011
20110300802EXCHANGING IDENTIFIERS BETWEEN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TO DETERMINE FURTHER INFORMATION TO BE EXCHANGED OR FURTHER SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED - A server facilitates a transaction between a first wireless device and a second wireless device. An identifier associated with the second wireless device has been sent to the first wireless device using a short range wireless connection; the server receives the identifier. The server then determines location information associated with both the first and said second wireless devices. If the location of the first and second wireless devices is appropriate for authorizing the transaction, the server then determines authentication information relating to the second wireless device. The server then provides authorization to the first or second wireless device to proceed with the transaction. The authorization may be based at least in part upon the identifier, the authentication information and the locations of said first and second wireless devices.12-08-2011
20110143670Flexible Telematics System and Method for Providing Telematics to a Vehicle - A method for providing telematics to a vehicle includes providing a user-removable telematics component with a GPS device, a data pump, a short range wireless personal area network (e.g., Bluetooth) transceiver, and a user interface. The telematics component connects to an integrated communication device of the vehicle having a transceiver and a memory storing a list including a number of a currently paired mobile communication device. In response to a request for assistance, the user interface receives the request and the data pump receives at least the number. An assistance request is transmitted out from the telematics component utilizing a data pump communications path, the request including the number. An off-site telematics provider receives the request for assistance and a communication link between the off-site telematics provider and the at least one currently paired mobile communication device is opened.06-16-2011
20110143664SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR BLUETOOTH PUSH TO TALK - A wireless communication device is described. The wireless communication device includes a wireless transceiver capable of communicating with a Bluetooth-enabled wireless device having a call button for initiating a command. A control switch is coupled to the wireless transceiver for initiating a push to talk session in the wireless transceiver. A processor is coupled to the control switch and the wireless transceiver. The processor initiates the push to talk session upon receiving the command from the Bluetooth-enabled wireless device.06-16-2011
20110143667System and Method for Providing Interactive Mobile Content Using Multiple Communication Paths - A method of and system for providing interactive services to a set of mobile devices is provided, comprising: providing at least one set of first information adapted for over-the-air broadcast to a set of mobile devices by at least one first facility, wherein the first information is selected from the group comprising program content, basic information and cloud content; providing at least one set of second information adapted for transmission to at least one of the mobile devices by at least one second facility, wherein the second information is selected from the group comprising non-linear information, on-demand information, cloud content and user-defined content, and wherein the second facility comprises a transmitter selected from the group comprising a short range wireless transmitter in intermittent communication with at least one of the mobile devices and a long range wireless transmitter; and receiving at least one set of third information based on information selected from the group comprising the first information and the second information from at least one of the mobile devices, wherein the third information is forwarded by a third facility comprising a receiver selected from the group comprising a short range wireless receiver in intermittent communication with at least one of the mobile devices and a long range wireless receiver.06-16-2011
20080268776Method and Apparatus for Secure Pairing of Bluetooth Devices - Embodiments of the invention generally provide a method and apparatus for secure pairing of Bluetooth devices that supports the detection of man-in-the-middle attacks. One embodiment of a method for pairing a first Bluetooth device and a second Bluetooth device includes sending, by the first Bluetooth device, a series of audio tones to the second Bluetooth device, comparing the series of audio tones to a verification value computed by the second Bluetooth device and pairing with the second Bluetooth device if the verification value corresponds to the series of audio tones. Another embodiment of a method for pairing a first Bluetooth device and a second Bluetooth device includes receiving, at the second Bluetooth device, a series of audio tones from the first Bluetooth device, comparing the series of audio tones to a first verification value computed by the second Bluetooth device and pairing with the first Bluetooth device if the series of audio tones corresponds to the first verification value.10-30-2008
20120108174TECHNIQUES TO IMPROVE THE RADIO CO-EXISTENCE OF WIRELESS SIGNALS - Techniques are described that can be used to perform one or more of the following actions in order to reduce signal interference between WLAN and BlueTooth radios that are proximate to one another. One action is to selectively reduce a filter bandwidth in a WLAN radio applied to a received WLAN radio signal to reduce BlueTooth signal interference. An additional or alternative action is to selectively indicate a WLAN radio channel bandwidth larger than a channel bandwidth used for the WLAN radio so that the BlueTooth radio avoids transmitting over the indicated channel bandwidth. An additional or alternative action is to selectively reduce BlueTooth transmitter power in response to antenna isolation between BT and WLAN radio being less than a first threshold in order to reduce the likelihood of WLAN radio front end saturation.05-03-2012
20120108172PERSONAL DIGITAL CONTEXT - A personal digital context may be provided. A context element may be identified and used to update a context state associated with a user. Upon determining that a context-aware device is available, the context state may be provided to the context-aware device.05-03-2012
20120108171Telemetry Conveyed by Pipe Utilizing Specks - Drill pipe segments, communication systems, and methods of manufacturing pipe segments usable for communicating data wirelessly between sensors and tools placed in an oil and/or gas well are provided. Communication specks are applied on at least one of an outer surface or an inner surface of the pipe segments or coil tubing.05-03-2012
20110294429COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The communication device (12-01-2011
20110294427DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - A system is provided for transmitting data between a first component and a second component, which rotates relative to the first component. The system includes a first coupling element of limited angular extent mounted to the first component, and a second coupling element of limited angular extent mounted to the second component. The first and second coupling elements come into angular alignment once per revolution of the second component relative to the first component. The system further includes a first transceiver connected to the first coupling element, and a second transceiver connected to the second coupling element. The first and second transceivers are configured to detect the angular alignment of the first and second coupling elements. The first and second transceivers are further configured to transmit data between the first and second transceivers via the first and second coupling elements when the angular alignment is detected.12-01-2011
20110294431METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A NETWORK COMPRISING A BATTERYLESS ZIGBEE DEVICE, NETWORK AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to method for wireless communicating in a network comprising a resource-constrained end device, and a first router device, wherein the method comprises the following steps:—the end device (ZBLD) sending a trigger for proxy search procedure,—the first router (R12-01-2011
20110294426INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND PROGRAM - There is provided an information processing apparatus including a transmission processing section which performs short-range one-to-one communication with a communication partner device, a reception processing section, a received data processing section which acquires information displayed by the communication partner device by communication with the communication partner device, a display processing section which performs processing for displaying information acquired by the information acquisition section, and a display section which displays the information. According to such a configuration, it becomes possible to easily and visually recognize the information displayed on the communication partner device of a connection destination.12-01-2011
20110294425Electronic business/personal card and method of use thereof - The present invention includes a wireless communication method and device comprising a one-to-one exchange of wireless electronic device identifications or unique profile IDs between a sending and a receiving party who are both registered users of the electronic business/personal card service and further comprising upload of the wireless electronic identifications to a data server computer system wherein said system matches said identifications with those of registered users and said computer system displays information about the user associated with each identification.12-01-2011
20110294424OPERATION PROCEDURES FOR INTEROPERABLE SAFETY AND NON-SAFETY COMMUNICATIONS IN WIRELESS ENVIRONMENTS - For enhanced interoperability of safety and non-safety communications, a dual-radio type T RSU for improving services includes a first radio dedicated to the control channel and a second radio dedicated to the safety channel. The control channel is divided into a number of synchronous intervals, each about 100 milliseconds in duration. The safety channel is also divided into a number of synchronous intervals, each about 100 milliseconds in duration.12-01-2011
20110294423DUAL-MODE EARPHONE AND METHOD FOR ANSWERING USING THE SAME - Provided is an earphone with dual communication modes and a method for answering using the same. The earphone wirelessly links a first remote device and a second remote device. The earphone particularly includes a microprocessor coupled with a Bluetooth communication module, a DECT communication module, a microphone, and a speaker. The microprocessor is controlled by a first control signal, and used for transmitting a first incoming signal or a second incoming signal to the speaker. The microprocessor then sends a reply signal to the first remote device via the Bluetooth communication module, or to the second remote device via the DECT communication module. The first incoming signal is outputted as the first remote device receives an incoming call, and the second incoming signal is outputted when the second remote device receives the incoming call. Finally, the microphone outputs the reply signal.12-01-2011
20110294422Method and apparatuses for transmitting information by means of far field and short range communication - The present invention relates to a method and apparatuses for transmitting information. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatuses for transmitting information comprising first and second information to and/or from a mobile terminal in environments where different wireless access technologies are available. In accordance with the inventive method, the first information is transmitted by means of far field communication to and/or from a base station of a first communications network, and the second information is transmitted by means of short range communication to and/or from a short range communication device which is communicatively coupled to a second communications network. The second communications network is communicatively coupled to the first communications network.12-01-2011
20110294428COMMUNICATION DEVICE, READER/WRITER DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - There is provided a communication device including a secure communication unit configured to perform secure communication with an external reader/writer device, the secure communication being secure close-proximity communication, a first communication unit configured to perform high-speed communication with the reader/writer device, the high-speed communication being close-proximity communication that is faster than the secure communication, a second communication unit configured to, when communication via the high-speed communication is disconnected, communicate with the reader/writer device with a communication mode that is different from a communication mode of the high-speed communication, a power transmission unit configured to receive power transmitted from the reader-writer device by power transmission, and a secondary battery configured to store the power received by the power transmission unit. The second communication unit may be configured to, when communication via the high-speed communication is disconnected, operate with the power stored in the secondary battery.12-01-2011
20100190438Universal mutilmedia bluetooth car handsfree device - A universal multimedia bluetooth car handsfree device, aims to transmit signals stored in various types of multimedia storage devices to a car stereo for broadcasting. It includes a bluetooth wireless transmission unit, a handsfree speakerphone unit, a stereo switch unit, a cable signal input unit, a control unit, and a stereo output unit. It is connected to a car stereo and allows the common car stereo to have additional handsfree bluetooth speakerphone function and the ability to connect in wired or wireless fashion to various types of handheld media storage devices to play music.07-29-2010
20090023391WIRELESS BODY SENSOR NETWORK - Disclosed are communication devices especially devices adapted for use as body-worn medical sensors for continuously measuring ECG, SpO2, heart rate, blood pressure and the like, and in particular a method and apparatus for setting up wireless networks of such devices, specifically a communication device adapted for attachment to the body of a wearer so as to form part of a body area network (“BAN”) comprising a body coupled communication (“BCC”) device, and a short-range radio device, the device including means for detecting other similar communication devices on the wearer using BCC, and means for establishing a wireless network with other such devices using their short range radios.01-22-2009
20080287063Controller integrated audio codec for advanced audio distribution profile audio streaming applications - A novel and useful apparatus for and method of integrating the advanced audio distribution profile (A2DP) audio codec into a Bluetooth controller for audio streaming applications. The mechanism functions to break the prior art Bluetooth protocol stack by integrating a profile packet composer into the controller. The profile/stack control signaling is performed by the host while the profile data packet composer is implemented in the controller. The integrated data packet composer does not break the data path and flow control over the standard HCI. Further, the integrated packet composer allows the controller to open a dedicated data interface for specific applications (e.g., PCM/I2S for audio data).11-20-2008
20100136907DUAL-MODE MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE CAPABLE OF SHARING BLUETOOTH MODULE TO PERFORM COMMUNICATION - A dual-mode portable communication device capable of sharing Bluetooth module to perform communication is disclosed. The dual-mode portable communication device includes a first communication module, a second communication module and a Bluetooth module. The Bluetooth module of the dual-mode portable communication device is electrically connected with a Bluetooth module. The first communication module is electrically connected with the second communication module and the Bluetooth module respectively.06-03-2010
20090068946METHOD AND APPARATUS THAT MITIGATES THE EFFECTS OF BLUETOOTH-BASED DENIAL OF SERVICE ATTACKS AGAINST MOBILE DEVICES - A method and apparatus that mitigates the effects of a Bluetooth-based Denial of Service (DoS) attack on a Bluetooth-enabled mobile communications device is disclosed. The method may include determining if the mobile communications device is under a DoS attack, wherein if it is determined that the mobile communications device is under a DoS attack, the method may include temporarily disabling Bluetooth services that were enabled using a first Bluetooth address, storing the first Bluetooth address in a memory in the mobile communications device, changing the first Bluetooth address to a second Bluetooth address, and enabling Bluetooth services using the second Bluetooth address.03-12-2009
20090298428METHOD OF CONNECTING MULTIPLE BLUETOOTH PROFILES AND BLUETOOTH APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A method of connecting multiple Bluetooth profiles and a Bluetooth apparatus using the same. The method of connecting Bluetooth profiles includes connecting at least one of multiple Bluetooth profiles, and then connecting the remaining ones(s) of the multiple Bluetooth profiles. Accordingly, an application as desired by a user can be performed more conveniently and more simply.12-03-2009
20100056050METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR AUDIO FEEDBACK PROCESSING IN AN AUDIO CODEC - Aspects of a method and system for audio feedback processing in an audio CODEC are provided. In this regard, in a hardware audio CODEC for a wireless device, voice content from a first audio source may be mixed with audio content from one or more second audio sources to generate a composite audio signal. The composite audio may be transmitted to one or more far-end communication partners via a wireless communication channel. The wireless communication channel may be a channel of a cellular network. The composite audio signal may also be mixed with audio content received from a far-end communication partner and output to a local user via one or more audio output devices. The audio content from the second audio sources may comprise music played from a digital storage medium within the wireless device and/or music extracted from a signal received by the wireless device.03-04-2010
20100056049Wireless Mobile Telescanners - A mobile scanner with telecommunication functions is disclosed. The mobile scanner is designed to be able to wirelessly transport scanning data to a computing device (e.g., a fax machine or an email server). Unlike a USB-based mobile scanner, the scanner operates without being connected to a computing device. With an embedded wireless module, the scanning data can be transported via a standard wireless protocol (e.g., WiFi, WiMAX, or Bluetooth), or a standard cellular standard (e.g., GSM or CDMA).03-04-2010
20090081951TIME SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS AD HOC NETWORKS OF MEDICAL DEVICES AND SENSORS - A short-range ad-hoc network (03-26-2009
20100035546LOCATING REFERENCE NODES FOR POSITIONING DEVICES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for matching an actual device in a wireless network to a corresponding device indicated in a plan (02-11-2010
20120190303CELL-PHONE COMPATIBLE WIRELESS STETHOSCOPE - A cell phone-compatible wireless stethoscope has an auscultation piece secured to an audio transmitter. The audio transmitter is configured to transmit audible biosignals detected by the auscultation piece. The signals may be transmitted via Bluetooth® to any Bluetooth®-capable cell phone and then transferred over a cellular network. The device may be used for remote medical examination and diagnosis.07-26-2012
20090203316METHOD FOR USING BLUETOOTH MODULE TO PROCESS NON-BLUETOOTH SIGNALS - An electronic device having a communications module with a first set of data rates can be enabled to use the communications module to process signals received from a source that uses a second set of data rates. The device may generate packets, frames, etc. at the first set of data rates using the communications module from the signals received from the remote source by sampling signals at one or more of the first set of data rates. The device may then reconstruct data or payloads originally transmitted in the signals at the second set of data rates from the packets generated at the first set of data rates. Thus, the device can process signals or transmissions at the second set of data rates using the first set of data rates without requiring additional receivers or communications modules to process the signals.08-13-2009
20110263200VIBRATING MOTOR DISPOSED EXTERNAL TO ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A system for providing vibratory alerts includes an electronic device having a first housing and configured to provide vibratory alert control signals. The system further includes a vibrating motor disposed within a second housing that is external to the first housing of the electronic device, wherein the second housing is mountable adjacent to or near the body of a user to cause vibratory alerts in response to the vibratory alert control signals, and wherein the second housing includes one of: a clip mounted externally on the first housing of the electronic device and wherein the clip is configured to clip the electronic device adjacent to the body of the user, a holster to hold the electronic device and wherein the holster is configured to hang, clip, or affix the second housing adjacent to or near the body of the user, a wrist band of a bracelet, or a buckle or strap of a belt.10-27-2011
20100112946MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE - A mobile terminal device for communication with other terminal devices via one of a plurality of base stations, at least one of the base stations using a radio access technology different from that of at least one other base station, the mobile terminal device includes: a capturing unit for capturing a radio communication signal transmitted from another mobile terminal device in proximity to the mobile terminal device to determine the radio access technology; a processor for controlling to communicate with one of the other terminal devices in accordance with a process including: determining priority of which of the radio access technologies; seeking one of the radio access technologies currently available in the order of the priority; setting up a radio communication condition using one of the radio access technologies; and initiating communication with one of the other terminal devices via said one of the base stations.05-06-2010
20100112945APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic control device transmits a function control signal within a predetermined area. Other electronic devices within the predetermined area receive the function control signal. The function control signal initiates a control program in an electronic device in the predetermined area that adjusts one or more user setting conditions of the electronic device, such as audio volume level, display brightness level, etc. The original user setting conditions are returned to their prior values when the device exits the predetermined area or otherwise stops receiving the function control signal.05-06-2010
20100112943 RECEIVER ARRANGEMENT AND A TRANSMITTER ARRANGEMENT - A transmitter/receiver (a transceiver) having: a digital synthesizer signal generator (05-06-2010
20100112944RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication apparatus includes: a first communication unit having a first communication coverage including a short-distance portion and a long-distance portion; a second communication unit having a second communication coverage including at least the long-distance portion; a reception detecting unit detecting that a short-distance communication request transmitted from a first communication unit of an other communication apparatus has been received by at least one of the first and second communication units; a determining unit permitting the request when the request is received by the first communication unit and not received by the second communication unit, and rejecting the request when the request is received by the second communication unit; and a communication processing unit carrying out short-distance communication with the other communication apparatus via the first communication unit when the request is permitted.05-06-2010
20100112947METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SYNCHRONIZING ATTRIBUTES AMONG ELECTRONIC DEVICES - A method and system for synchronizing attributes among electronic devices is provided. The method includes scanning a low energy bluetooth network for one or more attributes of a second electronic device by a first electronic device, establishing a low energy bluetooth connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device, synchronizing the one or more attributes of the second electronic device and one or more attributes of the first electronic device.05-06-2010
20100112942Enhanced wireless network security using GPS - A wireless piconet network device includes a GPS receiver to determine and provide earth coordinates to a gatekeeper of a wireless network so as to provide a level of security to wireless networks which requires accessing wireless devices to be within predefined boundary coordinates. The automatic restriction of access to a wireless network (e.g., a wireless local area network (LAN) such as a piconet network) by requiring a wireless network device to provide earth coordinates (e.g., GPS location information) as part of an establishment or maintenance of a connection to a wireless network, independent of a range of communication of any device in the wireless network. A wireless piconet network device outside of predetermined earth coordinates of a secured area (e.g., a building, a room in a building, a desk in a room in a building, etc.) may be denied access to resources on the wireless network, and/or required to provide additional authorization information so as to confirm authorized secured status of the entering wireless device.05-06-2010
20090117848Mobile device system and mobile device - Even when the mobile devices which one carries change from day to day, the invention can flexibly handle such changes to prevent misplacement and the like of a mobile device. Each mobile device includes a communication unit for communicating with other mobile devices, a GPS receiver for acquiring current location information of the mobile device, a group registration unit, an announcing unit, and a control unit. In each mobile device, other mobile devices located within a predetermined range of that mobile device are registered as a group in the group registration unit, and after this registration, the other mobile devices located within the predetermined range of the mobile device are periodically detected, and when the combination of detected other mobile devices does not match the combination of other mobile devices registered in the group registration unit, the announcing unit is operated.05-07-2009
20100120363Slave Device Complying with Bluetooth Communication Protocol and Related Method for Establishing Bluetooth Communication Connection - A slave device that complies with Bluetooth communication protocol includes a communication module, a memory and a RF output module. The communication module can be operated to generate a driving signal. The memory stores an access code that complies with Bluetooth communication protocol and is electrically connected to the communication module. The memory is configured to determine whether or not to output the access code according to the driving signal output by the communication module. The RF output module is electrically connected to the memory so as to receive and output the access code.05-13-2010
20090149127Method for saving power in a wireless terminal and a terminal - The object of the invention is a method for controlling the power saving properties in a terminal, which utilizes cellular phone technology and short range radio frequency wireless communication features in order to increase the operative life of the batteries, and a terminal utilizing the method. In the method of the invention the activity state of the short range wireless communication utilization in the terminal determines the level of the short range wireless communication power save mode.06-11-2009
20100267334ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic device includes a communication module, a connection establishment module, a negotiation module, a service execution module, and an execution control module. The communication module executes close proximity wireless transfer. The connection establishment module establishes a connection between the communication module and an external device which are in a close proximity state. The negotiation module determines a service to be executed between the communication module and the external device through a negotiation process when the connection is established. The service execution module executes the service. The execution control module executes the negotiation process again in response to a user's request or a request from the external device if the connection is kept after the completion of the service.10-21-2010
20100267335COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, PROGRAM, AND DATA SELECTION METHOD - The present invention aims to enable appropriate selection of data to be transmitted/received based on the distance between communication devices.10-21-2010
20090156125System and Method for Matching Wireless Devices - Vehicles and methods for providing a communication between a mobile unit and a vehicle are described. In one embodiment, a communication is received from a mobile unit, the communication is interfaced to a vehicle's electromechanical system, an audio-visual interface associated with the vehicle's electromechanical system displays the communication; and a communication is transmitted to the mobile unit.06-18-2009
20110244798Data Packet Generator and Implementations of Same - A data packet generator transmits data packets using radio frequency signals. The data packets are included, in some embodiments, in a network name. The network name can be detected by a computing device, which receives the data packet. The data packet can then be used for a variety of purposes.10-06-2011
20090081952METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONNECTING TO NETWORK IN A SHORT-RANGE MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method and apparatus for connecting to a network in a short-range mobile communication terminal are provided, in which a neighbor terminal information request message is periodically broadcast, a neighbor terminal information response message is received from at least one neighbor short-range mobile communication terminal, an RSSI of the neighbor terminal information response message is measured, the RSSI and neighbor terminal information included in the neighbor terminal information response message are stored for the at least one neighbor short-range mobile communication terminal, a closest neighbor WPAN is determined using the RSSI, a WPAN to join is selected based on the determination, and the selected WPAN is connected to.03-26-2009
20100124884Communication device - An interactive communication device, wherein the device is in communication with a second remotely located device, preferably through the use of high-speed wireless technology such as Bluetooth™, and wherein the instant invention is capable of sending and/or receiving a plurality of signals to and from the second remotely located device.05-20-2010
20090311960Smart/Active RFID Tag for Use in a WPAN - A system and method is provided for processing communication signals in a wireless personal area network (WPAN) using a transceiver comprising a first transmitter and a first receiver operable to transmit and receive signals using a first transmission protocol and a second transmitter operable to transmit signals using a second transmission protocol. In various embodiments, the first receiver is used to receive a first signal that was transmitted using the first communication protocol and the second transmitter is used to transmit a second signal using the second transmission protocol in response to receipt of the first signal. The second signal is then processed to determine the location of the object. In some embodiments, the first transmission protocol is compliant with an Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 802.15.4 transmission protocol and the second transmission protocol is compliant with an Ultra-Wide Band (UWB) protocol.12-17-2009
20110201276SYSTEM FOR TRANSFERRING INFORMATION BETWEEN AN IMPLANT AND AN EXTERNAL DEVICE - For communicating information between a medical implant in a patient's body and an external communication unit (08-18-2011
20110201275SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGEMENT OF A DYNAMIC NETWORK USING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A short-range wireless communication network may be established by direct communication between two or more wireless communication devices. A conventional cellular telephone includes an integrated short-range transceiver. The short-range transceivers of multiple wireless communication devices can be coupled together to form a short-range communication network without utilizing any wireless communication network supported by wireless service providers. The short-range communication network may be extended as additional devices come within range or consolidated as wireless communication devices leave the communication range. The short-range communication network is built upon the proximity of wireless communication devices with each other. Data is disseminated between the wireless communication devices using a data message synchronization process. Messages may also be carried from one wireless network to another as the communication devices are carried by individuals.08-18-2011
20110201274ACTIVE WIRELESS TAG AND AUXILIARY DEVICE FOR USE WITH MONITORING CENTER FOR TRACKING INDIVIDUALS OR OBJECTS - The invention is directed to a location tracking device and auxiliary device for use with a monitoring center for tracking individuals or objects. The location tracking device has position determining circuitry and first wireless circuitry that communicates position data representative of the location of the tracking device to a remote location (e.g., a monitoring station). The tracking device also has second wireless circuitry that communicates with the auxiliary device. The tracking device has at least two operational modes. The tracking device switches operational modes when communication is established between the tracking device and the auxiliary device. The auxiliary device generally has an associated auxiliary device ID and wireless circuitry that communicates the auxiliary device ID to the location tracking device. The tracking device has a first operational mode, when communication is not established with the auxiliary device, wherein the position determining circuitry is maintained in a normal power state. The tracking device can also have a second operational mode, when communication is established between the tracking device and the auxiliary device. In the second operational mode, the second wireless circuitry receives the auxiliary device ID from the auxiliary device and the first wireless circuitry communicates the auxiliary device ID to the remote location. The tracking device can also have a third operational mode, when communication is established between the tracking device and the auxiliary device. In the third operational mode, the position determining circuitry is placed in a reduced power state.08-18-2011
20100062712CUSTOMIZED BLUETOOTH ENABLED IDENTIFICATION DEVICE - A customized Bluetooth enabled identification device for Bluetooth based identification, communication and tracking system is described. The device uses a customized Bluetooth hardware as identification of location is done through its 48 bit unique hardware address by providing password based security over identification.03-11-2010
20090088075Method and System for Enhance Roaming and Connectivity in MIMO-Based Systems - A system and method for communicating with a first network device via a first communication link established by a plurality of transceivers, the first communication link including a plurality of wireless signals and communicating with a second network device via a second communication link established by at least one of the plurality of transceivers, the second communication link including at least one wireless signals, wherein the at least one of the plurality of the receivers terminates one of the plurality of wireless signals communicating with the first network device and at least one other one of the plurality of transceivers maintains an other one of the plurality of signals communicating with the first network device.04-02-2009
20090291639Communication Apparatus, Communication System, Communication Method, and Program - A communication apparatus, a communication system, a communication method, and a program capable of performing relay transfer of a data file swiftly and simply in performing short-distance one-to-one communication are provided. The communication apparatus includes a communication part that performs short-distance one-to-one communication with a communication partner apparatus via electric field coupling or magnetic field coupling, a relay transfer mode setting part that sets a relay transfer mode in which a data file are relay-transferred from at least one first apparatus to at least one second apparatus, a storage part that holds the data file received from the first apparatus while the relay transfer mode is set, and a transmission control part that transmits the data file held in the storage part to the second apparatus with which communication is established while the relay transfer mode is set.11-26-2009
20090286477Methods, Portable Electronic Devices, Systems and Computer Program Products Providing Electronic Versions of Information from Electronic Conference Room Whiteboards - Methods, portable electronic devices, systems and computer program products for wirelessly transmitting information from an electronic whiteboard. A wireless connection is established between a portable electronic device and the electronic whiteboard. A digital copy of content of the electronic whiteboard is received at the portable electronic device over the established wireless connection.11-19-2009
20120142272COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD OF PROCESSING THEREBY, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus transmits an annunciation signal and detects an annunciation-signal transmission apparatus that is transmitting an annunciation signal. The communication apparatus places the transmission of its annunciation signal in a suspended state when annunciation-signal transmission apparatuses in excess of a predetermined number thereof are detected in a case where the communication apparatus is not currently connected to another communication apparatus.06-07-2012
20100081382WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - According to one embodiment, a wireless communication apparatus includes a plurality of communication modules configured to execute wireless communication with an external device, a field strength measurement module configured to measure a field strength from the external device, which is received by each of the plurality of communication modules, a recognition module configured to recognize a movement log of the external device on the basis of a change state of the field strength in each of the plurality of communication modules, which is measured by the field strength measurement module, and a processing module configured to execute a process corresponding to the movement log recognized by the recognition module.04-01-2010
20100081383PORTABLE TERMINAL - A portable terminal includes: a display unit configured to display various information; an user interface; a proximity communication interface configured to establish a wireless communication path with a counterpart device in a proximity state; a detector configured to detect whether the portable terminal is in an enabled state capable of performing a content movement operation with the user interface or in a disabled state that is not capable of performing the content movement operation with the user interface; and a content controller configured to perform a process for controlling the display unit to display a list of contents which can be transmitted by the proximity communication, when the proximity communication interface establishes the wireless communication path and the detector detects that the portable terminal is in the enabled state.04-01-2010
20090264075BLUETOOTH COMMUNICATION THROUGH A SINGLE VIRTUAL PORT - A system that provides for Bluetooth communications from a first Bluetooth enabled device to a second Bluetooth enabled device is provided. The system comprising a Bluetooth manager that provides a graphical user interface, an Outgoing Port Driver that shares configurational information with and is started by the Bluetooth manager, a first serial port that receives data from an application operating on the first device, the first serial port acting as a virtual serial port where the first serial port is not connected to communications hardware, a second serial port that is connected to communications hardware, the second serial port acting as an outgoing port, and a Bluetooth stack that receives data to be communicated from the second serial port, wherein the Outgoing Port Driver directs the data from the first serial port to the second serial port via the Outgoing Port Driver.10-22-2009
20090264074Integrated Multimode Radio and Components Thereof - An integrated multimode radio includes a multimode receiver and a multimode transmitter. The multimode receiver includes a shared receiver front-end, a receiver multiplexor, and a plurality of receiver IF stages. The multimode transmitter includes a shared transmitter front-end, a transmitter multiplexor, and a plurality of transmitter IF stages.10-22-2009
20090264073NECKPAD COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM FOR A HELMET - A neckpad communications system for a helmet includes a neckpad body that includes coupling members for detachably coupling the neckpad body to a surface of the helmet. The system includes a communications unit having a first part that is disposed within and covered by the neckpad body and is configured to permit audio communication with another remote device and a second part including audio transducers located at least partially outside the neckpad body. The audio transducers are operatively connected to the communications unit and can include at least one speaker and a microphone. The neckpad body includes cushioning to allow it to be worn against a user's body and includes controls associated with the communications unit that are accessible exteriorly.10-22-2009
20090264072COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND VOLUME ADJUSTING METHOD FOR AUDIO DEVICE - An exemplary communication device is capable of adjusting a sound volume on an audio device. The communication device includes an input module, a communication unit, a signal generator, and a wireless transmitter. The input module is configured for receiving a first input. The communication unit is configured for receiving a call, and answering the call in response to the first input. The signal generator is configured for generating a first control signal when the communication unit answers the call. The wireless transmitter is configured for sending the first control signal to the audio device to change a current sound volume on the audio device from a first volume value to a first predetermined value. A related volume adjusting method for an audio device is also provided.10-22-2009
20090264071MULTIFUNCTIONAL PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The invention discloses a multifunctional portable electronic device (10-22-2009
20090264070Data Communications Between Short-Range Enabled Wireless Devices Over Networks and Proximity Marketing to Such Devices - A method for allowing short-ranged communication devices to communicate with each other using the Internet. Cell servers are provided in a first and second zones linked to the Internet and adapted for transmitting voice and other digital data over the Internet such as using VoIP. The method includes registering users of short-range enabled devices, such as Bluetooth cell phones, with a communication system and storing a device identifier along with a user ID and password. A contact list is stored for each registered user. The method includes a registered user entering a cell serviced by a server, the server discovering the user's device, logging the user into the system based on the device identifier and an entered user ID and password, receiving a communication request to chat with one of the listed contacts, and establishing a communication session using time previously awarded to the user for receiving marketing content.10-22-2009
20120270503APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SEARCHING LOCATION RELATED CONTENTS IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method and apparatus search for a place involving contents stored to a portable terminal. Operations of the portable terminal include receiving contents comprising a device address for short range communication; storing the device address; and searching for a short range communication device which uses the device address.10-25-2012
20100099356Wireless self-service terminal audio lead through - A system for the audio lead through of a visually impaired user of a self-service terminal employs near field communication techniques to transfer connection data required for the establishment of a Bluetooth connection between the self-service terminal and a remote audio output device. Once a Bluetooth connection is established audio files containing instructions on how to execute a transaction on the self-service terminal are transferred from the self-service terminal to the audio output device such that the user can hear audio files when played.04-22-2010
20110201272INTERACTIVE BASE STATION WITH PROCESSOR AND BODIES - The invention relates to a base station (08-18-2011
20090280743DEVICE FOR THE WIRELESS TRANSMISSION OF SIGNALS BETWEEN TWO PARTS OF A PROCESSING MACHINE - In a device for wireless transmission of signals between two parts (11-12-2009
20110171909METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATICALLY CONNECTING SHORT RANGE WIRELESS NETWORK IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for automatically connecting a short range wireless network in a portable terminal. The method for automatically connecting a short range wireless network in the portable terminal includes, when registering to an Access Point (AP), storing location information of the AP. The method also includes obtaining location information of the terminal. The method further includes controlling an activation cycle of a communication module by comparing the location information of the terminal and the location information of the AP. The method still further includes, when the communication module is activated, searching for the AP.07-14-2011
20110171908METHOD OF CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT AND BLUETOOTH DEVICE - A connection establishing method for a slave Bluetooth device supporting a plurality of Bluetooth profiles, includes generating an indication value according to a selecting signal inputted to the Bluetooth device, the indication value indicating a Bluetooth profile to be used, deciding whether to modify a hardware address of the Bluetooth device according to the indication value and a state value that indicates a Bluetooth profile currently used, and establishing a connection with a master Bluetooth device according to the Bluetooth profile to be used indicated by the indication value.07-14-2011
20080280561Intergrated communication apparatus - An integrated communication apparatus is linked to the PSTN or the Internet for making a PSTN call or a VoIP call. The integrated communication apparatus includes a Bluetooth earphone having a signal transmitting terminal, and a body having an earphone receiving slot and a control circuit board. The earphone receiving slot is used for receiving the earphone and the signal transmitting terminal of the Bluetooth earphone is electrically connected with the control circuit board. The control circuit board includes a control module. The control module is connected with a Bluetooth module, a wireless VoIP module, a PSTN module, a voice-signal encoding/decoding circuit, a judging and charging circuit, and a voice-signal switching module for operating and controlling the modules and the circuits. The voice-signal switching module is connected with a speaker and a microphone via an ECHO eliminating circuit.11-13-2008
20080207126Method and System for Dynamically Changing Poll Timing Based on Bluetooth Activity - Methods and systems for dynamically changing poll timing based on Bluetooth activity are disclosed. Aspects of one method may include determining synchronous Bluetooth activity between a Bluetooth master device and at least one Bluetooth slave device. The synchronous Bluetooth activity may comprise, for example, transmission of packets by the Bluetooth master device via a SCO link and/or a eSCO link. The Bluetooth master device may dynamically adjust a polling period based on the synchronous Bluetooth activity. For example, the polling period may be less when there is synchronous activity than when there is no synchronous activity. The polling periods for when there is synchronous activity and when there is no synchronous activity may be default values. The default polling periods may be changed to different values, for example, by the user.08-28-2008
20080207124Mobile Device With Near Field Communication Module And Secure Chip - A mobile device provided with a secure chip and a short-range wireless RF communication module, which can be used for contactless transactions with external short-range wireless RF communication devices, for example at a point of sales. The mobile device is provided with user selectable activity levels of the secure chip to reduce security risks/concerns associated with such a terminal. The user selectable activity levels may include levels in which the secure chip is deactivated by default, and only temporarily activated upon user confirmation or the entry of a password or PIN.08-28-2008
20090104874System And Method Of Providing Automatic Information Exchange And Matching - A method and apparatus provides wireless transceivers which may be used for various tasks, including the exchange of information with other devices. In one example, the wireless transceivers are a part of a WIC used in an environment such as an amusement park, water park, reception area, or tradeshow to provide various capabilities.04-23-2009
20130217336CONTACTLESS DATA TRANSFER SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Data may be transferred from a communication subsystem of a first device to a communication subsystem of a second device contactlessly, at high speed, and without intervention by host processors of either device. Devices may be programmed or personalized at the factory or warehouse, and may personalized at a warehouse or at a point of sale while in the box. Various modes of operation and use scenarios are described. Portions of the devices themselves, or a transmission path between the devices may be shielded against snooping by a material which degrades an EHF signal passing therethrough.08-22-2013
20090291636System and method for locating a device - Described are a system and a method for locating a device. The system includes a mobile device associated with a network via a wireless transceiver, the mobile device including an audio output component; and a network component receiving a query and generating a command signal to be transmitted to the mobile device in response to the query, the command signal indicating to the mobile device to activate the audio output component. A sound emitted from the audio output component is used to locate the mobile device when a location of the mobile device is unknown.11-26-2009
20090170434METHOD OF VEHICLE TO VEHICLE COMMUNICATION - A method of communicating information that has been formatted for Internet publication from a principal vehicle using short range wireless communication components to communicate with a second vehicle. The method includes storing a web page (blog, social networking page, etc.) or other information formatted for Internet publication in the principal vehicle. An introductory signal is transmitted to the second vehicle. A communication link is established between the principal vehicle and the second vehicle using the respective short range wireless communication components. The second vehicle is then queried for authorization to transmit the information and, if given, the information is then transmitted to the second vehicle via the communications link. User-selected categories can be used to identify common interests between users of the two vehicles. The method can be used to share user information with other potentially interested drivers to facilitate human interactions and relationships.07-02-2009
20080261527Bluetooth earpiece with two-way audio transmissions - A Bluetooth earpiece with two-way audio transmissions adopts a base body combined with a Bluetooth earphone containing a signal transmitting end. An electrically connected amplifying unit, loudspeaker unit and audio signal capture unit are installed in the base body. The amplifying unit electrically connects to signal transmitting end of the Bluetooth earphone while the Bluetooth earphone is inserted in the base body. The Bluetooth earphone is capable of receiving audio information from a remote end and sending the information to the loudspeaker unit of the Bluetooth earpiece through an audio transmission switching unit in the Bluetooth earphone to produce sounds. In the meantime, users can receive the sounds by the audio signal capture unit of the Bluetooth earpiece, and the captured audio information is sent to the Bluetooth earphone through the amplifying unit to complete the two-way audio transmission.10-23-2008
20100248628INTEGRATED COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - An integrated communication apparatus is linked to the PSTN or the Internet for making a PSTN call or a VoIP call. The integrated communication apparatus includes a Bluetooth earphone having a signal transmitting terminal, and a body having an earphone receiving slot and a control circuit board. The earphone receiving slot is used for receiving the earphone and the signal transmitting terminal of the Bluetooth earphone is electrically connected with the control circuit board. The control circuit board includes a control module. The control module is connected with a Bluetooth module, a wireless VoIP module, a PSTN module, a voice-signal encoding/decoding circuit, a judging and charging circuit, and a voice-signal switching module for operating and controlling the modules and the circuits. The voice-signal switching module is connected with a speaker and a microphone via an ECHO eliminating circuit.09-30-2010
20100248627Identification of Make and Model of Communication Devices over Bluetooth Protocol - Embodiments herein provide methods and systems for identifying make and model, and other features of a communication device using the MAC ID, profile name and services offered on the communication device. Also, disclosed herein is a method of building a database where a range of MAC IDs is mapped to a particular make and model, and other features of communication devices. On obtaining the MAC ID of a communication device, the make and model, and other features of the device can be identified. Such information may be used to tailor content according to the capabilities of a communication device.09-30-2010
20110269400METHOD OF OPTIMIZED-SHARING OF MULTIMEDIA CONTENT AND MOBILE TERMINAL EMPLOYING THE SAME - An apparatus and method for displaying information using a mobile terminal connectable to peripheral devices through corresponding wireless communication is provided. The method includes receiving profile information from one or more of the peripheral devices connected through the corresponding wireless communication, each received profile information having identification information identifying the corresponding one or more peripheral devices and content information on the corresponding one or more peripheral devices, and listing the received profile information organized according to signal strength of the one or more peripheral devices from which the profile information is received.11-03-2011
20100248626APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING FUNCTION SPECIFIC ACCESS TO A MOBILE TERMINAL VIA AN EXTERNAL DEVICE - Methods, systems, and apparatus for providing customizable interaction with a mobile terminal using external input devices are provided. A first activation signal that corresponds to a first function in the mobile terminal is received into the mobile terminal from a first external input device of the plurality of input devices that is configured to receive a first activating input from a user. The first function is activated in the mobile terminal responsive to receiving the first activation signal. A second activation signal is received into the mobile terminal from a second external input device of the plurality of external input devices that is configured to receive a second activating input from the user. The second activation signal corresponds to a second function in the mobile terminal. The second function is activated in the mobile terminal responsive to receiving the second activation signal.09-30-2010
20110207406Method and system for connecting wireless communications unit users - A system and method for wireless communications unit users within proximity to make social connections. Users can dynamically discover potential matches in the proximity and interactively find out mutual intentions to socially connect in an anonymous and discreet manner.08-25-2011
20110207408PEER TO PEER COMMUNICATION USING DEVICE CLASS BASED TRANSMISSION RULES - Data such as image, sound or other media content is delivered between peer devices over a dedicated peer-to-peer communications medium. According to an example embodiment, data is communicated between peer devices respectively belonging to one of a plurality of device classes respectively identified by a device-class identification (ID). Data is stored to identify communications that are to be carried out between devices having respective IDs, such that each pair of IDs has predefined execution steps based upon operational status of the devices. Based upon the device-class ID pair of two peer devices and an operating status of one or both devices, the devices automatically select and execute a communications approach to communicate data therebetween. This communication can be effected in response to a simple user input (e.g., which is specific to neither data nor transfer direction).08-25-2011
20110207407RECOMMENDER SYSTEM/METHOD, SERVICE SERVER, TERMINALS, CONNECTION METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIA FOR EFFICIENT CONNECTION - The present invention relates to a system, a method, a service server, an end-point terminal, a connection method and storage media for recommending an efficient connection path, in which if an end-point terminal connected to a mobile communication terminal through a short-range communication network can be connected to a service server through two or more mobile communication terminals, the end-point terminal can use a service through a mobile communication terminal capable of providing an optimum connection. The recommending system according to the present invention comprises: an end-point terminal connected to a mobile communication terminal through a short-range communication network, for playing back contents requested and received from an application server; the mobile communication terminal connected to the end-point terminal through the short-range communication network and connected to a service server through a mobile communication network, for transferring data between the end-point terminal and the service server; and the service server connected to the mobile communication terminal through the mobile communication network and connected to the application server through either the mobile communication network or a wired communication network, for providing the end-point terminal with information on a mobile communication terminal capable of providing an optimum connection, by examining a connection history between the end-point terminal and the mobile communication terminal or based on hardware specifications of mobile communication terminals connectible to the end-point terminal.08-25-2011
20100144276COMMUNICATION SYSTEM EQUIPPED WITH SHARED ANTENNA AND CIRCUIT BOARD THEREOF - A communication system equipped with a shared antenna includes an antenna, a first communication module, a second communication module, and a switch module. The first communication module processes a first communication signal and transmits the first communication signal to the switch module. The second communication module processes a second communication signal and transmits the second communication signal to the switch module. Additionally, the first communication module controls the switch module to transmit the first communication signal or the second communication signal to the antenna, and the antenna emits the first communication signal or the second communication signal.06-10-2010
20100144274Systems, Methods, and Apparatuses for Determining Proximity Between Computing Apparatuses - Methods, apparatuses, and systems are provided for determining proximity between computing apparatuses. A method may include extracting information indicating a transmit signal strength from each of a plurality of electromagnetic transmissions sent by a plurality of second computing apparatuses and received by a first computing apparatus. The method may further include determining received signal strengths of the electromagnetic transmissions. The method may additionally include determining proximities between the first computing apparatus and each of the second computing apparatuses based at least in part upon transmit signal strengths and the received signal strengths. The method may also include generating a list listing the second computing apparatuses and providing an indication of the determined proximities of the second computing apparatuses. Corresponding apparatuses and systems are also provided.06-10-2010
20080242227Movable apparatus and duplex module thereof - A movable apparatus and a duplex module thereof are provided. A duplex module comprises a bluetooth wireless module and a wireless network module. The bluetooth wireless module is matched with and activates an electronic product. The wireless network module retrieves an internet protocol address by internet connection, wherein the electronic product uploads/downloads digital data through the wireless network module. A movable apparatus has a duplex module comprising a bluetooth wireless module and a wireless network module. The bluetooth wireless module is matched with and activates an electronic product. The wireless network module retrieves an internet protocol address by internet connection, wherein the electronic product uploads/downloads digital data through the wireless network module.10-02-2008
20100136910APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DEVICE SEARCH FOR HIGH-SPEED BASED BLUETOOTH APPLICATIONS - Provided are a device searching method of a Bluetooth application and an apparatus using the same. The apparatus includes an application unit that generates a command for searching a Bluetooth device in a surrounding area of the device searching apparatus, a stack unit that performs a Bluetooth device initialization process and processes the command generated in the application unit, a first module unit that searches first Bluetooth devices in the surrounding area of the device searching apparatus, and a second module unit that searches second Bluetooth devices in the surrounding area of the device searching apparatus.06-03-2010
20090036055CHANNEL SWITCHING METHOD FOR SWITCHING CHANNELS THROUGH WHICH CONTENT DATA IS RECEIVED IN A ZIGBEE NETWORK SYSTEM, AND ZIGBEE NETWORK SYSTEM THEREOF - A peripheral device can reduce its reconnection time to a mobile communication terminal in a short-range personal wireless communication system including the peripheral device and the mobile communication terminal that performs short-range wireless communication. A short-range communication method of a node in a short-range personal wireless communication system in which communication is performed between at least one Personal Area Network (PAN) and multiple nodes is provided. A peripheral PAN is monitored to perform short-range communication, and at least one PAN is selected as a result of the monitoring; generating channel information for the selected PAN. The generated channel information is transmitted to a peripheral device connected to the node, and the selected PAN is connected with.02-05-2009
20080274695Bluetooth-enabled system and related method - According to one exemplary embodiment, a Bluetooth-enabled system includes a computer coupled to a Bluetooth-enabled host, e.g. a Bluetooth-enabled IP phone, via a communication link, where the communication link can be either an Ethernet link or a WLAN link. The Bluetooth-enabled system further includes at least one Bluetooth-enabled input device, e.g. a Bluetooth-enabled mouse or keyboard, being capable of communicating with the Bluetooth-enabled host via a Bluetooth link. The Bluetooth-enabled host is configured to transmit data received via the Bluetooth link from the at least one Bluetooth-enabled input device to the computer via the communication link. The communication link can utilize a TCP/IP protocol.11-06-2008
20080274696Procedure for headset and device authentication - Disclosed herein is a system for configuring and setting up a one to one communication correspondence between a headset and a mobile device. The authentication PIN allows communication of the headset with only those devices that are authenticated using the PIN. A first software application and a second software application are provided on the mobile device and a headset respectively. The process of configuring the PIN access information on the headset using the first and second application comprises the step of establishing a secure communication link by completing challenge response sequence between the headset and the device using the currently prevailing PIN, transmitting a configuration set PIN from the device to the headset, enforcing reauthentication using the newly configured PIN, and establishing and locking a communication between the device and the headset based on the new personal identification number.11-06-2008
20090170435DATA FORMAT CONVERSION FOR BLUETOOTH-ENABLED DEVICES - Format converters and methods of performing data format conversion are provided. The format converters may convert compressed data into a different compressed format that is compatible with the Bluetooth transmission standard. The format converter may decompose the compressed data into frequency domain data streams of different frequency sub-bands. The format converter may transform each data stream of frequency domain information from a first encoding scheme to a second encoding scheme, and may then quantize the transformed data steams based on bit allocation information for each sub-band. The format converters may also include a bit allocation component which computes the bit allocation information for each sub-band based on an unfiltered version of the compressed data.07-02-2009
20080280560METHOD AND SYSTEM OF PLACING A RFID TAG IN A CONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION MODE - Method and system of placing a RFID tag in a continuous transmission mode. At least some of the illustrative embodiments are methods comprising sending a command from a radio frequency identification (RFID) reader to a first RFID tag, and then transmitting continuously by the first RFID tag based on the command. Other illustrative embodiments are RFID tags comprising a tag antenna, and a RFID circuit coupled to the tag antenna. The RFID circuit is configured to, responsive to a first command from a RFID reader, repeatedly transmit a message to the RFID reader.11-13-2008
20080280559Enabling Bluetooth Support Within a Secondary and/or Across Multiple Operating System Partitions - A method for sharing Bluetooth pairs across multiple operating system partitions. The method includes the steps of pairing a first operating system partition with a Bluetooth enabled device; determining when a memory of an information handling system includes an additional operating system partition; and, pairing the additional operating system partition with the Bluetooth enabled device when the additional operating system partition is present.11-13-2008
20110269401METHOD FOR MEASURING FLUID FLOW IN A NON-CONDUCTIVE PIPE - A microradio is provided with a hysteretic switch to permit an optimum range increasing charging cycle, with the charging cycle being long relative to the transmit cycle. Secondly, an ensemble of microradios permits an n11-03-2011
20080287064AUTOMATIC IN-VEHICLE MOBILE DEVICE DETECTION - A system and method for automatically configuring a communications system between a local mode in which a local communications device (such as an in-vehicle device or “land-line phone”) is active and a remote mode in which a mobile communications device is active and coupled to the communications system. One example of the method includes searching for a Bluetooth™ enabled device, selecting the remote mode of operation responsive to detection of the Bluetooth™ enabled device, and selecting the local mode of operation responsive to failure to detect the Bluetooth™ enabled device. In one example, selecting the local mode of operation includes activating the local communications device, and selecting the remote mode of operation includes activating local Bluetooth™ systems to connect the Bluetooth™ enabled device to the communications system.11-20-2008
20100015920APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING QUALITY OF SERVICE OF MASTER BLUETOOTH TERMINAL IN PICONET - An apparatus for controlling Quality of Service (QoS) of a master Bluetooth® terminal in a piconet. A file-specific band setting unit sets information about files and information about bandwidths set for the files, which are stored in the master Bluetooth® terminal, for a content meta database. A QoS controller checks the content meta database when an arbitrary slave Bluetooth® terminal requests file download service, and provides the set bandwidth information of the corresponding file. A balancing Bluetooth® Network Encapsulation Protocol (BNEP) creates a virtual interface when the slave Bluetooth® terminal is accessed, and sets a bandwidth of the virtual interface, which is set for the slave Bluetooth® terminal requesting the download service, to a bandwidth of the corresponding file when the set bandwidth information of the file for which the download service is requested is received from the QoS controller, and provides the download service to the slave Bluetooth® terminal.01-21-2010
20080305741METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY PAIRING BETWEEN MOBILE DEVICE HAVING A HINGE PORTION AND A COUPLEABLE HARDWARE ACCESSORY - A system securely forming a short distance wireless network has a first device for generating a first signal including an identification symbol; and a second device for receiving the first signal over a wired data connection or proximity based wireless connection between the first and the second devices. The second device generates a second signal responsive to the second device generating a first signal including the identification symbol and receiving a second signal including a pairing message.12-11-2008
20080311852MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION LINK COORDINATION FOR SHARED DATA TRANSMISSIONS - An integrated circuit radio transceiver and associated method comprises a multi-mode device operable to support personal area network communications as well as traditional wireless local area network communications and to synchronize communications therein. In one embodiment, a direct link comprising direct packet transfers without beaconing is performed between the multi-mode device and another multi-mode device. Thus, the multi-mode device is operable to establish traditional BSS communications with an Access Point in addition to establishing peer-to-peer communications with another multi-mode device to transport the Bluetooth communications over the 12-18-2008
20120295545METHODS FOR USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH A HANDHELD WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE HAVING AN ADJUNCT DEVICE COUPLED THERETO - A method includes executing a homing application of the handheld wireless communication device for finding at least one personal object coupled to at least one remote wireless device. The homing application includes generating data to present for display on the handheld wireless communication device a graphical user interface that receives an indication of a user to locate the at least one personal object and that generates a location signal in response thereto. The location signal is communicated to an adjunct device via the communication port of the handheld wireless communication device to cause the adjunct device to transmit an RF paging signal to at least one remote wireless device via a short-range wireless transceiver of the adjunct device.11-22-2012
20110009061APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING AND MAINTAINING CRITICAL MEDICAL EQUIPMENT - An apparatus, system and method for maintaining critical medical equipment for stockpile applications are provided. The apparatus, system and method of the present disclosure can be used to monitor and maintain critical medical equipment in a continuous state of readiness. The apparatus includes a storage case which protects a medical device disposed therein and the accessories required for its immediate application while also providing for constant or intermittent charging of the device's internal battery and serial data monitoring of the primary systems. The system and method also incorporate design features in the medical device which enable performance testing via a remote interface while the device is secured within the storage case.01-13-2011
20080311851Method and system for 60 GHZ location determination and coordination of WLAN/WPAN/GPS multimode devices - Within a local region, information may be communicated between two or more wireless multimode communication devices (WMCD) comprising 60 GHz band and lower frequency band wireless interfaces, wherein spatial relationships between devices may vary. The 60 GHz interface may handle location determination operations and data transfers. The lower frequency band may support WPAN, WLAN and may handle coordination of communications and data transfers. The WMCDs may be coupled with a network. Antennas may be directional. Moreover, the spatial orientation of the antennas may be dynamically modified or swept across a specified angle. Furthermore, intelligent and/or adaptive antenna systems may be utilized. The WMCDs may utilize a position and/or time reference system to aid in location determination operations.12-18-2008
20130217333DETERMINING REWARDS BASED ON PROXIMITY OF DEVICES USING SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS BROADCASTS - Methods, systems and devices for presenting rewards to users based on proximity of short-range wireless devices. A wireless identity transmitter may periodically transmit wireless broadcast messages that include obscured identifiers. When within proximity, a proximity broadcast receiver, such as a mobile device carried by a user, may receive and relay the broadcast messages to a server which may process the included information. Based on decrypting the obscured identifiers, the central server may determine whether relayed messages relate to devices associated with a reward program, and may calculate rewards, such as coupons, money, or prizes. Rewards may be presented to users based on sensor data indicated within broadcast messages. In an embodiment, when the server receives a sighting message related to an active search for a target device, a reward is presented to the user of the proximity broadcast receiver that transmitted the sighting message.08-22-2013
20130217330SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING DATA BETWEEN ELECTRONIC DEVICES - A system and method are provided for transferring data from a first mobile device to another device by determining a set comprising one or more items, initiating a first transfer of at least some data associated with at least one of the one or more items to the other device, detecting an interaction with the set, and enabling a second transfer of additional data associated with the set.08-22-2013
20120295544EXCLUSIVE-LOCK CONTROL METHOD FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A radio communication device includes, a radio communication device includes, a plurality of IC chips that conducts radio communicate with a reader/writer, a first setting unit that sets one IC chip selected from the plurality of IC chips to an exclusive-lock release state that allows radio communication to be conducted with the reader/writer, a determination unit that determines whether the radio communication is being conducted normally when radio communication between the one IC chip set to the exclusive-lock release state and the reader/writer is conducted, and a second setting unit that sets the one IC chip set to the exclusive-lock release state to a exclusive-locked state that does not allow radio communication with the reader/writer when the radio communication is determined as not being conducted normally, and sets another IC chip that is different from the one IC chip set to the exclusive-locked state to the exclusive-lock release state.11-22-2012
20080305742INTERFACE FOR PDA AND COMPUTING DEVICE - An interface between PDAs and computing devices, such as a PC or an in-vehicle system permits a user to use the better user interface of the computing device to access and control the operation of the PDA.12-11-2008
20100144272SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING AND ACCESSING WIRELESS RESOURCES - A system and method are disclosed for locating resources available to portable electronic devices which are enabled for short range wireless communications. The system and method include creating and accessing a resource and access location history database accessible via the portable electronic device.06-10-2010
20090011707METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING NEIGHBORING DEVICE - A method and apparatus for identifying a neighboring device are provided. The method of identifying a neighboring device, which is performed in a user terminal, includes: obtaining identification information and location information of a plurality of neighboring devices that can wirelessly communicate with the user terminal; extracting the identification information of one of the neighboring devices, the neighboring device being in the actual location range within the field of vision of the user terminal; and using the extracted identification information to request that the neighboring device perform wireless communication with the user terminal. According to the method and apparatus, identification information of a neighboring device with which a user terminal desires to perform wireless communication can be obtained using a viewfinder or liquid crystal display of the user terminal.01-08-2009
20080268780WIRELESS NOTIFICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A notification apparatus for alerting the user of a wireless device to an event, such as an incoming communication or calendar reminder. When the event occurs, the wireless device may send out a notification signal using a wireless protocol. The notification apparatus detects the notification signal using a wireless transceiver and activates a signaling device which alerts the user to the event.10-30-2008
20080268777Apparatus for combining bluetooth headset and speaker base - An apparatus for combining a Bluetooth headset and a speaker base is disclosed. The principle of magnetic adsorptive is used to combine the Bluetooth headset with the speaker base. The apparatus for combining a Bluetooth headset and a speaker base includes a Bluetooth headset and a speaker base. The Bluetooth headset has an absorbable part and a signal-transmitting terminal. The speaker base has a headset receiving slot and a control circuit board. The headset receiving slot has a magnetic element. When the Bluetooth headset approaches the headset receiving slot, the magnetic element absorbs the absorbable part of the Bluetooth headset to receive the Bluetooth headset in the headset receiving slot and electrically connect the signal-transmitting terminal of the Bluetooth headset with the control circuit board of the speaker base.10-30-2008
20080268778Media Access Controller for Use in a Multi-Sector Access Point Array - A wireless access point with a centralized media access controller MAC (10-30-2008
20100136908MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and controlling method thereof includes determining priority between at least two tag types used for short-range communication according to a current location, and establishing the short-range communication using the tag type having the highest priority among of the tag types. When the location of the terminal or the service provider is changed due to roaming, an appropriate tag for short-range communication is automatically or manually determined allowing the convenient use of a payment service.06-03-2010
20100136909ON-VEHICLE DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Disclosed is an on-vehicle device which can effectively and surely provide content information. The on-vehicle device includes a control unit which causes a feature information storage region to store feature information having predetermined items as information on the on-vehicle device features (step S06-03-2010
20100136911INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM - An information processing device is provided. The information processing device including a communication antenna having a variable Q value, for performing contactless-type communication with an external device by using a communication path capable of transmitting and receiving a signal using a carrier of a predetermined frequency, a communication speed determining unit for determining a communication speed in the communication with the external device, and a communication controlling unit for allowing the Q value of the communication antenna to be set to a value corresponding to a determined communication speed based on the communication speed determined in the communication speed determining unit.06-03-2010
20120196538HANDS-FREE DEVICE - The invention relates to a device of the type commonly known on the market as “hands-free”, i.e. devices that do not require input from the hands (fingers) in order to function, which has the essential feature of the device being installed, in one of the preferred embodiments thereof, inside a helmet, this embodiment applying to persons driving a vehicle with two or more wheels, to cyclists, skiers and other users of any type of helmet. Furthermore, the device of the invention may be used, in addition to being used for communication between passengers in the same vehicle, for communication between passengers in different vehicles or as a means of communication between two users who are walkers, cyclists or participants in other sports.08-02-2012
20120231739COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATIONS IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - A method is provided for communications in a cellular network (09-13-2012
20120142271Windows Portable Devices Interface for Bluetooth Low Energy Devices - A method and system are provided in which a Windows Portable Devices (WPD) driver installed and executed on a central device enables one or more applications on that device to interface with a peripheral device, such as a Bluetooth low energy (BLE) device. The peripheral device may utilize a Generic Attribute Profile (GATT) to interface with the WPD driver. Through the WPD driver, the central device may access, transmit, receive, and/or modify information associated with the peripheral device and/or control the peripheral device. The information associated with the peripheral device may include services, characteristics, and/or descriptors. A WPD device and objects that logically or virtually represents the peripheral device may be generated to map attributes of the WPD device to services and/or characteristics associated with the peripheral device. More than one WPD device may be available when multiple peripheral devices are represented in the central device.06-07-2012
20100087146METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING SHORT RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION OF MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and device for performing short range wireless communication of a mobile terminal reduces a time period of searching for terminals for connection. A short wireless communication distance can be extended by switching to/from a directional antenna and an omni-directional antenna of the mobile terminal according to a user setting. The method of performing short range wireless communication in a mobile terminal including a directional first antenna, an omni-directional second antenna, and a switch unit for switching the first antenna and the second antenna includes: activating the first antenna and searching for connectable terminals, when a short range wireless communication function is activated; and forming a communication channel with the found terminal, if a connectable terminal is found after activating the first antenna.04-08-2010
20090029646Communications device, a system and method using inductive communication - The invention relates to the transmission of a signal from a communications device to another device (e.g. a hearing aid) by inductive communication and particularly to a scheme for improving the signal quality at the location of the other device. The object of the present invention is to provide an alternative scheme for improving the quality of inductive communication between two (e.g. portable) devices. The basic idea is to arrange at least two induction coils at an angle to each other in a transmitting device and to apply electrical signals comprising carrier signals comprising a carrier frequency f01-29-2009
20110207405NEAR FIELD WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - According to one embodiment, a near field wireless communication device includes a receiver and a controller. The receiver is configured to obtain data by receiving a wireless signal. The controller is configured to stop the receiving operation of the receiver in the case where the receiver receives an unwanted signal.08-25-2011
20090298429WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication apparatus includes: a communication module configured to perform close proximity wireless communication with an external device; a communication detector configured to detect whether the close proximity wireless communication is established by the communication module; an orientation detector configured to detect an orientation of the apparatus; and a processor configured to perform processing cooperatively with the communication module while the close proximity wireless communication is established based on the orientation detected by the orientation detector.12-03-2009
20090186579WIRELESS HEADSET WITH CHARACTER MESSAGE OUTPUTTING FUNCTION AND METHOD FOR OUTPUTTING CHARACTER MESSAGE - A wireless headset with a character message outputting function and a method for outputting a character message are disclosed. The character message is output after being converted into a voice signal when a mobile communication terminal performing wireless connection with the wireless headset receives the character message. A user can confirm the character message through the voice signal using the wireless headset without directly confirming the character message in the mobile communication terminal, which allows the user to confirm the character message in the wireless headset while listening to the music.07-23-2009
20090186578HINGE TYPE BLUETOOTH EAR SET - Disclosed herein is a hinge type Bluetooth ear set. The hinge type Bluetooth ear set has an ear phone hingably connected to a main body of the ear set. An antenna is provided by an antenna pattern formed on an antenna board independent of a main board. The antenna board is connected to the main board at a right angle and disposed in a space between a shaft support supporting the ear phone and an outer surface of the main body. The hinge type Bluetooth ear set has a reduced size of the main board. Further, the hinge type Bluetooth ear set has the antenna board disposed at a lateral side of the hinge shaft, enabling reduction of an overall size of the Bluetooth ear set while ensuring a suitable size of the antenna board.07-23-2009
20090137205DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PRESENTING DATA TO A USER - The invention relates to a portable device comprising: 05-28-2009
20090186577APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING NETWORK ASSOCIATION STATUS - An apparatus and method for determining network association status includes a first electronic device having a wireless communication system and a proximity system, and a second electronic device having a wireless communication system and a proximity system. The wireless communication systems of the first and second electronic devices have a communication range therebetween greater than an interaction range between the proximity systems of the first and second electronic devices. The proximity system of one of the first and second electronic devices is configured to interact with the proximity system of the other of the first and second electronic devices to determine proximity between the first and second electronic devices. The communication system of the first electronic device is configured to establish an association status communication with the communication system of the second electronic device after the proximity of the first and second electronic devices has been determined. Further, one of the first and second electronic devices is configured to notify an operator of an association status of the first and second electronic devices.07-23-2009
20090258597METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING RADIO SIGNALS TO IDENTIFY AN ACTIVE SYSTEM IN A COEXISTING RADIO NETWORK - The present invention discloses a method of multiple systems sensing for coexisting radio networks, including: performing energy detection and carrier locking; detecting the fundamental frequencies; and identifying the corresponding active systems from the detected fundamental frequencies and the evaluation of the estimated power spectrum density vector or the estimated trispectrum matrix. Based on the method, an apparatus capable of multiple systems sensing is presented. Furthermore, the present invention also provides an apparatus of multiple systems sensing for coexisting radio networks.10-15-2009
20080318525COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR EXCHANGING CONTENTS - Opportunity of enjoying video and music is enlarged. A content reproducing device is used in a contents exchange system including a plurality of contents reproducing devices. The content reproducing device includes a short range communication unit, a memory, a control unit, and a speaker. The short range communication unit communicates request information, response information, content data and flag information to/from content reproducing devices. The control unit controls the short range communication unit so that content data is transmitted. The control unit controls the memory such that the content data and the flag information received by the short range communication unit are stored.12-25-2008
20080318526Arrangement of devices comprising at least one transmitter and method for improving the receiving field strength - An arrangement of devices which may be worn on the body of a person comprising a first device for transmitting signals to at least one second device via electromagnetic fields or waves, with the first device comprising a transmitter for transmitting such signals and an antenna connected to this transmitter, having a linear or chain-like, but not necessarily straight, arrangement of materials starting from the antenna, which affect the path of the electromagnetic waves or fields transmitted or produced by the antenna, such that at the location of at least one second device a higher receiving field strength of the signals transmitted by the transmitter prevails than without this arrangement of materials.12-25-2008
20110223863COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR AUTOMOBILE - The invention relates to a communication system for an automobile, that comprises: a receiver (R) housed in the automobile (09-15-2011
20120244805METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BATTERY WITH SECURE ELEMENT - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, mobile device comprises a battery, a short-range wireless communication (SRW) chip set, a secure element incorporated into the battery, and a bootloader, wherein the SRW chip set is configured to sense proximity to a point of sales terminal and, in response, initiate bootup of the mobile device, and wherein the bootloader is configured to determine that bootup was initiated by the SRW chip set and, in response, power up only the SRW chip set and the secure element.09-27-2012
20090247080METHOD OF TRANSFERRING APPLICATION DATA FROM A FIRST DEVICE TO A SECOND DEVICE, AND A DATA TRANSFER SYSTEM - The invention describes a method of transferring application data (F10-01-2009
20090325486Sensor Device, Sensor Network System, and Sensor Device Control Method - Disclosed are a sensor device and a sensor device control method. The sensor device comprises a reader for requesting a tag information and detecting an interference channel, and a short range wireless communication nodule for sharing a information of the interference channel through short range wireless communication, and reallocating channels to be used for the reader.12-31-2009
20090023390Bring call here selectively - A communication system includes logic to detect a second communication device in proximity to a first communication device engaged in a call, and to provide a substantially uninterrupted transfer of selected parties to the call to the second communication device. A proximate device may be identified as one capable of rendering a particular data type, and a substantially uninterrupted transfer may be performed to the proximate device of data of the communications having the data type. An application associated with communication data may be identified, as well as a proximate device capable of providing the application, and a substantially uninterrupted transfer may be performed to the proximate device of data associated with the application.01-22-2009
20130217334FAST ACCESS SHORT-RANGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - Systems, devices, and methods allow quick establishment of short-range, high-speed wireless communications between a host communication device and a slave communication device, where range control is realized through a low-speed connection using signals (such as magnetic signals or ultrasonic signals) different from the high-speed communications. The host communication device includes: a reference unit, a first wireless communication unit, and a first control unit. The reference unit is configured to send a first range reference signal to control a communication range of the wireless communication connection. The slave communication device configured to determine whether the distance satisfies a predetermined range according to the received first range reference signal, and if so, the host communication device and slave communication device quickly establish a wireless communication connection and exchange data according to a predetermined protocol.08-22-2013
20130217332Platform for Wireless Identity Transmitter and System Using Short Range Wireless Broadcast - Methods, systems and devices for locating a wireless identity transmitter with a central server connected with one or more proximity broadcast receivers, such as stationary receivers or mobile devices operating as wireless receivers. The wireless identity transmitter may be a compact device configured to broadcast messages, such as through Bluetooth® advertisements, including an identification code. When within proximity, a proximity broadcast receiver may receive broadcast messages from the wireless identity transmitter and relay location information along with the wireless identity transmitter's identification code to a central server as sighting messages. The proximity broadcast receiver's own location may provide an approximate location for the wireless identity transmitter. The central server may process sighting messages, which may include signal strength information, to accurately locate the wireless identity transmitter. The central server may transmit data to third-party devices and/or mobile devices of users in response to receiving sightings messages.08-22-2013
20130217331SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR VEHICLE POLICY ENFORCEMENT - This disclosure relates to systems and methods for vehicle policy management and enforcement. In certain embodiments, a method for enforcing a policy may include receiving policy information at a device including one or more conditions relating to a policy-managed location in a vehicle. A determination may be made whether the device is within the policy-managed location based on signals received by a short-range communication system included in the device and/or the vehicle. The received policy information may be evaluated to determine and implement one or more device actions associated with the one or more conditions.08-22-2013
20090239467SOPHISTICATED AUTOMATED RELATIONSHIP ALERTER - Device, process and program for determining and alerting a user of the existence of nearby acquaintance, including: providing a first electronic communication device having near-field transmitting and receiving communications capability, a user interface and control circuitry; transmitting from the first communication device an inquiry to determine the presence in the near-field of a compatible second electronic communication device; upon receipt of a positive response to the inquiry, transmitting from the first communication device anonymous user indicia; receiving anonymous user indicia from the second communication device; coordinating the received anonymous user indicia to determine the presence of any matches between the transmitted anonymous user information and the received anonymous user indicia; and providing either a list of matches or an indication of no matches to the user via the user interface. Based on the information exchanged, the users can determine whether a relationship between the users exists or might be created.09-24-2009
20110143669Flexible Telematics System and Method for Providing Telematics to a Vehicle - A method for providing telematics to a vehicle includes the steps of providing a user-removable telematics component with a Global Positioning System (GPS) device, a data pump, and a short range wireless personal area network transceiver (e.g., Bluetooth transceiver), communicatively connecting the telematics component to an integrated communication device of the vehicle, the integrated communication device having a vehicle short range wireless personal area network transceiver operable to connect and communicate with at least one of at least one mobile communication device selected from a currently paired mobile communication device, a previously paired mobile communication device, and a pre-defined mobile communication device and a least one vehicle communications bus, receiving at the data pump a request from the at least one mobile communication device to perform a vehicle function, and performing the vehicle function with the telematics component.06-16-2011
20110230140BLUETOOTH COMMUNICATOR - While a handsfree device being multi-profile compatible is maintaining a connection for a handsfree profile (HFP) with a mobile phone handset, the handsfree device cuts off the connection for the HFP based on a user's operation. After cutting off, the handsfree device establishes a connection for a dial-up network profile (DUN), and subsequently transmits a request for a connection for the HFP while maintaining the connection for the DUN. Subsequently, the handsfree device determines whether the handset is multi-profile compatible according to the response to the request from the handset. Based on the determination that the handset is multi-profile compatible, the handsfree device executes the processes for the HFP while maintaining the connection for the DUN.09-22-2011
20090053998APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION BY MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICES DURING RADIO COMMUNICATION - An apparatus comprising an energy-harvesting means and a radio frequency (RF) communication means. Said energy-harvesting means is configured to capture mechanical energy from the human motion and convert it to useful electrical energy. Said RF communication means is configured to establish RF communication with the mobile electronic devices in its vicinity using low-power, short-range RF communication signals. Said RF communication means is further configured to retransmit the information received through said short range RF communication signals using high-power long-range communication signals, thereby allowing said mobile electronic devices to establish a long-range RF communication with the remote recipient substantially utilizing the energy derived from the energy-harvesting means rather than the energy predominantly derived from said mobile electronic devices themselves02-26-2009
20110230139COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR WI-FI PROTECTED SETUP IN ADHOC NETWORK - In order to provide communication parameters with ease and efficiency even in ad-hoc mode, a device that provides the communication parameters adds specific additional information to a notification signal, and transmits the notification signal. A device that receives this notification signal also adds the same additional information when transmitting the notification signal. A device that is to receive the communication parameters requests the provision of the communication parameters from the device denoted in the received information.09-22-2011
20110230137Switchable Wired-Wireless Electromagnetic Signal Communication - An apparatus include a first electronic component having first interface circuitry configured to generate an electromagnetic signal. The first electronic component is switchable such that in a first mode of operation, the first interface circuitry is configured to transmit the generated electromagnetic signal via a first antenna, and in a second mode of operation, the first interface circuitry is configured to transmit the electromagnetic signal to a second electronic component via a constrained signal path coupling the first electronic component and the second electronic component. The generated electromagnetic signal may be a radio frequency signal or an optical signal.09-22-2011
20090117849CELL PHONE TERMINAL, METHOD FOR STARTING DATA PROCESSING, METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING DATA - The present invention provides a portable terminal which can easily start processing for data selected to be processed, a method for starting data processing, and a method for transferring data.05-07-2009
20090186575Individualized Short-Range Radio Communication Method, System and Central Device for the Implementation Thereof - The present invention relates to an individualized short-range radio communication method applicable to communications which can include applications or programs and multimedia information, between: 07-23-2009
20090203317METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EVENT CONFIRMATION USING PERSONAL AREA NETWORK - A method and a system for confirming an event using a short-range wireless communications network are disclosed. The mechanism includes various steps including monitoring the event, verifying the event, and performing a function when the event is verified. In one embodiment, a series of events are initially entered in a scheduling database such as a calendar software. Once the events are stored in the scheduling database, the mechanism monitors the events in accordance with a predefined sequence. In one aspect, the events may be ordered in a chronological order. If an occurrence of the event according to a predefined sequence is detected, the mechanism obtains ambient information using its short-range wireless capability to verify the actual occurrence of the event. Upon verifying the occurrence of the event, the mechanism performs a function, which can be a predetermined function or a real-time instructed function.08-13-2009
20080287062EXCLUSIVE PAIRING TECHNIQUE FOR BLUETOOTH COMPLIANT DEVICES - A method and system of establishing communications between at least two independent software modules in a safety critical system, such as a medical system, is provided. The design comprises providing an exclusive Bluetooth connection between at least two wireless devices. A master wireless device is configured with Bluetooth master device functionality and a slave wireless device is configured with Bluetooth slave device functionality. The wireless devices are employed in performing procedures in a safety critical environment. The method further comprises acquiring a stored unique address from the slave wireless device over the Bluetooth connection, comparing the stored unique address to a master wireless device unique address available at the master wireless device, and exclusively pairing the master wireless device and the slave wireless device when the unique address acquired from the slave wireless device is found to identically match the master wireless device unique address.11-20-2008
20090221234Method and system for providing concurrent wireless universal serial bus (WUSB) hub and wireless audio/video interfaces within a single device - Systems and methods are disclosed that provide WUSB (wireless universal serial bus) and wireless audio/video interfaces within a single device by integrating a Bluetooth subsystem with a WUSB hub and by providing shared operation between the UWB (ultra wide band) and Bluetooth subsystems. In one embodiment, a system includes both a UWB subsystem and a Bluetooth subsystem that are configured to share one or more operational parameters, such as device pairing information. As such, Bluetooth subsystems and the WUSB subsystems are allowed to cooperate and share information to streamline operation, and this streamlining allows the Bluetooth subsystem to handle isochronous operations, such as audio/video communications, and allows the UWB subsystem to continue to handle USB connected peripheral devices. The disclosed systems with WUSB and wireless audio/video interfaces can also be included as subsystems within other devices, such as display monitors or speaker systems for computer systems.09-03-2009
20090215397COMMUNICATION BETWEEN DEVICES BASED ON DEVICE-TO-DEVICE PHYSICAL CONTACT - A method includes detecting one or more physical contacts between the device and another device and determining whether the one or more physical contacts correspond to one or more taps. The method further includes initiating a discovery request to the other device, when it is determined that the physical contact corresponds to the one or more taps, and communicating to the other device when a communication link is established between the device and the other device based on the discovery request.08-27-2009
20090215395Enhanced Range Passive Wireless Controller - A wireless keyboard and reader combination comprises a keyboard having a plurality of keys, an antenna, and a plurality of passive transponder circuits, employing backscatter transmission coded in the time domain using a reflected series of pulses, coupled to the antenna and associated with the keys. For example, SAW transponders may be employed. The passive transponder circuits are selectively coupled to the antenna and provide a coded response identifying a key in response to key activation. An associated reader includes a source of an interrogating field applied to the antenna of the keyboard and a decoder for determining the coded response from the passive transponder circuits.08-27-2009
20090215393AUTOMATIC INFORMATION DELIVERY USING A PLURALITY OF NETWORKED DEVICES - Particular embodiments generally relate to providing information to a user. In one embodiment, a first information delivery device detects a headset associated with a user. The headset is detected when it is within a range of the first information delivery device. The first information delivery device contacts the headset using pairing information for the headset. After the pairing operation, information to deliver to the user is then determined. The information may be determined based on a user identifier associated with the user. For example, personalized information may be delivered to the headset. This personalized information may be information about the store or shopping center. In one example, the headset may be automatically contacted by information delivery device, which may cause the headset to ring. The user may decide to answer and can then hear the personalized information.08-27-2009
20120077440METHOD, SYSTEM AND WIRELESS DEVICE FOR MONITORING PROTECTIVE HEADGEAR BASED ON POWER DATA - A wireless device includes a sensor module that generates sensor data in response to motion of protective headgear, wherein the sensor data includes acceleration data. A device processing module includes an event processing module that analyzes the sensor data to generate power data that represents power of impact imparted to the protective headgear and that generates event data that includes the power data. A short-range wireless transmitter transmits a wireless signal that includes the event data.03-29-2012
20090215392Electronic Device and a Method for Transfer of Data - A first electronic device includes a radio transceiver for receiving a name request message from a second electronic device and for responding with a name reply message including data in addition to or as an alternative to a name. The second electronic device includes a radio transceiver for transmitting the name request message and for receiving in reply the name reply message; and extraction means for extracting from the received name reply message the data that is included in the name reply message as an addition to or as an alternative to a name. The data may be a URI and the first device may be an advertiser device.08-27-2009
20090215394WIRELESS TRANSLATION DEVICE - A translator for translating wireless communications. The translator includes a first antenna configured to carry signals between the wireless translator and a contactless payment reader, and a second antenna configured to carry signals between the wireless translator and a Bluetooth-enabled device. Circuitry operably coupled to both antennas establishes wireless communication with the contactless payment reader via the first antenna and receives from the contactless payment reader a signal comprising a request for information. The circuitry establishes wireless communication with the Bluetooth-enabled device via the second antenna, and requests the information from the Bluetooth-enabled device. The circuitry receives the information from the Bluetooth-enabled device, and relays the information to the contactless payment reader.08-27-2009
20120077437Navigation Using a Headset Having an Integrated Sensor - A wireless communication device is configured to communicate signals with a headset worn by a user. The headset includes a sensor that measures the orientation of a user's head to determine which direction the user is looking. The sensor sends that information to the user's device. The device uses the orientation information and a determined geographical position of the user to predict a destination location for the user.03-29-2012
20120077441METHOD, SYSTEM AND WIRELESS DEVICE WITH POWER MANAGEMENT FOR MONITORING PROTECTIVE HEADGEAR - A wireless device includes a sensor module generates a wake-up signal and sensor data in response to motion of protective headgear, wherein the sensor data includes acceleration data. A device processing module generates event data in response to the sensor data. A short-range wireless transmitter transmits a wireless signal that includes the event data. A power management module selectively powers the short-range transmitter and the device processing module in response to the wake-up signal.03-29-2012
20120077435TK wireless adapter - An adapter for providing wireless communication between a transducer and a computer. The adapter of the present invention includes a processor and a first connector operable for connecting the adapter to the transducer. The connector is in electrical communication with the processor such that the processor receives at least one measured parameter from the transducer. The present invention also includes at least one radio transmitter in electrical communication with the processor, the processor operable to transfer the measured parameter to the at least one radio transmitter for wirelessly transmitting the measured parameter to the computer. The radio transmitter is able to broadcast in one or more wireless communication protocols. The adapter of the present invention is suitable for operation with any type of transducer that functions as a sensor/detector, an actuator, or the like, and is able to transfer the measured parameter detected by the transducer wirelessly to a computer.03-29-2012
20090253374WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A wireless communication device is provided with a first communication section for performing non-contact communication with another wireless communication device and receiving predetermined setting data from the other wireless communication device, a second communication section capable of establishing a wireless connection with the other wireless communication device, a control section for establishing the wireless connection between the second communication section and the other wireless communication device by using the setting data, necessary for the wireless connection, received by the first communication section, and a data processing section for storing the setting data in a storage medium before the wireless connection is released. The control section uses the setting data stored in the storage medium at the time of establishing a wireless reconnection between the second communication section and the other wireless communication device.10-08-2009
20090239469TECHNIQUES FOR DISCOVERING SERVICES PROVIDED IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for discovering services provided in a wireless network, comprising enabling devices equipped with radio interfaces to advertise the services it provides and discover services offered by other nearby devices without establishing a network connection with the devices.09-24-2009
20100015919METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING MULTI-TYPE SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method, an apparatus and a system for managing multi-type short-range wireless communications for a wireless combination device are provided. The system has one wireless combination device and at least one other wireless device, in which the wireless combination device has multiple wireless communication modules for respectively supporting various type short-range wireless communications, and has one wireless connection management module connected with the wireless communication module and one wireless connection management interface connected with the wireless connection management module in order to manage uniformly multiple different types wireless communications between the wireless combination device and at least one other wireless device. For each of the other wireless devices, one unique entity is used to record it in the wireless combination device. The unique entity may be a parameter set, and includes all the wireless communication types supported by the wireless device and corresponding wireless communication parameters. The wireless combination device manages multiple different types communications with the other wireless devices according to the unique entity.01-21-2010
20090253373Enhanced sensitivity radio frequency front end circuit - An enhanced sensitivity radio frequency (RF) front end circuit includes a transformer configured to convert a balanced transmit signal to an unbalanced transmit signal and to convert a second filtered receive signal to a balanced receive signal. A switch in a first state receives the unbalanced transmit signal from the transformer and transfers the unbalanced transmit signal to an amplifier circuit and receives an amplified transmit signal from the amplifier circuit and transfers the amplified transmit signal to a filter. In a second state, the switch receives a first filtered receive signal from the filter and transfers the first filtered receive signal to the amplifier circuit and receives a second filtered receive signal from the amplifier circuit and transfers the second filtered receive signal to the transformer. In a first state, the amplifier circuit receives the unbalanced transmit signal from the switch and amplifies the unbalanced transmit signal to generate the amplified transmit signal, and in a second state, the amplifier circuit receives the first filtered receive signal from the switch and attenuates selected first frequencies to generate the second filtered receive signal.10-08-2009
20110143668Flexible Telematics System and Method for Providing Telematics to a Vehicle - A retrofitting telematics device for a vehicle that has an integrated communication device with a short range wireless personal area network transceiver (e.g., a Bluetooth transceiver) and a memory holding a list uniquely identifying at least one mobile communication device that is a currently paired mobile communication device, a previously paired mobile communication device, and/or a pre-defined mobile communication device. The retrofitting telematics device includes a user-removable telematics component with a Global Positioning System (GPS) device, a short range wireless personal area network transceiver (e.g., a Bluetooth transceiver) that is operable to communicatively connect to the transceiver of the vehicle, and a data pump communicatively coupled with the GPS device and the transceiver of the user-removable telematics device and programmed to transmit a request for information to the off-site telematics provider utilizing a communications path and request the off-site telematics provider to automatically send the information to the at least one mobile communication device.06-16-2011
20110143666OPERATING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USER INTERFACE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An operating method for a user interface in a portable terminal and an apparatus thereof are provided. The operating method for a user interface in a portable terminal includes registering Bluetooth connection information in a phone book of the portable terminal, and displaying peripheral Bluetooth device information and phone book information on a screen indicating a searching result for peripheral Bluetooth devices. The method allows a user to easily and rapidly perform Bluetooth communication connection with another user trying performing Bluetooth communication upon using a Bluetooth communication function of the portable terminal.06-16-2011
20100159832METHODS FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATIONS OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK, CORRESPONDING STORAGE MEANS AND DEVICES - A method for managing communications in a wireless communications network comprising a set of pairs constituted by a sender device and a receiver device, each of the devices having a determined area of communications coverage, the coverage areas of each pair having a mutual intersection area. Such a method comprises the followings steps: determining future trajectories of a disturbing mobile obstacle as a function of a set of prior positions of the disturbing mobile obstacle, a position of an obstacle being determined as a function of areas of mutual overlapping of at least two disturbed intersecting areas, a disturbed intersecting area having a given state of disturbance according to a determined criterion of quality of communications between the devices of the pairs corresponding to the disturbed intersection area; establishing a forecast diagnostic of quality of communications by examining the determined future trajectory or trajectories; managing the routing of communications as a function of the established forecast diagnostic.06-24-2010
20120034872APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING RF WITHOUT HARMONIC INTERFERENCE - A transmitter capable of operating according to a first standard that does not interfere with a nearby frequency generator operating according to a second standard. The transmitter comprises an oscillator, a frequency divider, a mixer, and a filter. The oscillator is configured to output a first frequency that is outside of a frequency harmonic of the frequency generator. The frequency divider is coupled to the oscillator and divides the first frequency by a selective divide ratio to produce a second frequency. The mixer is configured to receive the first and second frequencies, which combines them to produce a mixed frequency. The filter is then used to filters the mixed frequency to obtain the higher portion of the mixed frequency. The divide ratio of the frequency divider is selected base on the desired output frequency of the transmitter such that a 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz ISM band frequency is achieved.02-09-2012
20090291638Wireless Communication Device, Program, Wireless Communication Method, and Wireless Communication System - A wireless communication device includes: a generation portion that generates management information for forming a wireless network with wireless communication devices in the vicinity, and operation instruction information that instructs operation of at least one of the wireless communication devices in the vicinity; and a communication portion that periodically transmits, to the wireless communication devices in the vicinity, management information to which the operation instruction information has been added.11-26-2009
20100151790DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SHORT RANGE COMMUNICATION - There is provided a communication device and method for contactless short range communication between a device and a terminal. An exemplary communication device comprises a communication component for contactless short range communication with a terminal. The exemplary device also comprises a slave element adapted to execute at least one application for executing transactions between the communication component and the terminal, wherein the slave element is coupled to the communication component via a first interface and wherein the slave element can be coupled to a secure master element via a second interface, the master element being adapted to control the slave element before a transaction is executed using the application.06-17-2010
20100151787ACOUSTIC SUPPRESSION USING ANCILLARY RF LINK - Methods and systems are described in which the feedback between a transmitter and collocated receiver is reduced so that the overall feedback loop gain is less than 0 dB. Audio is transmitted from the transmitter to the receiver through a primary RF link while RSSI or TOA information to determine the separation between the end devices is exchanged using an ancillary RF link. The total loop gain is calculated using the gain of each end device and the separation. If the distance is less than a threshold distance, the gain of one or more components in the transmitter and/or receiver is reduced.06-17-2010
20100151786Systems and Methods for Channel Pairing a Transmitter and a Receiver - Systems and methods for channel pairing a transmitter and a receiver are provided. In this regard, a representative method, among others, includes selecting a channel in a radio frequency (RF) band; transmitting a carrier and alert tone on the selected channel in the RF band; responsive to detecting the transmitted carrier and alert tone, demodulating the carrier and alert tone on the selected channel in the RF band and producing the demodulated alert tone; and responsive to detecting the produced alert tone, using the selected channel to establish a wireless link between the transmitter and receiver.06-17-2010
20110230138ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic device comprises a close proximity wireless transfer device and a connection mode switching module. The close proximity wireless transfer device executes a close proximity wireless transfer. The connection mode switching module alternately switches, when the close proximity wireless transfer device is not connected to another close proximity wireless transfer device, a connection mode of the close proximity wireless transfer device between a first mode that requests connection to the other close proximity wireless transfer device and a second mode that detects a connection request from the other close proximity wireless transfer device.09-22-2011
20100184376Bluetooth communicator, short range wireless communicator and communication method - While a handsfree device being multi-profile compatible is maintaining a connection for a handsfree profile (HFP) with a mobile phone handset, the handsfree device cuts off the connection for the HFP based on a user's operation. After cutting off, the handsfree device establishes a connection for a dial-up network profile (DUN), and subsequently transmits a request for a connection for the HFP while maintaining the connection for the DUN. Subsequently, the handsfree device determines whether the handset is multi-profile compatible according to the response to the request from the handset. Based on the determination that the handset is multi-profile compatible, the handsfree device executes the processes for the HFP while maintaining the connection for the DUN.07-22-2010
20100184375ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION STATE NOTIFICATION FUNCTION CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus includes a communication module, a communication state notification module, a notification function information obtaining module, and a notification function control module. The communication module executes close proximity wireless transfer. The communication state notification module notifies at least one of a start time and an end time of data transfer executed between the communication module and an external device, the data transfer being executed by the close proximity wireless transfer. The notification function information obtaining module obtains notification function information indicative of a capability relating to a communication state notification function of the external device from the external device. The notification function control module requests the external device to execute or suppress the communication state notification function by the external device, based on the obtained notification function information.07-22-2010
20120196536METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REMOTELY CONTROLLING CONSUMER ELECTRONICS DEVICE BY USING WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK - A method and apparatus for communicating with a target device in a personal area network (PAN), when a multi-function remote controller (MRC) is outside the coverage area of the target device. The apparatus includes a proxy device which automatically forms a virtual PAN by setting up a pairing link with the target device to control the target device. Accordingly, a user may continuously control the target device irrespective of the location of the MRC.08-02-2012
20120196535USER-CONTROLLED METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MODIFYING THE RADIATION OF A WIRELESS DEVICE IN ONE OR MORE USER-SELECTED VOLUMES - A user-controlled method for modifying the radiation of a wireless device (08-02-2012
20090053997DYNAMIC USER INTERFACE FOR DISPLAYING CONNECTION STATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A method for providing a user interface for a device (02-26-2009
20090291637SECURE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION INITIALIZATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A wireless communication system for a vehicle is provided. The system comprises a portable wireless device comprising first and second manual interface devices and adapted to transmit a wireless network security protocol confirmation signal in response to manipulation of the first and second manual interface devices, and an onboard wireless communication device for the vehicle, adapted to accept a Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) session outcome in response to receiving the wireless network security protocol confirmation signal.11-26-2009
20090047903AUTOMATIC RESOURCE AVAILABILITY USING BLUETOOTH - A method, apparatus, and system for automatically sharing data resources between Bluetooth devices. A Bluetooth device is paired with a “trusted” Bluetooth device. When paired devices are found, the Bluetooth device automatically allows the other device to present a virtual representation of data that is shared. The shared data can be selectively downloaded for use by the other device as long as the devices are in proximity. In an alternate embodiment, the devices may share pairing information with a network, so that the same shared resource can be made available at a large number of access points but specifically only for one paired, trusted device.02-19-2009
20090047904METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC CONFIGURATION OF MULTIPROCESSOR SYSTEM - A multiprocessor system used in a car, home, or office environment includes multiple processors that run different real-time applications. A dynamic configuration system runs on the multiple processors and includes a device manager, configuration manager, and data manager. The device manager automatically detects and adds new devices to the multiprocessor system, and the configuration manager automatically reconfigures which processors run the real-time applications. The data manager identifies the type of data generated by the new devices and identifies which devices in the multiprocessor system are able to process the data.02-19-2009
20100184374ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION STATE NOTIFICATION METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus includes a communication module, a content information acquisition module, and a communication state notification module. The communication module executes close proximity wireless transfer. The content information acquisition module acquires content information about at least one content item to be transmitted between the communication module and an external device by negotiation. The communication state notification module executes either a first communication state notification processing of outputting a start tone indicative of start of transmission of the at least one content item and an end tone indicative of end of transmission of the at least one content item or a second communication state notification processing of suppressing output of the start tone and outputting the end tone, based on the acquired content information, when the at least one content item is transmitted between the communication module and the external device.07-22-2010
20130122812SHORT RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING PHONE SOUND QUALITY - Disclosed are a short range wireless communication apparatus and a method for improving phone sound quality. The short range wireless communication apparatus a microphone to receive a phone voice to output an audio signal, an equalizer to compensate the audio signal output from the microphone for signal distortion according to a frequency response characteristic of a terminal, and a wireless communication unit to transmit the compensated audio signal to the terminal.05-16-2013
20130122814GESTURING TO SELECT AND CONFIGURE DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Described is a technology by which a gesture made with a source device (e.g., a cellular telephone), such as a throwing or pointing motion, is used to automatically set up a connection with another device to which the gesture is directed. Audio signals output during the gesture, e.g., such as at the start and end of the gesture, are detected by candidate (listening) devices. The device having the least time difference between detection of the start and end signals is the device that is generally best aligned with the throwing or pointing motion, and thus may be selected as the target device. Once selected, a connection such as a network connection may be set up between the source device and the target device for further communication, such as for application data exchange.05-16-2013
20130122815COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A method for controlling a communication apparatus includes communicating with an external device through close proximity wireless communication, receiving a remote control signal transmitted from a remote controller, storing a remote control setting which enables or disables an operation of the remote controller, making a determination as to whether a connection between the communication apparatus and the external device through the close proximity wireless communication is established, and controlling an operation of the remote controller for the communication apparatus on the basis of the determination.05-16-2013
20130122816WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE HAVING AN ENSURED SHORT RANGE FUNCTIONALITY - A wireless mobile communication device having short range functionality that is designed to always be capable of short range functionality, including secure short range functionality by having a first and second energy source where charging of the second energy source may be achieved by the voltage induced by the received short range signal.05-16-2013
20130122817SYSTEM COMPRISING A CONTAINER AND VISUAL MEANS ABLE TO EXPRESS A PLURALITY OF VISUAL STRUCTURES - A system in the technical field of rigid or semi-rigid packaging for cosmetic or pharmaceutical products, is intended to generate visual expressions on a plurality of packagings on the basis of information provided by an outside creator (05-16-2013
20100184377MAPPING WIRELESS PROXIMITY IDENTIFICATOR TO SUBSCRIBER IDENTITY FOR HOTSPOT BASED WIRELESS SERVICES FOR MOBILE TERMINALS - A hotspot access point enables a mobile wireless device to resume a service with a network server when service is interrupted by the mobile device moving out of the coverage area of the access point. A short-range communication link is established by the access point with the mobile device based on a local identification of the device. The access point requests additional information from the wireless device. The additional information relates to a wide area network identification of the device. The mobile device transmits additional information to the access point which stores the local area identification and additional identification. The access point transmits to the mobile device a coded identificator of the wireless device based upon the local area identification and a network identification of the device. The access point determines whether service with the mobile device is open and establishes a wide area connection with the mobile device.07-22-2010
20100184378METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND DEVICES FOR DETECTING AND INDICATING LOSS OF PROXIMITY BETWEEN MOBILE DEVICES - Methods of detecting proximity between a mobile terminal and a wireless accessory device having an associated support function for use with the mobile terminal include establishing a wireless communication connection between the wireless accessory device and the mobile terminal. The established wireless communication connection is utilized to provide the associated support function. In addition, a wireless signal having a limited range is communicated between the mobile terminal and the wireless accessory device. The wireless signal indicates a proximity between the mobile terminal and the wireless accessory device. An alert signal indicating that the proximity between the mobile terminal and the wireless accessory device has exceeded a predetermined range is provided responsive to the communicated wireless signal when the established wireless communication connection is not being utilized to provide the associated support function. Related devices are also provided.07-22-2010
20100261430Embedded RFID Scanner For Mobil Product Management - The present invention generally provides methods and systems for reading information from a signal-emitting device, such as a wireless identification tag. In one embodiment, the method includes providing an electronic reading device mounted to a body-worn harness adapted to be worn on a body of a user. The method further includes detecting a predefined physical configuration assumed by at least a portion of the body by determining that a pressure value measured via a pressure sensor connected to the body-worn harness is above a threshold pressure value. In response to detecting the predefined physical configuration, the electronic reading device is activated. Upon being activated, the electronic reading device is configured to receive a signal from the signal-emitting device, the signal containing data pertaining to a physical object associated with the signal-emitting device.10-14-2010
20100261429PHY LAYER OPTIONS FOR BODY AREA NETWORK (BAN) DEVICES - In at least some embodiments, a communication device includes a transceiver with a physical (PHY) layer. The PHY layer is configured for body area network (BAN) operations in a limited multipath environment using M-ary PSK, differential M-ary PSK or rotated differential M-ary PSK. Also, the PHY layer uses a constant symbol rate for BAN packet transmissions.10-14-2010
20100167648COMPACT COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A compact communication apparatus comprises: a processor module (07-01-2010
20080207127Medical Communication System and its Communication Method - A medical communication system is provided with a scope 08-28-2008
20100151788Headset and Audio Gateway System for Execution of Voice Input Driven Applications - A system including a headset and an audio gateway, and software applications that may be used with such headsets and gateways. The headset enables a user to discover and interact with applications resident on the headset, gateway, or a network accessible by the gateway. The headset functions as an application platform for the control and execution of the applications. The invention includes a method for providing a service to a user of the headset. The method involves the headset performing service discovery on the audio gateway to determine a method of transferring an application to the audio gateway, where the application provides the service. The headset causes the application to be transferred to the audio gateway using a method based on the service discovery, and the audio gateway executes the application, enabling the user to issue voice commands that are executed by the audio gateway to provide the service.06-17-2010
20100222000Methods And Apparatus For Use In Selectively Retrieving And Displaying User Interface Information Of A Wireless Peripheral Device - A mobile communication device (e.g. a handheld telephone device) has a first wireless transceiver for communications via a wireless communication network and a second wireless transceiver for communications with a wireless peripheral device (e.g. a wireless audio headset or earpiece). The mobile device receives, from the wireless peripheral, an identification of a type or model of the wireless peripheral. The mobile device causes user interface (UI) function mapping information of the wireless peripheral to be selectively retrieved based on the received identification of the type or model. The UI function mapping information is indicative of a plurality of device functions assigned to a plurality of user input controls of the wireless peripheral. UI instruction information which is based on the retrieved UI function mapping information is then displayed at the mobile device. For example, when an incoming call is received, UI instruction information which identifies a first user input control for causing the incoming call to be answered and a second user input control for causing the incoming call to be ignored is displayed. The UI function mapping information may be selectively retrieved by transmitting, via the first wireless transceiver, a request which indicates the type or model of the wireless peripheral, for receipt by a server having different sets of UI function mapping information stored in association with a plurality of different types or models of wireless peripherals.09-02-2010
20110059697WIRELESS HEADSET SYSTEM FOR THE AUTOMOBILE - A wireless headset system (and method) for connection to a gateway such as a mobile cellular phone that includes a dock assembly and a wireless headset. The dock assembly includes a presence sensor, a first docking connector, and a circuit for sending a connection signal to the first docking connector in response to a triggering of the presence sensor. The headset includes a second docking connector for releasably connecting with the first docking connector, and connection circuitry for initiating a wireless connection with the gateway (e.g. mobile cellular phone) in response to receiving the connection signal via the first and second docking connectors. The dock assembly further includes a power connector for receiving electrical power (e.g. from a car cigarette lighter connector) and for supplying the electrical power through the first and second docking connectors and to a battery in the wireless headset.03-10-2011
20080214109Communication System For Short-Range Wireless Data Exchange - Communication system, comprising cooperating modules (09-04-2008
20110130097WIRELESS USB DEVICE AND WIRELESS USB COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless USB device that performs a communication conforming to a wireless USB standard with a plurality of wireless USB hosts includes a reception-time-information receiving unit that receives reception time information indicating a data reception time specified by each of the wireless USB hosts, a configuration determining unit that determines, when the reception-time-information receiving unit receives the reception time information from a wireless USB host, whether a configuration is set for the wireless USB host, and a configuration unit that sets, when the configuration determining unit determines that the configuration is not set for the wireless USB host that transmitted the reception time information, the configuration for the wireless USB host that transmitted the reception time information.06-02-2011
20100227555SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FACILITATING SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN A MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE AND AN AUXILIARY SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a system and method for facilitating short-range wireless communications between a mobile wireless device and an auxiliary device. The wireless device includes a short-range transceiver for communicating with an auxiliary device; a signal module for providing a mode control signal; and, a control module for controllably shifting a short-range transceiver between a power saver mode and a search mode based on the mode control signal received from the signal module. When in the search mode, the short-range transceiver is operable to search for the auxiliary device to communicate therewith. When in a power saver mode, the short-range transceiver is not operable to search for the auxiliary device.09-09-2010
20100227554SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A wireless communication device includes conventional components to permit a network communication link to be established with a wireless communication network. In addition, the wireless communication device includes a non-network short-range transceiver that detects the presence of other similarly equipped devices. When two such equipped devices come within proximity of each other, a direct non-network wireless communication link is established. The two devices exchange portions of profile data and each analyzed the received profile data. If a match occurs, a contact notification is generated. This permits the wireless communication device to act as an auto-detecting social network device that detects the proximity of other devices whose owners have a profile that matches the stored user preference data. Subsequent communication may occur in a conventional manner using the wireless network communication channels and web applications may also be used to gain additional information.09-09-2010
20120196537Communication Method, Communication System and Communication Apparatus - When wireless communications are performed with other communication devices, an inquiry message to discover other communication devices residing in the vicinity is wirelessly transmitted by having communication ranges altered at a plurality of stages; response messages to the transmitted inquiry message are received; information relating to a receiving state or frequency of receipt of the response messages from the respective communication ranges is preserved with respect to each communication device which is a source of the response message; and based on the preserved information relating to the receiving state or the frequency of receipt of the response messages a communication device to be a connection object for wireless communication is selected. By doing so, when short-range wireless communications are performed, communication services can be performed appropriately between required devices.08-02-2012
20120196534METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR BROADCASTING IN SHORT-RANGE COMMUNICATION - Method, apparatus, and computer program product example embodiments establish a broadcast operating mode on a Bluetooth Low Energy data channel by creating operating parameters for a data channel broadcast connection. Then data channel broadcast connection parameters are transmitted to other devices indicating the data channel broadcast connection and the operating parameters associated with the data channel broadcast connection are transmitted on a Bluetooth Low Energy advertising channel. Then information on the Bluetooth Low Energy data channel broadcast connection to the other devices, according to the operating parameters associated with the data channel broadcast connection. The bit rate of the Bluetooth Low Energy data channel used for broadcasting is not constrained by the required limits placed on the bit rate in the Bluetooth Low Energy advertising channels.08-02-2012
20100216400Portable terminal device and on-vehicle device - A portable terminal device that is communicable with other devices includes a start record table, an application relation table, a device application correspondence table, an acquiring unit, and a sending unit. Upon receiving a predetermined signal from a communication device, the acquiring unit acquires first application information for specifying an application corresponding to the communication device from the device application correspondence table, and acquires, with respect to a combination of applications of which first application information is started second, second application information for specifying the first application of the combination from the application relation table. When the latest record stored in the start record table is equivalent to the second application information, the sending unit sends information representing that a priority level is high as a response to the predetermined signal that is received from the communication device.08-26-2010
20100216401IN-VEHICLE DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - An in-vehicle device is provided. A wireless communication section is configured to perform wireless communication with a plurality of mobile terminal devices in a vehicle. A specifying section is configured to specify each of the mobile terminal devices based on radio waves which are transmitted from the mobile terminal devices carried in the vehicle and are received by an antenna provided in the vehicle. An information acquiring section is configured to acquire service specifying information for specifying available services for each of the mobile terminal devices from each of the mobile terminal devices specified by the specifying section. A share setting section is configured to set whether or not to share at least one of the available services among the mobile terminal devices based on the service specifying information acquired by the information acquiring section.08-26-2010
20100227558SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CELLULAR PHONE TERMINAL - There is provided a short-range wireless communication apparatus and a cellular phone terminal that can surely and immediately notify a user of the optimum distance between a contactless IC card reader/writer and a contactless IC card not through an MPU or a CPU and if the contactless IC card function is locked, surely notify the user as such. In an RFID card, a magnetic field strength/brightness conversion section adjusts the brightness of two LEDs in accordance with the detected magnetic field strength of a carrier wave. A blink generation circuit detects whether the RFID card is in a communication state and blinks the LEDs if so. A function combining section combines the functions to indicate the magnetic field strength and the communication state with the brightness and blinking of the LEDs. An LED with another color illuminates only when an RFID function LSI is in a lock state.09-09-2010
20100120364APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OBTAINING INFORMATION ON BLUETOOTH DEVICES IN A COMPUTING DEVICE USING BLUETOOTH - An apparatus and method for obtaining information on Bluetooth devices in a computing device using Bluetooth are provided. The method includes, if an Inquiry Response (IR) packet is received as a response to an inquiry packet, obtaining information on a first Bluetooth device transmitting the IR packet and determining whether a supplementary response indication field is enabled and, if the supplementary response indication field is enabled, receiving an Extended Inquiry Response (EIR) packet, and obtaining information on at least one Bluetooth device other than the first Bluetooth device through the EIR packet.05-13-2010
20090068945DETACHABLE EARPHONE STRUCTURE - A detachable earphone structure includes an earphone body and a transmitter detachable from the earphone body. The earphone body has an opening portion, a pair of connecting terminals installed in the opening portion and electrically connected to an internal circuit. The transmitter has a pair of contact terminals stored in the opening portion of the earphone body or detachably connected to the earphone body for electrically conducting the connecting terminal and the contact terminal through the contact of the connecting terminal with the contact terminal.03-12-2009
20100210209RADIOTERMINALS AND OPERATING METHODS THAT RECEIVE MULTIPLE MEASURES OF INFORMATION FROM MULTIPLE SOURCES - A radioterminal includes a receiver that is configured to receive information from a base station by receiving a first measure of the information from the base station and a second measure of the information from a second device. The second device receives a measure of the information from the base station, responsively generates the second measure of the information and transmits the second measure of the information to the radioterminal over a short-range wireless link. Related methods are also described.08-19-2010
20100210208MULTI MODE RADIO FREQUENCY TRANSCEIVER FRONT END CIRCUIT WITH INTER-STAGE POWER DIVIDER - A front end circuit for coupling an antenna to a first radio frequency (RF) transceiver and a second RF transceiver is contemplated. The RF transceivers have a signal input, a signal output, a receive enable line and a transmit enable line. In addition to an antenna port, the front end circuit has a first power amplifier and a first low noise amplifier both coupled to first RF transceiver, and a second power amplifier and a second low noise amplifier both coupled to the second RF transceiver. The front end circuit includes a matching network that couples the power amplifiers and the low noise amplifiers, the various outputs and inputs thereof being common.08-19-2010
20130217335Bump button - A fixed bump button may: (1) report its identification to a server connected to the internet when the button is bumped by a mobile device; and/or (2) emit a beacon signal identifying the button to a mobile device.08-22-2013
20130217337ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, a connection control module is configured to transmit a connection request signal during a period in which a communication module is in an unconnected state, and to establish a connection between the communication module and an external device which are in a close proximity state. A halt module is configured to halt a communication control module from executing a negotiation with the external device, when the connection between the communication module and the external device is released by the connection release request signal from the external device and thereafter the connection between the communication module and the external device is re-established by the connection control module.08-22-2013
20130217338METHOD OF MULTI-TARGET SWITCH TRANSMISSION THROUGH AN EXTERNALLY CONNECTED BLUETOOTH SELECTION DEVICE - A method of multi-target switch transmission through an externally connected Bluetooth selection device aims to switch at least one input module having a wired connection mode to connect with a first information device and a wireless connection mode to connect with one of at least two second information devices. The method of switch transmission includes the steps of: establishing device connection, setting multi-target devices, determining wired connection mode or wireless connection mode, and determining the second information devices to be connected under the wireless connection mode. Through the externally connected Bluetooth selection device the input module can be switched and usable on the first information device and second information devices at the same time, and also establish connection with the corresponding information device according to requirements.08-22-2013
20100151789COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE, POSITION ESTIMATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION RELAY DEVICE AND CONNECTING STATION - The present invention discloses a technique, according to which estimation of a position of a mobile wireless device can be accomplished in a simple system configuration by using short distance communication functions. A plurality of standard stations 06-17-2010
20100144273PORTABLE DEVICE - A communication control unit performs communications with an external device via a first wireless communication unit of which communication distance is short and which is capable of performing high-speed communications or a second wireless communication unit of which communication distance is long compared with the first wireless communication unit and which is capable of performing low-speed communications. A communication state judging unit judges a communication state of the communications with the external device via the first wireless communication unit or the second wireless communication unit. The communication control unit performs switching between the communications with the external device via the first wireless communication unit and the communications with the external device via the second wireless communication unit based on the communication state judged by the communication state judging unit and/or a transmission data amount to be transmitted to the external device.06-10-2010
20100210210FACILITATING USE OF A DEVICE BASED ON SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY - Various devices may include a short-range wireless transmitter and/or one or more short-range wireless readers. When a first device including the transmitter is placed near a second device including the one or more readers, a relative location of the first device may be determined. Information regarding the relative location of the first device, may be used to facilitate use of the first device with a processing device. In one embodiment, the processing device may automatically configure itself, such that the first device may be used with the processing device. In another embodiment, the processing device may provide feedback, such as, for example, step-by-step instructions to facilitate setup and use of the first device with the processing device. In some embodiments, an application program interface may provide information about the device to an application executing on the processing device.08-19-2010
20090209202Managing anonymous communications between users based on short-range wireless connection identifiers - A method for managing in network equipment of a communication network anonymous communications between a first and a second mobile user apparatus includes: a) receiving from the first mobile user apparatus, through a first network connection, data indicating that a short-range wireless connection between the first mobile user apparatus and the second mobile user apparatus has been established, the data including a second unique short-range wireless connection identifier associated with the second mobile user apparatus and a message for the second mobile user apparatus; b) by using the second unique short-range wireless connection identifier, obtaining a network address associated with the second mobile user apparatus; and c) by using the network address obtained in b), sending data to the second mobile user apparatus through a second network connection, the data including the message received in a) from the first mobile user apparatus and a first anonymous identifying code univocally associated with the first mobile user apparatus.08-20-2009
20090075593DATA SECURITY DEVICE - A backup device comprising a secondary user-carried device for backing up data from a primary portable data storage device is described. The backup device includes a short-range wireless communication link, a communication interface for communicating with the primary portable data storage device over the communication link to receive data to back up and to check for removal of the primary portable data storage device and storage for storing data received over the communication link from the primary portable data storage device. A triggering device is also provided for triggering an alert procedure when the primary portable data storage device is out of range for a predetermined period.03-19-2009
20110111700WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM USING VARIABLE POWER DUAL MODULATION TRANSCEIVERS - A wireless control system that operates in Industrial, Scientific and Medical (ISM) frequency bands that employs one or more variable power dual modulation radio frequency transceiver-controllers that are capable of receiving and/or transmitting signals and communicating with each other over a configurable range, from short to long range. The wireless control system is suitable for use in a wide range of medical, industrial, agricultural, military and commercial applications, including, for example, the management of irrigation systems, manufacturing processes, security systems, sewage treatment and handling systems, hospital management systems, tracking systems, ground telemetry systems, environmental monitoring systems for agriculture, viticulture, pipelines and dams, HVAC management systems, water, gas and electrical metering, parking meters, asset and equipment tracking, traffic control, fire protection, public space management, intruder detection and biological research.05-12-2011
20100099357WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER MODULE - A wireless transceiver module has a plurality of through holes and includes a wireless network chip, a circuit substrate, a Bluetooth chip, and a plurality of conductive connection structures. The Bluetooth chip is disposed between the circuit substrate and the wireless network chip, and the through holes are formed by passing through the wireless network chip, the circuit substrate, and the Bluetooth chip. The conductive connection structures are respectively disposed in the through hole. With the conductive connection structures, the Bluetooth chip, the wireless network chip, and the circuit substrate are electrically connected with each another.04-22-2010
20100197228CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD FOR A SHORT RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A clock synchronization method includes: A) configuring a device to determine a time interval between issuance of a command by a network coordinator and the completion of the transmission of a (SFD) of a beacon frame by the network coordinator; B) upon completion of the reception of the SFD byte of the beacon frame by the device, configuring the device to generate a synchronization signal; C) in response to the synchronization signal, configuring the device to record a first clock time thereof; D) upon completion of the reception of the beacon frame by the device, configuring the device to record a second clock time thereof; E) configuring the device to calculate a synchronization clock time based on the time interval, and the first and second clock times; and F) configuring the device to adjust a clock time thereof to the synchronization clock time.08-05-2010
20100197226Mobile Station Having Wireless Communication and Radio Frequency Tag Detection Capability - An exemplary mobile station has a transceiver portion configured to communicate over an uplink and a downlink. A detector portion is configured to detect a radio frequency tag. An exemplary method of using a mobile station includes selectively conducting wireless communications over an uplink and a downlink. The mobile station is also selectively used to detect at least one radio frequency tag.08-05-2010
20110028094INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND DEVICE REGISTRATION METHOD - According to one embodiment, a storage module stores device information of a counterpart device generated by an authentication process required for wireless communication, a registration information control module registers location information as either of first location information of a location where the device information of the counterpart device will be stored after termination of wireless communication with the counterpart device and second location information of a location where the device information will not be stored after termination of the wireless communication, and a wireless communication control module receives location information of the wireless communication device at the time of execution of the wireless communication, determines whether the received location information coincides with the first location information or not, and executes an authentication process by use of the device information storied in the storage module to enable the wireless communication when the received location information coincides with the first location information.02-03-2011
20100197227HEADSET ASSEMBLY FOR BLUETOOTH UTILITIES - Disclosed is a headset assembly for Bluetooth equipment. The headset assembly (H) for Bluetooth communication with mobile communication equipment includes an earphone body part (08-05-2010
20090325488PORTABLE TERMINAL COMPRISING NEAR FIELD COMMUNICATION MODULE AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - A portable terminal operable in a tag mode a read mode and a method for operating the terminal are provided. The portable terminal includes a Near Field Communication (NFC) module including a plurality of amplifiers, a mode selector for controlling the plurality of amplifiers to perform a power supplying operation and a power cutting operation, a controller for outputting a control signal to the mode selector according to the tag mode and the read mode, and a selection signal line for transmitting the control signal to the mode selector.12-31-2009
20120244811Method, Apparatus and System for Transmitting Multimedia Data by Bluetooth and Real-Time Playing - The disclosure discloses a method, an apparatus and a system for transmitting multimedia data by bluetooth and real-time playing, wherein the method includes: a bluetooth apparatus at a transmitting terminal encodes multimedia files to be transmitted, and converts them into stream media files; the bluetooth apparatus at the transmitting terminal transmits the stream media files to a bluetooth apparatus at a receiving terminal through an Object Push Profile (OPP); the bluetooth apparatus at the receiving terminal plays the received stream media files. It is because the bluetooth apparatus at the transmitting terminal transmits the stream media files through the OPP and the bluetooth apparatus at the receiving terminal receives and plays them, and then the waiting time for playing is reduced. It is solved the problem in the prior art that audio or video playing can be carried out only after the completion of the transmission by bluetooth and the waiting time is longer.09-27-2012
20120244810IDENTIFICATION OF PROXIMATE DEVICES - A method of identifying proximate client devices (09-27-2012
20120244806MEMORY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - According to one embodiment, a memory device includes a first interface, a wireless communication unit, and first and second memories. The wireless communication unit is capable of wireless communication. The first memory is nonvolatile and capable of storing data. The second memory is capable of temporarily holding data received by the wireless communication unit. The wireless communication unit sets, by transmitting a first frame, a period during which data is not transmitted to the wireless communication unit when remaining capacity of the second memory has become smaller than first capacity.09-27-2012
20110130096OPERATION CONTROL AND DATA PROCESSING IN AN ELECTRONIC PEN - An electronic pen is configured for transmitting coordinate data to an external terminal. The pen includes an image component (06-02-2011
20080280562COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - The present invention relates to a data communication method, a data communication system and a communication device. In particular, the present invention relates to a wireless communication device, wherein a broadband internet connection between said communication device and a data network is used. Said broadband internet connection has a high security between said wireless communication device and a data network by the usage of a unique port secured access by means of public known keys.11-13-2008
20080268779DAA concept with uplink detection: frequency domain quiet periods - A victim wireless device is detected by obtaining a set of wireless bands and a set of time periods. During a given time period a subset of wireless bands corresponding to that time period is vacant and a remaining subset of wireless bands is used to exchange data. During each of the time periods in the set of time periods: a signal, if any, is received; in the event a signal is received, the subset of vacant wireless bands corresponding to that time period is recorded; and after the set of time periods ends, it is determined whether there is a victim wireless device based at least in part on the number of vacant wireless bands recorded.10-30-2008
20090111379WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH CONFIGURABLE ANTENNA - A wireless communication device having a configurable antenna, includes: a first antenna having a first resonant frequency; a first frequency modification unit for modifying the first resonant frequency of the antenna; a function operation unit activating a plurality of functions; and a control unit controlling the first frequency modification unit to modify the first resonant frequency in accordance with a function activated by the function operation unit.04-30-2009
20100297942METHOD FOR INTEGRATING A FIELD DEVICE INTO A PROCESS AUTOMATIION TECHNOLOGY NETWORK - A method for integrating at least one field device, which is connected with a mobile unit, into a network of process automation technology. The mobile unit authenticates itself via a connection in the network, and that it receives at least one integration parameter for integration into the network (11-25-2010
20110117841INTERACTING WITH DEVICES BASED ON PHYSICAL DEVICE-TO-DEVICE CONTACT - A device may receive a signal from a sensor coupled to a first device, determine whether the first device is tapped against a second device based on the signal, send a message to the second device when the first device is tapped against the second device, determine if the taps are valid user input based on a response from the second device, and perform an application specific action when the taps are valid user input.05-19-2011
20110117847ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, a communication module executes close proximity wireless transfer. A connection control module establishes a connection between the communication module and an external device which are in a close proximity state when the communication module is in an unconnected state, and releases the connection when a period in which a response from the external device is absent exceeds a connection time-out value. A communication control module executes a service by close proximity wireless transfer. A detection module detects a start and a stop of the service. A change module changes the connection time-out value in response to detection of the start and the stop of the service, in such a manner that the connection time-out value during a period in which the service is being executed is greater than the connection time-out value during a period in which the service is not executed.05-19-2011
20110117848WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile phone 05-19-2011
20110117849COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention relates to a communication system and a communication method for simply and quickly starting communication. A cellular phone is loaded with a non-contact IC card that communicates with a reader/writer of a personal computer using an electromagnetic wave. When the non-contact IC card receives the electromagnetic wave emitted from the reader/writer with the cellular phone placed close to the personal computer, the cellular phone notifies the personal computer of a card ID set in the non-contact IC card. When the personal computer acquires Bluetooth device names of the cellular phone and PDA with intra-piconet synchronization established between the cellular phone and the PDA, the personal computer identifies the cellular phone as a communication partner based on the Bluetooth device names already notified of as the card ID. The present invention is applicable to an information processing apparatus such as a personal computer and a cellular phone.05-19-2011
20110117846METHOD FOR USING vNote IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method for using vNote in a portable terminal is provided. The method includes requesting transmission of a vNote message, inserting a variable for setting the vNote message as a message to be used for a Bluetooth messenger into the vNote message, and transmitting the vNote message into which the variable for setting the vNote message is inserted as a message to be used for the Bluetooth messenger.05-19-2011
20130130624TECHNIQUES FOR MMWAVE WPAN COMMUNICATIONS WITH HIGH-DIRECTIONAL STEERABLE ANTENNAS COMBINING OMNI-DIRECTIONAL TRANSMISSIONS WITH BEAMFORMING TRAINING - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for communicating in a millimeter wave (MMWAVE) wireless personal area network (WPAN) system using a reliable low-rate omni-directional communications mode implemented as TX-RX space scanning using directional antennas; and using a high-rate directional communications mode with beamformed directional antennas.05-23-2013
20130130625HANDHELD ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING SIMPLIFIED ENABLING AND DISABLING OF SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS ELEMENT, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD - An improved handheld electronic device and an associated method provide a simplified mechanism for enabling and disabling a short-range wireless communications element used to create a connection to a short-range wireless network, such as a Bluetooth™ network. The method, implemented by the handheld electronic device, includes enabling the short-range wireless communications element, pairing the handheld electronic device with a second electronic device using the short-range wireless communications element, and providing a first icon on the handheld electronic device after pairing the handheld electronic device with the second electronic device. Thereafter, the method includes disabling the short-range wireless communications element and providing a second icon on the handheld electronic device whenever the first icon is activated, and enabling the short-range wireless communications element and providing the first icon on the handheld electronic device whenever the second icon is activated.05-23-2013
20130130626WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system for communicating information facilitates wireless communication between electronic devices. The system includes a transceiver provided in a vehicle. The transceiver communicates with an electronic device located external to the transceiver using a Bluetooth communications standard.05-23-2013
20100297940BLUETOOTH PERIPHERAL AND PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING SAME - A Bluetooth peripheral includes a sleeve, a Bluetooth earphone received in the sleeve, and a stylus latched to the sleeve. The invention also discloses a portable electronic device using the Bluetooth peripheral.11-25-2010
20100297945Arrangement and a method in a telephony system - A mobile telephone is easy to carry around but has a small keypad and a small display. A normal deskphone has a big keypad and display and has a convenient handset, but is stationary. A stationary communications terminal is described which is connected to a mobile telephony network via a mobile telephone. The mobile and the stationary terminal have each a BLUETOOTH radio transceiver and are interconnected via a BLUETOOTH link. The stationary communications terminal lacks identity in the mobile network. A subscriber, owning the mobile, can call on the stationary communications terminal and can move to another network having another stationary terminal, on which he can make a call. Another subscriber with a mobile can call on the communications stationary terminal. To prevent misuse the subscribers take an authentication code for his respective mobile on the stationary terminal, and the authentication can be made valid for a predetermined period by taking a service code.11-25-2010
20100304675Information processing apparatus and information processing method having communication function - The present invention is an information processing apparatus which obtains identification information of an electronic device and makes communication with the electronic device via a network based on the identification information. When a portable telephone (12-02-2010
20110034127SETTING UP A DIRECT LINK IN A PEER TO PEER WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for setting up a direct link between a first client station and a second client station is described. The method is performed by the first client station. The first client station communicates with a group owner (GO) via a first peer to peer (P2P) wireless link. Whether to set up a tunneled direct link setup (TDLS) direct link between the first client station and the second client station is determined. The TDLS direct link between the first client station and the second client station is set up. The first client station then communicates directly with the second client station via the TDLS direct link.02-10-2011
20130012132COLLISION DETECTION METHOD FOR A RADIO-FREQUENCY SIM CARD WITH LOW-FREQUENCY MAGNETIC COMMUNICATION - A collision detection method for a radio-frequency SIM card with low-frequency magnetic communication comprises: transmitting by a card reader low-frequency card seeking characteristic information; determining by a radio-frequency SIM card A whether an intensity of a low-frequency magnetic induction signal reaches a preset threshold value; if yes, receiving low-frequency card seeking characteristic information and transmitting card seeking response information through a radio-frequency channel; receiving by the card reader the card seeking response information, establishing a radio-frequency connection with the radio-frequency SIM card A, and opening a preset time window; when the preset time window closes, interrupting by the card reader a transaction process with the radio-frequency SIM card A and re-transmitting the low-frequency card seeking characteristic information; if receiving by the card reader card seeking response information transmitted by another radio-frequency SIM card B, ascertaining that a radio-frequency SIM card collision exists.01-10-2013
20100311333METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR POINT-TO-POINT WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS UTILIZING LEAKY WAVE ANTENNAS - A method and system for point-to-point wireless communications utilizing leaky wave antennas is provided. In this regard, a first device may transmit a RF signal via a leaky wave antenna, and may determine an angle between the leaky wave antenna of the first device and a leaky wave antenna of a second device by adjusting a frequency of the RF signal until a response is received from the second device. The first device may be configured based on the determined angle. A wireless connection may be established between the leaky wave antenna of the first device and the leaky wave antenna of the second device based on the configuration. The first device may generate a notification when the angle is beyond a threshold. The wireless connection may adhere to wireless USB protocols and/or Bluetooth protocols, for example. The second device may generate the response after receiving sufficient energy from the RF signal.12-09-2010
20100311332METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CHIP-TO-CHIP COMMUNICATION VIA ON-CHIP LEAKY WAVE ANTENNAS - Methods and systems for chip-to-chip communication via on-chip leaky wave antennas are provided. In this regard, RF signals may be communicated between a first leaky wave antenna in a first integrated circuit and a second leaky wave antenna in a second integrated circuit, where the first integrated circuit and the second integrated circuit are housed in a single integrated circuit package. The first integrated circuit and the second integrated circuit may be electrically isolated from one another. One or both of the first leaky wave antenna and the second leaky wave antenna may comprise a pair of coplanar conductive lines. Spacing between the coplanar conductive lines may be configured by applying a voltage which causes one or both of the coplanar conductive lines to deflect towards or away from the other one of the coplanar conductive lines.12-09-2010
20100311331COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - When a communication apparatus is brought within a predetermined range of a partner apparatus in a state where data of transmission target is designated, the communication apparatus notifies the partner apparatus of a transmission notification indicating that data transmission is performed, before transmission of the data of transmission target is started. When the communication apparatus has received the transmission notification from the partner apparatus, a transmission order of data is determined, and a communication is performed by switching between transmission of the data to the partner apparatus and reception of the data from the partner apparatus according to the determined transmission order.12-09-2010
20100304674SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONNECTING BLUETOOTH DEVICES - A system and method for connecting Bluetooth devices are provided. The system includes a first device comprising a Bluetooth module, a relay terminal for transmitting information regarding the first device selected by a touch signal together with a Bluetooth connection request, and a second device for receiving the Bluetooth connection request and device information from the relay terminal, for analyzing the received Bluetooth connection request and the device information, and for transmitting a Bluetooth connection response accepting the request to the first device. The information includes an address of the first device and a name of the first device.12-02-2010
20100311328CONTACTLESS DATA TRANSMISSION - A contactless device having an energy antenna configured to transmit/receive an energy signal; and a data antenna configured to transmit a data signal. Also, a method for transmitting a contactless signal including transmitting/receiving an energy signal from an energy antenna of a contactless device; and transmitting a data signal from a data antenna of the contactless device.12-09-2010
20100279611WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND TERMINAL RECOGNIZING METHOD - Wireless communication terminals whereby it is possible for users who are acquainted with one another to recognize that the users are approaching one another without revealing private information to a third party. Each of the wireless communication terminals comprises a local-terminal identifying information storing part (11-04-2010
20100311329METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OBTAINING MAXIMUM GAIN OF A PASSIVE UPCONVERSION MIXER UTILIZED IN A TRANSMITTER - A RF transmitter is operable to transmit a signal at a frequency specified by the Bluetooth protocol. A passive upconversion mixer, which comprises a pair of MOSFET switches, is utilized inside the RF transmitter. The passive upconversion mixer is operable to receive analog local oscillator (LO) signals to be utilized for controlling operation of each of the pair of MOSFET switches to transmit signals with maximum gain. A MOS threshold voltage V12-09-2010
20100311334Integrated Signal Receiver - A signal receiver having: an input for receiving radio signals; a clock; a receiving section for processing signals received at the input, the receiving section being configured to operate in: (a) a first mode for processing the received signals in accordance with a first protocol and in dependence on the state of the clock, and (b) a second mode for processing the received signal in accordance with a second protocol by steps including storing a sample of data received in accordance with the second protocol together with a representation of the state of the clock when that data was received, and subsequently comparing a timing indicated by the content of the stored sample of data with the timing indicated by the stored state of the clock.12-09-2010
20110111697DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING, SHARING AND DISPLAYING ELECTRONIC CONTENT - The present disclosure provides a device, system and method to present electronic content on a first mobile electronic device in communication and configured to receive electronic content from a second electronic device.05-12-2011
20100317290Handheld Electronic Device Including Simplified Enabling and Disabling of Short-Range Wireless Communications Element, and Associated Method - An improved handheld electronic device and an associated method provide a simplified mechanism for enabling and disabling a short-range wireless communications element used to create a connection to a short-range wireless network, such as a Bluetooth™ network. The method, implemented by the handheld electronic device, includes enabling the short-range wireless communications element, pairing the handheld electronic device with a second electronic device using the short-range wireless communications element, and providing a first icon on the handheld electronic device after pairing the handheld electronic device with the second electronic device. Thereafter, the method includes disabling the short-range wireless communications element and providing a second icon on the handheld electronic device whenever the first icon is activated, and enabling the short-range wireless communications element and providing the first icon on the handheld electronic device whenever the second icon is activated.12-16-2010
20130012128APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING HANDS-FREE FUNCTION OF PORTABLE TERMINAL - Disclosed is an apparatus and a method for performing a hands-free function of a portable terminal by allowing the portable terminal to perform a hands-free accessory function of a device in communication with the portable terminal through wireless communication. The apparatus includes: a hands-free function unit connected to an audio gateway function unit of a device to implement a hands-free communication mode; and an audio gateway function unit for outputting audio data received from the device and transmitting audio data input from the portable terminal to the device during the hands-free communication mode.01-10-2013
20110111698ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND ACCESS CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus includes a storage device, a communication module, a connection establishing module, and a storage area information transmitter. The communication module executes close proximity wireless transfer. The connection establishing module exchanges a unique identifier of the communication module and a unique identifier of an external device between the communication module and the external device which are in a close proximity state, and establishes connection between the communication module and the external device. The storage area information transmitter specifies a storage area in the storage device which can be provided to the external device based on the unique identifier of the external device, and transmits storage area information, which includes information of a logical hierarchical structure set in the specified storage area, to the external device by the close proximity wireless transfer.05-12-2011
20110111696DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING, SHARING AND DISPLAYING ELECTRONIC CONTENT - The present disclosure provides a device, system and method to present electronic content on a first mobile electronic device in communication and configured to receive electronic content from a second electronic device.05-12-2011
20130165045ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SHARING RESOURCES VIA BLUETOOTH NETWORK - An electronic device capable of sharing resources with another electronic device via a BLUETOOTH network includes a motion sensor, a BLUETOOTH unit, and a control unit. The motion sensor detects a motion of the electronic device. The control unit determines a trajectory of the motion of the electronic device according to data from the motion sensor, and determines whether the trajectory as determined matches a predefined trajectory. If the trajectory as determined matches a predefined trajectory, the control unit creates a sharing process in relation to at least one application currently running on the electronic device and any object being opened by the application, and sends the created sharing content to another electronic device via the BLUETOOTH unit.06-27-2013
20130143495MOBILE HOT SPOT/ROUTER/APPLICATION SHARE SITE OR NETWORK - Methods and systems for a complete vehicle ecosystem are provided. Specifically, systems that when taken alone, or together, provide an individual or group of individuals with an intuitive and comfortable vehicular environment. The present disclosure includes a system to generate a vehicle communication system. The vehicle communication system can determine which devices are within the vehicle. From this determination, the vehicle communication system may create a universal bus and hotspot where applications, data, multimedia information, and resources can be shared both with the vehicle and with the other devices in the vehicle.06-06-2013
20130143496DUMMY TOUCH SCREEN SYSTEM FOR CONNECTING A PLURALITY OF MOBILE TERMINALS - Disclosed is a dummy touch screen system. The dummy touch screen system includes a host mobile terminal and a dummy touch screen. Here, the host mobile terminal includes a first touch screen unit having a first touch panel and a first display, a first application module driven by receiving a first touch signal generated by a touch of the first touch panel, a first display module receiving a first image signal output by a drive of the first application module, a first image communication module receiving a second image signal output by the drive of the first application module, and a first human interface device (HID) module transmitting a touch signal transmitted from the outside to the first application module. The dummy touch screen includes a second image communication module receiving the second image signal, a second display module receiving the second image signal from the second image communication module, a second touch screen unit having a second display displaying a second image display signal output by a drive of the second display module, and a second HID module receiving a second touch signal generated by a touch of the second touch panel.06-06-2013
20130143497DEVICE FOR ROUND TRIP TIME MEASUREMENTS - An appliance facilitates localization of a station (STA) in a network, for example, a short-range wireless network. An automatic response to a request for a measurement related communication is provided. The appliance can include a radio frequency (RF) interface and a media access control (MAC) section. The MAC section can receive the request and generate the automatic response immediately after a uniform period that is uniform among any such appliance within the network. The appliance performs only the generation of the automatic response, though the response can include additional information such as (x, y) coordinates of the appliance.06-06-2013
20130143498INDIRECT DEVICE COMMUNICATION - There is disclosed means for in a communications device enabling an indirect communications channel between the communications device and at least one further communications device. A data service selected from a set of data services is associated with an identity code. The identity code identifies the communications device. Data related to the identity code is transmitted to a server. The data is preferably transmitted through a radio-frequency based communications interface. The identity code is broadcasting during a predetermined period of time and intended to be received by the at least one further communications device. The broadcast is preferably transmitted through a short-range non-radio frequency based communications interface.06-06-2013
20130143499WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A master device transmits a beacon signal including information related to a proximity wireless communication area in a predetermined cycle by using a transmission power which allows the beacon signal to reach beyond the proximity wireless communication area. When a slave device receives the beacon signal from the master device, the slave device estimates a distance to the master device in accordance with the information of the beacon signal. When a wireless communication terminal is located within the proximity wireless communication area, the slave device is connected to the master device by using a proximity wireless communication.06-06-2013
20090068947MULTI-FUNCTION GENERAL PURPOSE TRANSCEIVERS & DEVICES - The present invention is generally directed to a system and associated method for communicating information. In some embodiments, the invention is directed to a general purpose transceiver having a receiver for receiving an information signal and a transmitter configured to transmit an outgoing signal to a central station. A portion of the information signal can include an instruction code, which may be decoded and acted upon accordingly. Other embodiments and features are also claimed and described.03-12-2009
20110014868 METHOD FOR RECOGNIZING A MODULE, APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING THE SAME - An apparatus for recognizing a module and method thereof are disclosed. The present invention includes querying whether a first short-range communication module of a correspondent device exists by a first short-range communication scheme, if the first short-range communication module exists, receiving one of vendor information and minor device information from the correspondent device, and checking whether a second short-range communication module of the correspondent device exists based on one of the vendor information and the minor device information.01-20-2011
20090036053ASSOCIATED COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - The present invention discloses an associated communication apparatus that includes a telephone transmitter, a telephone base, and a Bluetooth earphone so that user can install the telephone transmitter into the telephone base and can install the Bluetooth earphone into the telephone transmitter. Furthermore, the telephone transmitter can be removed from the base and the Bluetooth earphone can be removed from the telephone transmitter. The present invention provides various means for communication such as the earphone, the telephone transmitter, and the telephone base.02-05-2009
20110009063METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UTILIZING A HIGH FREQUENCY PHY LAYER FOR HIGH SPEED DATA TRANSMISSION BETWEEN WIRELESS DEVICES - A single communication stack may be utilized to setup a data transmission session between wireless devices. A primary physical layer corresponding to the single communication stack may be utilized by the wireless devices to perform discovery, pairing, and security setup operations when setting the data transmission session. A secondary physical layer may be utilized to perform high speed data transmission. The secondary physical layer may be integrated or managed via the single communication stack corresponding to the primary physical layer, and applications running on top of the single communication stack may utilize the secondary physical layer transparently. A portion of the transmitted data may be multiplexed onto other secondary physical layers that may be available to the wireless devices. Alternatively, transmission of data may comprise switching among available secondary physical layers. The primary physical layer may be utilized during data transmission to continually monitor and/or manage the data transmission.01-13-2011
20110014866System and Method for Radio Antenna Sharing in an Information Handling System - An information handling system includes a processing system with a radio output, another processing system with a radio output, and a radio selector operable to couple an antenna to a selected one of the radios. A radio selector board includes a radio, a selector switch with an input terminal coupled to the radio, another input terminal coupleable to another radio, a control input coupleable to a control module, and an output coupleable to an antenna. In response to a control signal from the control module, the selector switch connects the first radio to the antenna, and in response to another control signal, the selector switch connects the other radio to the antenna.01-20-2011
20110014867WIRELESS ELECTRONIC DEVICE REMOTE CONTROLLER - The present invention relates to a wireless electronic device remote controller, comprises: a hand-held wireless communication device in which at least one display device, a first wireless communication module and a second wireless communication module are installed, wherein the first wireless communication modules is able to be connected to a base station for a communication purpose; and a power adapter having communication function, coupled to an electronic device, the power adapter having communication function at least includes a third wireless communication module that receives commands from the second wireless communication module to determine whether supply power to the electronic device.01-20-2011
20110028092COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device includes a proximity wireless communication antenna for contactless proximity wireless communication with a counterpart instrument antenna in proximity, a first wireless communication processing unit to conduct contactless proximity wireless communication using the proximity wireless communication antenna, a second wireless communication processing unit to conduct wireless communication in a wireless communication format different from that of the first processing unit, a ground potential to be disposed in a surrounding area of the proximity wireless communication antenna and to be connected to a counterpart instrument ground potential when the instrument is in proximity, a detection unit to detect that the counterpart instrument is connected while allowing contactless proximity wireless communication, and a control unit to restrict wireless communication with the second processing unit when the detection unit detects connection and to remove the restriction after connected to the counterpart instrument ground potential with the ground potential during the restriction.02-03-2011
20110028091METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR NEAR-FIELD WIRELESS DEVICE PAIRING - A first communication device (e.g., a radio) and a second communication device (e.g., an accessory) implement a wireless device pairing procedure to exchange numerical credentials so that the devices can subsequently form a link for communications using electromagnetic radio signals. The accessory transmits a beacon comprises a pairing request. Upon a user bringing the radio and accessory in close enough proximity, the radio receives the beacon using near-field apparatus included in the radio. In response to receiving the beacon, the radio initiates a pairing procedure, wherein the pairing procedure comprises a data exchange between the radio and accessory, and wherein the beacon and the data exchange comprise a non-propagating radio signal generated using the near-field apparatus. Upon completing the pairing procedure, the radio forms a link with the accessory to communicate using propagating electromagnetic radio signals.02-03-2011
20110028093Bluetooth Proximity Detection System and Method of Interacting With One or More Bluetooth Devices - Some embodiments teach an apparatus for determining a proximity of one or more first Bluetooth devices. The apparatus can include: (a) at least one Bluetooth base station with (1) a Bluetooth transmitter configured to transmit one or more service discovery requests to the one or more first Bluetooth devices; and (2) a Bluetooth receiver configured to receive one or more responses from the one or more first Bluetooth devices to the one or more service discovery requests; and (b) a computational module configured to run on one or more processors and further configured to determine one or more approximate distances between the at least one Bluetooth base station and the one or more first Bluetooth devices based on the one or more responses from the one or more first Bluetooth devices. Other embodiments are disclosed.02-03-2011
20110034126METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRIORITY SIGNALING OVER A WIRELESS SERIAL COMMUNICATION CHANNEL - A communication device performs a method for establishing a fast path for signaling priority data. The method includes: establishing a first short range wireless data path to a second communication device for exchanging non-priority data; and establishes a second autonomous short range wireless data path to the second communication device, for exchanging priority data, wherein the second short range wireless data path comprises a wireless serial communication channel such as a radio frequency communication Bluetooth (RFCOMM) channel. An application layer in an upper layer stack of the communication device establishes both the first and the second short range wireless data paths. Non-priority data communicated to the second communication device along the first short range wireless data path is processed by the application layer. However, priority data communicated to the second communication device along the second short range wireless data path bypasses the application layer.02-10-2011
20110034125METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING PUSH-TO-TALK STATE TO A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Apparatus, which has a multilayer protocol stack for processing incoming messages, determines PTT state from messages received from a peripheral over a wireless serial communication channel. The apparatus: receives, from the peripheral, a sequence of messages comprising a plurality of data messages (e.g., RFCOMM messages), wherein each of the data messages provides an indication of a PTT state for the apparatus, and wherein the sequence of data messages is received over a short range wireless data path for exchanging priority data that comprises a wireless serial communication channel and that is different from a short range wireless data path for exchanging non-priority data. A pattern detector in the apparatus performs a pattern matching process, within the first two layers of the multilayer protocol stack, to determine the PTT state indicated by each of the data messages and sets the apparatus to have the determined PTT states.02-10-2011
20110111699Portable Device Having Sterio-image Capturing Module - A method for a portable communication device to play stereo image, comprising providing the portable communication device with a stereo image capture module, wherein the portable communication device includes a control unit; a first communication module coupled to the control unit; a display coupled to the control unit; the stereo image capture module being coupled to the control unit to facilitate to capture stereo image; and a stereo image generation module coupled to the control unit for generating stereo image from data received from the stereo image capture module, wherein the stereo image generation module can be stored in a remote computer, a remote server, or the portable communication device, wherein the stereo image capture module comprises two image capture elements arranged linearly with a distance; capturing a two images by the stereo image capture module; generating a stereo image from the captured two images by the stereo image generation module, storing the stereo image.05-12-2011
20110117845System and Method for Hands Free Connect Application for the Automobile Environment - A module executed on a mobile communications device (MCD) to automatically pair the MCD with a vehicle. The module determines whether the MCD's short range communication technology, e.g., Bluetooth® technology is enabled. If not, the module turns on the MCD's short range communication technology. The module also determines whether the MCD is in a discovery mode, which is the mode of the MCD that enables the MCD to pair. If not, the module turns on the MCD's discovery mode. The module then automatically pairs the MCD and the vehicle. In an embodiment the automatic pairing includes setting the vehicle's hands free telephone module to a discovery mode, if the short range communications from the MCD and HFT are being seen by each other than a personal identification number (PIN) is obtained. In an embodiment the PIN is not entered by a user of the MCD or vehicle, but is automatically determined. The MCD and HFT are then securely paired using conventional pairing techniques.05-19-2011
20110117842Method and mobile device for selectively displaying list of peripheral devices based on short range communication - A mobile device and method selectively displays a list of peripheral devices available for an application to be performed depending on a short range communication. When one of an end-user function and a content supported by the mobile device is selected, the mobile device acquires a profile of the selected end-user function or content. Then the mobile device acquires information about specific peripheral devices that are capable of forming a short range communication channel with the mobile device and also capable of enabling the selected end-user function or content. The mobile device outputs a list of the specific peripheral devices depending on the acquired information.05-19-2011
20110117843Terminal and method for controlling function using short-distance communication - A method, apparatus, and a non-transitory computer readable medium allows a terminal to concurrently receive control input from multiple secondary devices through a short distance communication mode. The terminal is connected with at least two secondary devices in the short distance communication mode. A key map is applied to the connected secondary devices. When a key signal is received from at least one of the connected secondary devices, the secondary device that transmitted the key signal is identified. And a function mapped to the key signal is executed according to the key map applied to the identified secondary device.05-19-2011
20110212690SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS COLLECTION AND TRANSMISSION OF MEASUREMENTS - Disclosed methods and systems feature a portable device for wirelessly receiving a measurement of an object and transmitting the measurement and an object identifier. The device includes two communication modules and a memory. The first communication module receives a first wireless signal that corresponds to the measurement of the object. The memory stores the measurement derived from the first wireless signal in association with the object identifier. The second communication module transmits a second wireless signal that corresponds to the measurement and the objection identifier.09-01-2011
20090311962Communication Apparatus, Communication System, Communication Method and Program - There is provided a communication apparatus including a first communication control unit for controlling a communication in a first communication method, a storage unit in which contact information of other communication apparatus in the first communication method is recorded, and a second communication control unit for controlling a connection establishment communication with a communication party in a second communication method based on electric field coupling or magnetic field coupling and a data communication with the communication party in the second communication method, wherein the second communication control unit does not make the data communication with the communication party when the contact information recorded in the storage unit is not contained in a signal transmitted from the communication party during the connection establishment communication.12-17-2009
20110143665METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLE ACCESS FOR DIRECTIONAL WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method, system, apparatus and article are described for providing multiple access for directional wireless networks. A method may comprise, for example, establishing a distributed contention-based period (CBP) for a directional wireless network and transmitting information from a first device to a second device based on one or more distributed CBP rules, wherein the transmission comprises a directional transmission. Other embodiments are described and claimed.06-16-2011
20100197229COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device includes: a first communication interface configured to perform a first wireless communication with a first counterpart device; a second communication interface configured to perform a second wireless communication with a second counterpart device; an identification information acquiring module configured to acquire identification information unique to the second counterpart device from the second counterpart device by the second wireless communication performed by the second communication interface; and a transmission controller configured to perform a control so that data is sent to the second counterpart device that is identified by the identification information acquired by the identification information acquiring module by performing the first wireless communication with the second counterpart device according to the first communication method.08-05-2010
20100081384FREQUENCY SEPARATION FOR MULTIPLE BLUETOOTH DEVICES RESIDING ON A SINGLE PLATFORM - A single host device, comprising a plurality of Bluetooth devices, estimates bandwidth requirements such as maximum rates and/or an average data rate expected by each of a plurality of Bluetooth applications to be run on the single host. For each Bluetooth device, available frequencies utilized are determined based on the estimated bandwidth requirements. Each of the plurality of Bluetooth applications is allocated to corresponding one or more Bluetooth devices based on the determined available frequencies so as to, for example, concurrently run corresponding Bluetooth applications on the single host. The determined available frequencies are assigned to corresponding Bluetooth devices based on the estimated bandwidth requirements. The determined available frequencies and the plurality of Bluetooth applications may be reassigned and reallocated, respectively. Each of plurality of Bluetooth applications is allocated to the corresponding one or more Bluetooth devices based on the assigned/reassigned available frequencies and/or the estimated bandwidth requirements.04-01-2010
20110244800METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENTS - A method of providing wireless communication between user equipments, comprising the steps of: retrieving (10-06-2011
20110244799SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR OPERATING TRANSACTION TERMINALS - Methods, systems and apparatus are provided including a proximity payment device reader which includes a reader control program to control a process to execute process, where a first process is executed upon receipt of an activation signal, the activation signal indicating the initiation of a transaction involving a proximity payment device with the reader, the first process causing at least a first signal to be transmitted to a second process, the second process causing the transmission of at least a second signal to the proximity payment device through a transceiver. In some embodiments, the first process and the second process each have a queue in which received signals are placed and handled in a first in first out basis allowing the processes to run concurrently with each other. In some embodiments, the processes may be executed to compare at least a portion of application data received from the payment device to data stored in a transaction log of the reader device to determine if the proximity payment device was recently involved in an interrupted transaction at said reader device, and if the proximity payment device was recently involved in an interrupted transaction at the reader, transmitting a signal to the proximity payment device to attempt to retry the interrupted transaction.10-06-2011
20100035545METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BLUETOOTH HID ACTIVITY PREDICTION FOR WIRELESS COEXISTENCE THROUGHPUT OPTIMIZATION - A host device may be enabled to support a plurality of wireless interfaces, wherein some of these interfaces may be utilized to support human interface device (HID) based communication. The host device may be enabled to monitor activity of HID devices based on communications via HID capable wireless interfaces, may predict future use of the HID devices based on the monitoring, and may manage sniff communication that is utilized to track and/or detect activities in the HID devices. The management of the sniff communication may comprise adjusting characteristics of the sniff communication to enable improving throughput of other wireless interfaces available via the host device that may be affected by the sniff communication. The adjustment of the characteristics of sniff communication may comprise adjusting, statically and/or dynamically, length of sniff intervals and/or designating of sniff packets as high priority requests.02-11-2010
20090325487DATA CONTROL APPARATUS, DATA CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A data control apparatus that enables data communication among devices with simple operations. A first communication unit communicates with a first device placed on a predetermined surface of the data control apparatus. A second communication unit communicates with a second device. A detection unit detects a position of the first device placed on the predetermined surface of the data control apparatus. A communication control unit controls communication between the first device and the second device according to the position of the first device detected by the detection unit.12-31-2009
20090311961Short-Range Wireless Communication - The present specification describes techniques and apparatus that enable wireless devices to communicate effectively at short ranges. In one implementation, the transmit power of a transmitting device is reduced to permit a receiving device to demodulate a signal.12-17-2009
20110151784CONTROL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a control apparatus includes a connection module, a communication module and a controller. A connection module is configured to connect by wire to a communication device with an antenna. A communication module is configured to communicate with a wireless communication device via the communication device. A controller is configured to instruct the communication device to report a communication state between the communication module and the wireless communication device.06-23-2011
20100056054METHOD OF SETTING WIRELESS LINK, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method of setting a wireless link is provided between a first wireless device and a second wireless device in a wireless system. The first wireless device includes an extremely low-power receiver. When the extremely low-power receiver receives a predetermined wireless signal, the receiver turns on the first wireless device, and continues broadcast transmission of a packet periodically without a transmission pause until receiving a response packet from the second wireless device.03-04-2010
20100062710MONITORING FOR THE PRESENCE OF A RADIO-COMMUNICATING MODULE IN THE VICINITY OF A RADIO-COMMUNICATING TERMINAL - The invention relates to a method of determining the presence or otherwise in a zone of defined size around a master radio-communicating terminal, of a peripheral radio-communicating module, the radio-communicating terminal and module operating according to a radio communication protocol of BLUETOOTH® type and under the dependence of application programs, the protocol having means for retransmitting data from the module when the reception of said data by the terminal is incomplete or erroneous, this being so for a maximum re-try time, the data not being considered to have been received unless the reception of all the data is correct in the course of the maximum re-try time, the data exchanges being characterized by a transmission error rate. According to the invention, after the master terminal (03-11-2010
20100062711BLUETOOTH DEVICE AND METHOD OF SEARCHING FOR PERIPHERAL BLUETOOTH DEVICE - A Bluetooth device and a method of searching for a peripheral Bluetooth device using a previous search results are provided. The method of searching for a peripheral Bluetooth device includes: acquiring, if input instructing the start of an initial search is received, initial search address information and initial search device information about at least one peripheral Bluetooth device in a preset period; storing the acquired initial search address information and initial search device information in a storage unit; acquiring, if a request for searching for a peripheral device for performing Bluetooth communication is input, address information of a found peripheral Bluetooth device; determining whether address information corresponding to the acquired address information of the found peripheral Bluetooth device exists in the storage unit; and notifying a user, if address information corresponding to the acquired address information of the found peripheral Bluetooth device exists in the storage unit, of the stored initial search device information of the found peripheral device corresponding to the address information.03-11-2010
20100069002METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE UTILIZING BLUETOOTH TECHNOLOGY - A method and an apparatus for a wireless communication device utilizing a Bluetooth technology for use on a helmet is disclosed here. More specifically, a helmet with a cavity within said helmet that allows the Bluetooth transceiver to be easily removable and easily upgradable without changing the external host controller. The method and apparatus is capable of communicating with a cell phone, communicating with a second helmet, communicating with an audio device, communicating with a global positioning system, and communicating with two or more Bluetooth transceivers all within one unit.03-18-2010
20100056048Supercapacitor Device For Ultra Low Frequency Transmission System - Ultra low frequency transmissions can be used to penetrate obstructions to areas where other operation of other communication devices may be limited, such as in a mine, tunnel, or other underground location. A portable device that includes a supercapacitor, a transmitter, and an antenna can be used to communicate using ultra low frequency transmissions. In one aspect, a communication device comprises a supercapacitor; a transmitter powered by the supercapacitor; and an antenna connected to the transmitter for sending messages. In another aspect, a method for communicating comprises the steps of receiving a message to be transmitted, powering a transmitter from a charged supercapacitor, and transmitting the message via an antenna.03-04-2010
20100056052ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND SEARCHING METHOD THEREOF - An electronic device and searching method are provided to search for an electronic device via a BLUETOOTH (BT) connection between a BT device and a BT headset of the electronic. The electronic device and searching method include setting intensity levels of BT signals of the BT connection and one or more alarm means. The electronic device and searching method further include detecting a signal intensity of the BT signals of the BT connection, and activating one or more of the alarm means to alarm a location of the electronic device, if the signal intensity is in a low intensity level.03-04-2010
20110097997Transmission Method and Related Apparatus for Reducing Radio Resource Overhead - The present invention provides a transmission method for reducing radio resource overhead for a slave device of the Bluetooth system. The transmission method includes the steps of setting an active time slot window on a communication time comprising at least a reception time slot and transforming the reception time slots in the active time slot window into transmission time slots.04-28-2011
20110098000SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONNECTING BLUETOOTH-ENABLED DEVICES TO A PERSONAL COMPUTER - An interface which effects communication between first and second systems and includes a first arrangement for communicating with the first system using a first protocol and a second arrangement for communicating with the second system using a second protocol. At least one of the arrangements includes a mechanism for effecting wireless communication. In accordance with the invention, a third arrangement is included for translating data received from the first system in accordance with the first protocol into data adapted for the second system in accordance with the second protocol. In the illustrative embodiment, the inventive interface further includes an arrangement for translating data received from the second system in accordance with the second protocol into data adapted for the first system in accordance with the first protocol. In the illustrative embodiment, the second system is a Personal Computer, the first system is a peripheral adapted to be connected to the computer, the first protocol is a Bluetooth protocol and the second protocol is a Universal Serial Bus (USB) protocol. In the illustrative embodiment, the inventive interface leverages Universal Serial Bus technology, particularly “plug and play” capability, to simplify the installation and use of Bluetooth-enabled peripherals.04-28-2011
20110097999METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MULTISESSION COMMUNICATION USING MULTIPLE PHYSICAL (PHY) LAYERS - A wireless device comprising a single communication stack accessing a corresponding radio interface accessed via a corresponding physical layer, may utilize a plurality of communication sessions to perform a plurality of applications simultaneously. The corresponding radio interface may be utilized to perform initial connectivity and/or control functionality associate with each of the communication sessions; whereas data communication during the communication sessions may be performed utilizing one or more other radio interfaces supporting high speed data standards, which may also be accessed by the single communication stack, using corresponding other PHY and/or MAC layers. The connectivity and/or control functionality may comprise discovery, pairing, and/or initial connection. The plurality of high speed data standard may comprise WLAN, ultra-wideband (UWB), and/or 60 GHz PHY and/or PHY/MAC layers. Two or more of the communication sessions may contemporaneously utilize different PHY and/or PHY/MAC layers pertaining to the same high speed data standard.04-28-2011
20110250843BLUETOOTH UNIT OF MOUNTING TYPE - A mounting type Bluetooth unit is provided, which can lengthen the life span of a battery. The mounting type Bluetooth unit is fixedly installed in the interior of a vehicle and is provided with a casing body that packages a circuit board having a controller with control logic for performing Bluetooth communication with a Bluetooth device of a portable phone. The controller further includes a human body sensor as a control switch of operation logic. Also, the controller further includes a logic for sensing a driver's getting into/out of the vehicle in accordance with existence/nonexistence of a sensing signal of the human body sensor and controlling the operation of the Bluetooth unit in a sleep/awake or power-on/off state to cancel pairing with the Bluetooth device in a non-use state.10-13-2011
20100069003MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF SWITCHING IDENTITY MODULES - A mobile terminal includes a first and a second identity module in which user information is stored. A first controller for controlling wireless communication based on user information is connected to either the first or the second identity module. A second controller for controlling wireless communication through a second wireless communication unit is connected to the other identity module. An switch connects one of the first or second identity modules to one of the first or second controllers, and optionally, connects the other identity module to the other controller responsive to a manual command or a service event such as a multimedia message, a short-range communication, a wireless Internet connection, a broadcast reception, or receipt of position information.03-18-2010
20110081858METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED COEXISTENCE ALGORITHMS IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus for mitigating the effects of interference between multiple air interfaces located on an electronic device. In one embodiment, the air interfaces include a WLAN interface and PAN (e.g., Bluetooth) interface, and information such as Receiver Signal Strength Index (RSSI) as well as system noise level information are used in order to intelligently execute interference mitigation methodologies, including the selective application of modified frequency selection, variation of transmitter power, and/or change of operating mode (e.g., from multiple-in multiple-out (MIMO) to single-in, single-out (SISO)) so as to reduce isolation requirements between the interfaces. These methods and apparatus are particularly well suited to use cases where the WLAN interface is operating with high data transmission rates. Business methods associated with the foregoing technology are also described.04-07-2011
20110151783COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - A communication device between multiple communication networks, comprises an main controller and an audio gateway. The main controller directs the audio gateway to answer a second incoming call through a second communication control unit when a first incoming call has been answered by the audio gateway through a first communication control unit.06-23-2011
20110250844ASYMMETRIC RTT RANGING WITH MULTIPATH CORRECTION - A method, system, and device provide asymmetric round-trip-time (RTT) ranging with multipath correction. A RTT ranging determination using the resulting composite received signal contains multipath error, and compensation or correction of this error in a manner compatible with low-power, low-complexity devices, such as tag devices, is provided.10-13-2011
20110250842BLUETOOTH RADIO DEVICE AND MANAGEMENT APPLICATION FOR INTEGRATION WITH A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - In one embodiment, a method includes determining when a device is in a range of a first aggregator and, if the device is determined to be in the range of the first aggregator, causing the first aggregator to support the device. The method also includes determining when the device is in a range of a second aggregator and not in the range of the first aggregator. When the device is determined to be in the range of the second aggregator, the second aggregator is caused to support the device.10-13-2011
20110098001SHORT RANGE RF MONITORING SYSTEM - A wireless short range radio-frequency master device adapted to create and maintain a portable private network of wireless short range radio-frequency slave devices wherein the master device is configured to detect and register suitable slave devices for a network, and is capable of determining the proximity of any registered slave device with respect to the master device in use, the master device further being adapted to enable a user to define two or more groups of registered slave devices selected from the total number of registered slave devices and to enable a user to select a defined group of such registered slave devices as an active group, thereby forming an active portable private network of wireless short range radio frequency devices comprising the master device and selected registered slave devices within the selected group.04-28-2011
20110076948SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMIC FORMATION OF A COMMUNICATION NETWORK USING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A short-range wireless communication network may be established by direct communication between two or more wireless communication devices. A conventional cellular telephone includes an integrated short-range transceiver. The short-range transceivers of multiple wireless communication devices can be coupled together to form a short-range communication network without utilizing any wireless communication network supported by wireless service providers. The short-range communication network may be extended as additional devices come within range or consolidated as wireless communication devices leave the communication range. The short-range communication network is built upon the proximity of wireless communication devices with each other. Data is disseminated between the wireless communication devices using a data message synchronization process. Messages may also be carried from one wireless network to another as the communication devices are carried by individuals.03-31-2011
20110076945Methods for Controlling a Main Clock Source Shared Between Different Wireless Communication Modules and Apparatuses Using the Same - A wireless communications module coexisting with a wireless telephony communications module includes a radio frequency (RF) module, a MODEM, a clock generator and distributor and a system control logic. The system control logic issues an external interrupt (EINT) signal to the wireless telephony communications module for activating a clock source via the wireless telephony communications module. When the clock source is activated, the clock generator and distributor receives a reference clock from the activated clock source, converts the reference clock into one or more internal clocks and drives the internal clock or clocks to the RF module and the MODEM for synchronization therebetween.03-31-2011
20100130129WLAN and bluetooth harmonization - Described is a WLAN/BT system with improved compatibility. It employs an adaptive algorithm that dynamically optimizes the WLAN data fragmentation size based on the current WLAN data rates such that the fragmented data packets fit the time slots allowed by the BT SCO stream gaps. The algorithm first uses system level information to acquire the concurrent BT traffic types to decide if TDM method needs to be enabled. Then it uses the smoothed WLAN date rate to calculate maximum fragmentation packet size consistent with current overall WLAN traffic.05-27-2010
20110076947INTEGRATED WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER AND AUDIO PROCESSOR - Circuits, methods, and apparatus incorporate both a wireless physical interface and audio processing unit on a single integrated circuit. The wireless physical interface may include a receiver, transmitter, or a complete transceiver. The audio processing unit is typically in communication with both the wireless interface and one or more wired physical interfaces. The integrated circuit may be as simple as a wireless physical interface and audio processing unit, or it may include other circuits such as graphics processors, networking interfaces, memories, or other circuits.03-31-2011
20110076949LOCATION SYSTEM FOR BLUETOOTH ENABLED DEVICES - A method, apparatus, and system for tracking and locating Bluetooth enabled devices is described. A network of Bluetooth sniffers can be used to rapidly locate lost devices and their owners. Wearable child devices maintain low power contact with parent devices until such time as a signal limit is reached, at which point the parent devices alarm. An optional network of fixed sniffing devices can be used to coordinate a search for lost child devices once an alert is issued to the system.03-31-2011
20110070836METHOD FOR OPERATING MULTI-TYPE BEACONS - Provided is a method for operating multi-type beacons by a first terminal connected with at least one second terminal through short-range communication. The method includes checking at least one variable related to the second terminal, allocating one selected from a plurality of beacons having different characteristics to the second terminal, taking into account the checked variable, and transmitting the beacon allocated to the second terminal.03-24-2011
20110151788System and Method for Automatically Switching Connection of a Wireless Interface - A system is provided including a device and a control module. The device has a first wireless interface for connecting to a first further device and a second wireless interface for connecting to the control module. The first wireless interface is suitable for detecting that a second further device is located within its coverage area. The second wireless interface is suitable for communicating to the control module that the second further device is located within the coverage area. The control module is suitable for executing a service logic and for transmitting to the second wireless interface a command to disconnect the first wireless interface from the first further device. The first wireless interface is configured for executing the command, thus automatically disconnecting from the first further device, and for connecting the device to the second further device.06-23-2011
20110151782SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION WITH HANDS-FREE PROFILE - The present invention relates to a system and a method for communication with hands-free profile. The method includes the steps of: providing illumination devices which microphones and speakers are respectively disposed on; providing a detection mechanism for detecting the position of a specific illumination device corresponding to a position of a user; when a communication device receives an incoming telegram signal: sending a preset ring by the speakers; and transmitting the sound transmitted from the communication device to the speaker of the specific illumination device and transmitting the sound received from the microphone of the specific illumination device to the communication device so that the communication is performed.06-23-2011
20120202425SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INITIATING AD-HOC COMMUNICATION BETWEEN MOBILE HEADSETS - A system and method are provided for a system and method for initiating ad-hoc communication between mobile headsets. A communication device is provided, including a processor and a control circuit which is connected to the processor and which has a paired-communication module that configures the processor to provide paired communication with at least one additional device. The control circuit further includes an ad-hoc communication module that configures the processor to establish and maintain an ad-hoc communication session with a second communication device that is not presently paired with the first communication device. The referenced communication session is enabled by acquiring an open communication channel. Additionally, a method for providing an ad-hoc communication session with at least one communication device is provided. The method begins by identifying a second communication device within communication range of a first communication device and which is not presently paired to the first communication device. The method continues by requesting a communication channel through which the first communication device and the second communication device can communicate, and pairing the first communication device and the second communication device. Then, an acceptance from the second communication device to join the ad-hoc communication session is received. Upon receiving the acceptance, the communication channel for communication between the first communication device and the second communication device is opened. Upon termination of the ad-hoc communication session, the first communication device and the second communication device are disconnected.08-09-2012
20110014869COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - To enable a user to easily approximate a portable information device to a position where the portable information device should be approximated so as to cause the portable information device and a communication apparatus to communicate with each other by wireless communication, there is provided a control method for controlling the communication apparatus, comprising: performing data transfer between the communication apparatus and the portable information device by the wireless communication through a communication unit; acquiring identification information for identifying the portable information device; and displaying position information which indicates the position where the portable information device should be approximated to the communication apparatus so that the portable information device identified by the acquired identification information and the communication unit perform the data transfer by the wireless communication.01-20-2011
20120034871INTRA-DEVICE RF BUS AND CONTROL THEREOF - A device includes a first integrated circuit, a second integrated circuit and an RF bus controller. Each of the first and second ICs includes a radio frequency (RF) bus transceiver. The RF bus controller is coupled to control intra-device RF communications between the RF bus transceivers of the first and second ICs.02-09-2012
20100311335DEVICES FOR POINT-TO-POINT WIRELESS HIGH-OUTPUT DATA TRANSMISSION BETWEEN A PARKED VEHICLE AND A FIXED INFRASTRUCTURE - A wireless high-rate communication device for a vehicle, adapted for data exchange between at least one computer system of the vehicle and at least one computer system of a structure separate from the vehicle. The device includes at least one antenna connected to at least one emitter/receiver in turn connected to the at least one computer system of the vehicle, the device adapted for exchanging data according to a point-to-point ultra-wideband communication mode, with a device of the structure including at least one antenna connected to at least one emitter/receiver in turn connected to at least one computer system of the structure when the at least one antenna of the vehicle is in a vicinity of the at least one antenna of the structure.12-09-2010
20100311330WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATION HANDOVER BY USING DIFFERENT COMMUNICATION MODES - A wireless communication system includes a terminal device; a first wireless communication device; and a second wireless communication device. When the first wireless communication device communicates with the second wireless communication device by wireless LAN communication after a handover and completes prescribed processing to the second wireless communication device, the first wireless communication device sends first disconnection information to the second wireless communication device to disconnect the second wireless communication device. The second wireless communication device stores wireless LAN connection information before communicating with the first wireless communication device by the wireless LAN communication when the second wireless communication device is connected with the terminal device at a time of the handover. The second wireless communication device disconnects the first wireless communication device and connects with the terminal device based on the wireless LAN connection information when the first disconnection information is received.12-09-2010
20100297941REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD EMPLOYING CELLULAR TELEPHONES WHICH INCLUDE SHORT RANGE RADIO TRANSCEIVERS - A novel remote control system and method is disclosed which includes a user control and a control module. The system employs one or more cellular telephones as the user control which reduces the cost of the system. Further, by employing the inherent functionality of the cellular telephone, novel modes of interacting with the control module and the target devices it is connected to can be achieved. In the case of the cellular telephone being a smartphone, more advanced modes of interacting with the control module and the target devices can be achieved. Examples of target devices controlled by the system and method include, without limitation, electric garage door openers, lighting systems, thermostats, alarm systems, etc.11-25-2010
20110256830Wireless Communication Headset system - A wireless communication headset system comprises a plurality of wireless communication headset devices and at least one transponder; in which the wireless communication headset device transmits a control signal in order to perform corresponding control actions with the signal and transmits a voice signal, while the transponder transmits the control signal to the wireless communication headset device within a communication range and transmits the voice signal. The transponder enables the functions of transmitting the control signal to the wireless communication headset device, creating connections among the plurality of wireless communication headset devices, controlling the communication mode of the wireless communication headset device and switching the communication channel. In addition, when the transponder moves, the communication range shifts accordingly along with the transponder as well.10-20-2011
20090023389System and method for remotely controlling bluetooth enabled electronic equipment - According to one exemplary embodiment, a system providing remote control of Bluetooth enabled electronic equipment comprises Bluetooth enabled electronic equipment for initiating a pairing mode to authorize a virtual remote controller transfer, a Bluetooth enabled wireless device for activating a setup mode so as to pair with the Bluetooth enabled electronic equipment and for downloading the virtual remote controller. The virtual remote controller may be described in an advanced markup language, for example. In one embodiment, a method for utilizing a Bluetooth enabled wireless device to remotely control a Bluetooth enabled electronic equipment comprises initiating a pairing mode of the Bluetooth enabled electronic equipment to authorize a virtual remote controller transfer, activating a setup mode of the Bluetooth enabled wireless device so as to pair with the Bluetooth enabled electronic equipment, and downloading the virtual remote controller to the Bluetooth enabled wireless device.01-22-2009
20090023388Wireless transceiver and microphone based communications system - In one embodiment a communications system includes at least one wireless microphone having a communications modules and a wireless transceiver also having a communications modules. In one operation the transceiver is adapted to send data to each microphone after setting a common operating frequency and ID. A PC having a wireless communications module is provided in another embodiment. The PC is adapted to activate the transceiver to send data to each microphone through its communications module. Each communications modules is complied with IEEE 802.15.4 standard.01-22-2009
20100304673Wireless Communication Apparatus and Wireless Communication Method - According to one embodiment, a wireless communication apparatus comprises a communication module configured to execute wireless communication with a communication counterpart device, an execution module configured to execute one or more applications, and a communication controller configured to identify the communication counterpart device by wireless communication by the communication module, to select one of a transmission mode in which communication data is transmitted to the communication counterpart device and a reception mode in which communication data is received from the communication counterpart device based on an execution state of the application, to determine communication data based on data handled by the application, to determine a communication protocol based on attribute information of the data handled by the application, and to control communication with the communication counterpart device.12-02-2010
20100297944MULTI-DEVICE CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A multi-device control method and a related apparatus are provided for transmission of information between communication devices. In the method, a master device shares particular information with a serving device after accessing the serving device through a communication channel, including a human body. Then the master device measures signal strength of each of slave devices using the communication channel. The slave devices include the serving device. The master device selects one of the slave devices as a target device with relatively greater signal strength, and then transmits the information to the target device through the communication channel.11-25-2010
20110151786ROUTING METHOD FOR GUARD LAMP USING SHORT DISTANCE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Provided is a routing method for a guard lamp using a short distance wireless communication, the method including: performing, by a neighbor setup guard lamp, a neighbor setup operation; transferring, by the neighbor setup guard lamp, an initialization request message (Init_Request Message) to a neighbor guard lamp and receiving an initialization response message (Init-Rep Message) from the neighbor guard lamp to form a guard lamp network; receiving, by the neighbor setup guard lamp, a data message from the neighbor guard lamp; and repairing a path of the neighbor guard lamp having an error caused by a link loss at the receiving of the data message.06-23-2011
20100261428ROAD-VEHICLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - First and second roadside apparatuses for short-range communication with a vehicle-mounted device mounted in a vehicle are disposed upstream and downstream of a one-way road. The first and second roadside apparatuses installed on the road acquire vehicle identification information for identifying the vehicle when the vehicle passes through the communicative areas thereof. A administration device capable of communicating with the first and second roadside apparatuses stores the vehicle identification information acquired by the first roadside apparatus in a storage unit. If the vehicle identification information acquired by the second roadside apparatus is not included in the vehicle identification information stored in the storage unit, the administration device provides the vehicle with a reverse-way driving warning information through the second roadside apparatus. Thus, the road-vehicle communication system for warning a vehicle being driven or fully expected to be driven in the reverse-way on a one-way road such as a toll road against the reverse-way driving.10-14-2010
20080248750COMPONENTIZATION OF MOBILE DEVICES - A mobile device with full functionality is comprised of two or more hardware components. Each hardware component provides a subset of mobile device functionality. Full functionality includes transceiver communications, processing, non-volatile memory, power, input and output. A communications interface, whether wired or wireless means, is used to link the two or more components together to produce a fully functionally mobile device. One or more of the hardware components can be advantageously embedded in or proximate to a piece of jewelry, a garment, or a fashion accessory. Other non-portable hardware components, when available, can also be linked to two or more components of the mobile device to provide additional functionality.10-09-2008
20080248749SIGNALING OVER CELLULAR NETWORKS TO REDUCE THE WI-FI ENERGY CONSUMPTION OF MOBILE DEVICES - Techniques for increasing the battery life on a mobile device by decreasing the energy consumption of the mobile device's wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) interface are described. In one embodiment, the mobile device's Wi-Fi interface is automatically disabled when the device is not engaged. When the device receives a wake up call from a server via its Cellular interface, the Wi-Fi interface is enabled if the device answers the wake up call and the Wi-Fi interface is available. Using its Wi-Fi interface, the mobile device then connects to an IP-based network via a Wi-Fi access point.10-09-2008
20110151785ELECTRONIC APPARATUS HAVING CONTROL FUNCTION USING HUMAN BODY COMMUNICATION AND PORTABLE TERMINAL HAVING ELECTRONIC APPARATUS CONTROL FUNCTION USING HUMAN BODY COMMUNICATION - An electronic apparatus having a control function using human body communication includes: a first control unit reading control data and performing a control to provide the read control data; a first human body communication unit converting the control data into a signal, which is transmittable through human body communication, according to a control signal outputted from the first control unit; an electrode installed in an outer housing of the electronic apparatus and transmitting the signal provided from the first human body communication unit to a user's body which comes into contact with the electronic apparatus; and a first storage unit storing the control data.06-23-2011
20110151781DATA PACKET PROCESSING FOR ESTIMATION OF A DIRECTION TOWARDS A TRANSMITTER - It is disclosed to insert an anti-whitened data block, which is obtainable from a specific data block by anti-whitening, into a data block that is to be whitened by a whitening to yield a whitened data block, wherein the anti-whitening compensates the whitening so that the whitened data block will comprise the specific data block in non-whitened form. It is further disclosed to output, in a first operating mode, an output data block generated by one of whitening and de-whitening an input data block in its entirety, and outputting, in a second operating mode, one of: an output data block generated by one of whitening and de-whitening all parts of an input data block under exclusion of a specific data block contained in the input data block.06-23-2011
20100081381MULTIBAND COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR USE WITH A MESH NETWORK AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH - A communication device includes an RF transceiver for communicating first data with at least one of a plurality of remote communication devices via a first protocol and a first frequency band. A millimeter wave transceiver communicates second data with at least one of the plurality of remote communication devices via a second protocol and a second frequency band. A communication control module coordinates the communication of the first data and the second data with the at least one of the plurality of remote communication devices and for establishing a mesh network between the communication device and the plurality of remote communication devices.04-01-2010
20100056053SINGLE COMMUNICATION CHANNEL BETWEEN A CONTACTLESS FRONTEND DEVICE AND A TRANSCEIVER DEVICE - Method for exchanging data between an NFC device (03-04-2010
20100003918WIRELESS DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHODS USING ACTIVE RADIO FREQUENCY TAGS AND WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICES - A wireless data communication system and related operating methods are provided. The system uses active radio frequency (RF) tags to communicate content data to consumer-grade wireless telecommunication devices, in accordance with a wireless local area network (WLAN) protocol. A method of wirelessly providing information to a consumer-grade wireless telephone begins by providing data content to an active RF tag. The active RF tag creates a content message that conveys the data content, and wirelessly transmits the content message in accordance with a designated WLAN data communication protocol. The wireless telephone wirelessly receives the content message in accordance with the WLAN data communication protocol, and then displays indicia of the data content.01-07-2010
20110151787METHOD OF USING A TELEPHONE DEVICE TO VIEW CONTENT STORED THEREIN ON A NEARBY DISPLAY SCREEN WHICH IS NOT PHYSICALLY CONNECTED TO THE TELEPHONE DEVICE - A method is provided of using a telephone device to view full content on a nearby display screen which is not physically connected to the telephone device. The telephone device includes a display screen, a button which facilitates communication of the full content between the telephone device and a local control device connected to the nearby display screen, and a wireless transmitter. The full content is stored in the telephone device. Only a portion of the full content is displayed on the display screen of the telephone device. The full content is communicated from the telephone device to the local control device via a signal sent by the wireless transmitter upon selection of the button. The local control device receives the signal and provides the full content to the nearby display screen for display thereon.06-23-2011
20090318082Apparatus and Method for Transmission of Audio Signals - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method is presented which comprises searching for at least a device that is capable of a point-to-point transmission of media data. If such a device is not selected for the point-to-point transmission, a transmission of the media data is started on a second communication interface using a broadcast transmission.12-24-2009
20090318083One Button Access to Network Services From a Remote Control Device - Systems and methods of accessing a network-based communication service provide for generating a dialing request at a remote control device based on user input. A dialing signal is transmitted toward a mobile communication device based on the request, where the dialing signal instructs the mobile communication device to access the network-based communication service. Communication services can enable a user to use information retrieval at a network server as well as use number dialing at the network server. In one example, the dialing signal is transmitted according to a Bluetooth standard.12-24-2009
20090286478ARRANGEMENT TO TRANSMIT MAGNETIC RESONANCE SIGNALS - An arrangement for transmitting magnetic resonance signals, with a transmission link that connects a local coil with a receiver, has a first channel of the local coil with a first single antenna to acquire a first magnetic resonance signal, as well as a first mixer connected with the first single antenna. The first mixer forms an intermediate-frequency first signal from the supplied first magnetic resonance signal. A second channel of the local coil has a second single antenna to acquire a second magnetic resonance signal, as well as a second mixer connected with the second single antenna. The second mixer forms an intermediate-frequency second signal from the supplied second magnetic resonance signal. The local coil has a device for signal combination that, by frequency multiplexing, that combines the intermediate-frequency first signal of the first channel and the intermediate-frequency second signal of the second channel so that it arrives at the receiver via the transmission path. The receiver has an A/D converter at which one of the transmitted intermediate-frequency signals of an associated channel arrives in order to be sampled with a sampling frequency for digitization. For frequency conversion, a first local oscillator frequency is connected at the first mixer and a second local oscillator frequency is connected at the second mixer. the first and second local oscillator frequencies are selected such that intermediate-frequencies formed by the frequency conversion are mirror-symmetrical relative to the sampling frequency of the A/D converter.11-19-2009
20090247082ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, COMPUTER SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus comprises a wireless communication device configured to conduct wireless communication with an external apparatus, a switch connected to a radio frequency circuit of the wireless communication device, and configured to couple an RF signal input and output port of the radio frequency circuit to one of a wireless communication antenna and a cable connected to the external apparatus, and a control module configured to control the switch to switch a mode of conducting communication with the external apparatus between a wireless communication mode and a wired communication mode, a wireless signal being transmitted and received between the external apparatus and the wireless communication device through the wireless communication antenna in the wireless communication mode, the wireless signal being transmitted and received between the external apparatus and the wireless communication device through the cable in the wired communication mode.10-01-2009
20090239470Modular cell phone for laptop computers - A communication system including a wireless communicator including a baseband modem for connecting to the Internet via a cellular network, and a connector for physically connecting the wireless communicator to a laptop computer port, and a laptop computer including a wireless modem for communicating in a wireless mode with the wireless communicator, a port for physically connecting the wireless communicator to the laptop computer and for communicating in a wired mode with the wireless communicator, and a connection wedge, wherein the laptop computer connects to the Internet via a link between the laptop computer and the wireless communicator, and wherein the connection wedge selectively uses the wired mode or the wireless mode for the link according to whether or not the wireless communicator is physically connected to the laptop computer, respectively. A method is also described and claimed.09-24-2009
20090239468WIRELESS MASS STORAGE FLASH MEMORY - Systems and/or methods are presented that can facilitate access of a memory device by the use of wireless communication technologies. A memory module is presented which combines memory with a wireless adapter component and a memory controller component to facilitate the wireless transmission and reception of data and/or commands from and to host component that requests access to the memory and the data stored therein. The memory module can dynamically switch between one wireless communication technology to another based on signal strength, signal quality, the distance between the memory module and a host component, power usage, as well as other criteria to facilitate an optimal data transmission or throughput rate.09-24-2009
20120202428Systems and Methods for Defining Group of Users with Mobile Devices - The present solution defines groups of users with mobile devices that will be used for the outdoor activity. A group of users may defined with mobile computing devices capable of sending and receiving certain data via radio waves. Each of these devices is equipped with at least one button which can be pressed to invoke the grouping process. One additional mobile computing device capable of sending and receiving information via radio waves and able to receive and store information from any of the mobile computing devices, store these, allow any of the same computing devices to retrieve this information and able to send such information to one or mobile computing devices in such a way that the information arrives at the mobile computing devices via radio waves.08-09-2012
20120202427DOCKING STATION FOR PORTABLE COMPUTING DEVICES - A docking station that includes a base and a retention structure. The base is structured to rest on an underlying surface. The retention platform includes a receiving surface that is elevated from and supported by the base. A magnetic coupling mechanism is provided on the retention platform in order to magnetically retain a computing device that is rested on the receiving surface.08-09-2012
20110256831BLUETOOTH MOUSE FOR FAST SWITCHING LINKING OBJECTS - A Bluetooth mouse for fast switching linking objects comprises a signal processing circuit triggered by a key unit to generate a control signal according to a displacement amount of the mouse. The signal processing circuit is electrically connected with a Bluetooth transmission device. The mouse has a pairing information memory storing pairing codes for establishing data transmission linkages between the Bluetooth transmission device and at least one information processing systems. The key unit is programmed one key or a combination of the keys to trigger the signal processing circuit to generate an object-switching signal. The object-switching signal drives the Bluetooth transmission device to access one pairing code from the pairing information memory according to the displacement amount of the mouse, and establishes a data transmission linkage with one information processing system corresponding to the pairing code.10-20-2011
20090088077Communications Apparatus - Communications apparatus has a short range wireless radio frequency communicator (04-02-2009
20080214110Apparatus and method for exchanging active profile in bluetooth communication system - An active profile exchange in a Bluetooth communication system is provided. A method for exchanging a profile of a server device in the Bluetooth communication system includes receiving a request for a service support list from a client device; when there is no adequate profile for the client device, generating and transmitting a service support list including information informing that an active profile generation is possible in response to the request; after providing the service support list, receiving the active profile generated by the client device when the client device requests an active profile exchange; and operating according to the active profile generated by the client device.09-04-2008
20080214112Method and System for Using PSK Sync Word for Fine Tuning Frequency Adjustment - In RF transceivers, a method and system for using phase shift key (PSK) sync word for fine tuning frequency adjustment are provided. One aspect of the invention provides for adjusting a local oscillator frequency in a radio frequency (RF) receiver when a residual DC offset remains after a coarse frequency offset adjustment if performed. The fine adjustment may be necessary because of the synchronization required with a PSK-based modulated portion of a Bluetooth packet. A residual phase shift detected in a sync sequence portion of the Bluetooth packet may be utilized to determine a residual or fine frequency adjustment. This approach may allow an RF receiver to operate, in some instances, without the need for an equalizer. In this regard, the power consumed by the RF receiver may be minimized and/or the overall cost of the RF receiver may be reduced.09-04-2008
20100279608Bluetooth device - A Bluetooth device is adapted to be carried on a human body, and includes: a Bluetooth module wirelessly receiving an external audio signal; a loudspeaker module for reproducing the audio signal received by the Bluetooth module; a sensing unit including a sensing circuit for sensing a conductive unit so as to generate a physical characteristic value associated with the conductive unit; and a processing unit receiving the physical characteristic value from the sensing circuit, and outputting a control signal to the Bluetooth module based on the physical characteristic value received thereby. The Bluetooth module is operable, based on the control signal from the processing unit, between one of a power-saving state, where the Bluetooth device is distal from the human body, and a working state, where the Bluetooth device is close to the human. body.11-04-2010
20120202426WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device which stores and transfers entire digital media files for later use at transfer speeds compliant with the 60 GHz wireless standard. An example wireless communication device includes a receiver for wirelessly receiving an entire digital media file and associated usage rights from a kiosk while the receiver is within a wireless reception range of the kiosk, a memory for storing the digital media file and the associated usage rights, transfer circuitry for transferring the digital media file and the associated usage rights, and a controller for operating the receiver to receive the entire digital media file and associated rights, for storing the digital media file for later playing, and for operating the transfer circuitry to transfer the digital media file and associated rights.08-09-2012
20080254745SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING COLLABORATIVE COEXISTENCE BETWEEN BLUETOOTH AND WI-FI - Methods and systems are described for providing Bluetooth and Wi-Fi coexistence on an electronic device. Aspects of exemplary embodiments include determining Bluetooth link parameters for a Bluetooth connection and Wi-Fi link parameters for a Wi-Fi connection. Also, a Bluetooth path loss for the Bluetooth connection and a Wi-Fi path loss for the Wi-Fi connection can be determined. According to this embodiment, one or more link conditions, based upon one or more of the Bluetooth link parameters, the Wi-Fi link parameters, the Bluetooth path loss, and the Wi-Fi path loss, may be calculated to determine if simultaneous collaboration between the Bluetooth connection and Wi-Fi connection is feasible. In response to simultaneous collaboration being feasible, the Bluetooth link parameters and the Wi-Fi link parameters are customized based on the one or more link conditions to permit simultaneous collaboration between the Bluetooth connection and the Wi-Fi connection.10-16-2008
20080242228RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS HEADPHONE AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a radio communication system has a radio communication apparatus and a wireless headphone for connecting a communication link with the radio communication apparatus to perform radio communication. The radio communication apparatus has a first radio communication device configured to connect a communication link with the wireless headphone to perform radio communication, and a transmission control unit configured to cause the first radio communication device to transmit sound data to the wireless headphone by streaming and cause the first radio communication device to transmit location information for obtaining the sound data to the wireless headphone. The wireless headphone has a second radio communication device configured to connect a communication link with the radio communication apparatus to perform radio communication, a reproduction control unit configured to perform streaming reproduction of the sound data received by the second radio communication device, and a data storage device configured to store the location information received by the second radio communication device.10-02-2008
20110009062METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR PROVIDING MOBILE AD HOC COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND RELATED DEVICES - A method of operating a mobile electronic device includes detecting at least one other mobile electronic device within a predetermined distance of the mobile electronic device, and determining a spatial relationship of the at least one other mobile electronic device relative to the mobile electronic device. An ad hoc wireless connection is established with the at least one other mobile electronic device based on the determined spatial relationship. Data may be transmitted to and/or received from the at least one other mobile electronic device over the ad hoc wireless connection based on the determined spatial relationship. Related systems, devices, and computer program products are also discussed.01-13-2011
20120122399WIRELESS SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An apparatus and method are provided for receiving and processing a control signal and/or a data signal through a short-range wireless communication. The wireless signal processing apparatus preferably includes a connection detection unit that detects a connection of a peripheral device, and a communication unit that receives the control signal and the data signal from a client device through the short-range wireless communication. A data processing unit sends the received data signal to the peripheral device, and a mode control unit for controlling the communication unit to send the received data signal to the data processing unit when the connection detection unit detects the connection of the peripheral device. The apparatus and method may be utilized for various purposes on the basis of the short-range wireless communication, depending on whether or not the peripheral device is connected.05-17-2012
20110021151MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE, INFORMATION DELIVERY DEVICE, INFORMATION DELIVERY SYSTEM, AND INFORMATION DELIVERY METHOD - Provided is an information distribution system having a simple configuration and capable of selecting information without inconvenience to the user. A mobile terminal device (01-27-2011
20110021149MOBILE COMMUNICATION STATION, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND DEDICATED-SHORT-RANGE-COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A mobile communication station is provided with a type information registration unit (01-27-2011
20110021147SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING CONNECTIVITY STATUS OF SHORT RANGE WIRELESS DEVICES - A method and apparatus for generating alerts once connectivity to a designated short range wireless (SRW) device is lost. Once connectivity is lost, an alert is sent to a master device (such as a mobile phone) notifying the master device user that connectivity to the designated SRW device has been lost. The master device user designates one or more paired SRW devices from a list of all paired SRW devices registered on the master device. For each SRW device of interest, a default or preferred alert method is chosen. The SRW devices of interest and their associated alert methods are saved in a file that resides either on the master device or a shared host device. A background process runs on the master or host device so as to read and parse the user's preferences and, accordingly, generates and sends alerts. For devices that support global system events and that expose SRW connectivity events, the background process intercepts those events associated with SRW devices of interest and generates alerts accordingly. For devices that do not support global system events or do not expose SRW connectivity events, the background process polls the connectivity with each SRW device of interest based on a pre-determined interval. If polling fails, indicating a lost connection, the appropriate alerts are triggered.01-27-2011
20110021145System and method for targeting data processing system(s) with data - Provided is a system and method for targeting data processing system(s) with data by aiming a sending data processing system at a receiving data processing system and performing a shoot action. In a preferred embodiment, aiming information is transmitted from the sending data processing system to receiving data processing systems in the vicinity for determining whether or not a receiving data processing system was targeted by the sending data processing system, for example to direct data. Aiming information includes location information for determining a starting location of the shoot action, directional and posture information for determining a target of the shoot action, distance information for determining a distance of the shoot action, target size for determining the inclusion of receiving data processing system(s) targeted by the shoot action, and perhaps other shooting data to further qualify the shoot action. For example, a user physically points (aims) his mobile data processing system at another user's mobile data processing system and shoots it for pulling data from it, pushing data to it, or subsequently interacting with it. Permissions and configurations can govern what types of data may be pulled or pushed. In another example, a user physically aims his mobile data processing system at another data processing system and shoots it in order to interact with it. Wave forms which are not controllably aimed by nature (radio waves, sound waves, etc) can be accurately aimed.01-27-2011
20110021146RADIO ACCESS CONTROL UTILIZING QUALITY OF SERVICE ACCESS WINDOWS - A system for managing the operation of a plurality of radio modules (01-27-2011
20110021143METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING BURDEN ON A BLUETOOTH LOW POWER END-POINT DEVICE - A relay host wireless device is paired with a target host wireless device over a secure link. The relay host wireless device is operable to acquire link security information, which is associated with a link between the target host wireless device and a wireless end-point device, from the target host wireless device. The relay host wireless device is enabled to establish a link with the target host wireless device by faking its identity as an assumed identity of the target host wireless device. The acquired link security information is applied to the established link. The relay host wireless device is enabled to relay content between the target host wireless device and the wireless end-point device via the established fake link using said assumed identity of the target host wireless device and the secure link between the relay host wireless device and the target host wireless device, successively.01-27-2011
20110021148COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device for communicating with an external device using a human body as a signal transmission path, includes an electric field strength measuring unit configured to measure a noise level from a detected received electric field strength at the time of no signal after the received electric field strength is detected by the communication device when a transmission signal to be output to the external device is absent, a transmission output determination unit configured to determine an output level of the transmission signal to be transmitted to the external device on the basis of the measured noise level, and an output execution unit configured to output a transmission signal of the determined output level to the external device.01-27-2011
20110021150METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING NETWORK CONNECTIONS BETWEEN STATIONARY TERMINALS AND REMOTE DEVICES THROUGH MOBILE DEVICES - A technique is provided for a seamless and transparent handoff from a user's mobile device to the user's stationary terminal of a network address of a remote device for the purpose of establishing a direct communication channel between the stationary terminal and a remote device, where the remote device first contacted the user's mobile device to initiate communications with the user.01-27-2011
20110021144METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TESTING BLUETOOTH FUNCTION OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method is used for a testing device to test the Bluetooth function of an electronic device and comprises the following steps. The testing device receives a password from the electronic device. The password is predetermined by the electronic device, and a first file is stored in the electronic device. The testing device sends the received password to the electronic device. The testing device receives the first file from the electronic device and saves as a second file. A third file is stored in the testing device. The testing device judges whether the second file is same as the third file.01-27-2011
20110053507APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING BLUETOOTH COMMUNICATION PERFORMANCE IN MOBILE TERMINAL - An apparatus and a method for maintaining a communication connection by increasing a transmission bandwidth of voice data and changing a compression rate depending on a Bluetooth communication state to transmit voice data in order to improve Bluetooth communication performance are provided. The apparatus includes a device connector. The device connector increases a transmission bandwidth of voice data by transmitting voice data through an Asynchronous Connection-Less (ACL) link during data transmission when transmitting voice data via a Bluetooth apparatus.03-03-2011
20110053506Methods and Devices for Controlling Particular User Interface Functions of a Mobile Communication Device in a Vehicle - Disclosed are methods and devices for controlling particular user interface functions of a mobile communication device when the device is used by a driver of a moving vehicle. A disclosed method includes determining if the mobile communication device is within a predetermined proximity to the driver's seat. The method further includes determining if the mobile communication device is moving at a predetermined speed or acceleration. When those conditions are met, the method includes substantially disabling particular user interface functions of the mobile communication device. Particular user interface functions that may be disabled or inhibited may include, for example, at least one of a display function, a keypad function or a touchscreen function. In this way, a driver may not be able to utilize one or more particular user interface functions while driving.03-03-2011
20110053505Portable distress device with a bluetooth signal - A portable distress device with a Bluetooth signal includes a control unit, a power unit, a Bluetooth signal control module, and an I/O control unit. When the I/O control unit activates an input signal, the control unit first controls the Bluetooth signal control module and the I/O control unit to issue an alarm and a distress signal. In a fixed time after activating the distress signal, without releasing from a distress condition, a low frequency heart beat simulator will be activated automatically, to generate sound like a human heart beat. The Bluetooth signal control module contains a Bluetooth signal transmitter which may or may not require a pair matching, enabling any product, such as a notebook computer, a cellular phone, and a PDA, which is equipped with a device for receiving the Bluetooth signal, to be used as a life searching receiver to proceed with the rescue.03-03-2011
20110256832APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SMART CARD COMPRISED OF MULTI SENSOR - Provided are a smart card controlling apparatus for controlling a smart card which includes a multi-sensor, and a method thereof. The smart card controlling apparatus may include an interface unit that is connected to a USB terminal of the smart card which includes a multi-sensor and recognizing the smart card, and a communication module to control communication between the recognized smart card and a card reader based on short-range wireless communication.10-20-2011
20110028096DATA RECEIVING APPARATUS, DATA TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME AND PROGRAM - The present invention enables a data obtaining apparatus to select data to be transferred without maintaining a communication connection through close-proximity wireless communication. Accordingly, when a digital camera is communicatively connected to an external device through close-proximity wireless communication, a central processor of the digital camera obtains, from the external device, index information indicating a list of data stored in the external device. Next, the central processor terminates the communication connection to the external device and receives a designation of data to be transferred via an operation unit based on the index information. After having designated data to be transferred, an image processing unit of the digital camera obtains designated data from the external device when the camera is communicatively reconnected to the external device through close-proximity wireless communication.02-03-2011
20110028095RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND DEVICE START METHOD - Provided is a user-friendly radio communication terminal on which a plurality of radio communication devices are mounted. The radio communication terminal includes a request data information holding unit (02-03-2011
20100285749Hiding A Device - The object of the invention is a method where a first communications device (11-11-2010
20100216399WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Provided are wireless communication method and apparatus. The wireless communication method includes: receiving wireless communication module information of a second terminal from the second terminal through a first communicator of a first terminal; and performing a wireless communication with the second terminal using the wireless communication module information through a second communicator of the first terminal.08-26-2010
20110076944Wireless communication device, wireles transmission system and wireless transmission method - Disclosed herein is a wireless communication device, including: a plurality of communication units for transmission adapted to modulate and transmit a transmission subject signal; the communication units for transmission including a communication unit or units for transmission which adopt a method which modulates the amplitude and a communication unit or units for transmission which adopt a modulation method which modulates at least the phase or the frequency and requires transmission power lower than that of the method which modulates the amplitude.03-31-2011
20110263201Method and Apparatus for Providing Files To Electronic Devices - Method and apparatus for transferring a file from a sending wireless device to a receiving wireless device in a short-range wireless system. A file to be sent to the receiving wireless device is selected on the sending wireless device. The sending wireless device has a device list of receiving wireless devices. If the receiving wireless device is absent on the device list, the sending wireless device searches and identifies new devices. A device among the identified new devices is selected as the receiving wireless device. A connection is established between the sending wireless device and the receiving wireless device; and the file is sent to the receiving wireless device.10-27-2011
20110263202BLUETOOTH COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM - A Bluetooth communication method and system allows a Bluetooth device to rapidly establish a Bluetooth connection. A first Bluetooth device that is in a client mode displays a visual representation of its ID on a display unit. A second Bluetooth device that is in a host mode acquires the displayed visual representation of the ID of the first Bluetooth device via a camera module and extracts the ID of the first Bluetooth device. The second Bluetooth device transmits a Bluetooth communication-connection-request signal to the first Bluetooth device using the extracted ID. The first Bluetooth device transmits a replay signal responding to the Bluetooth communication-connection-request signal to the second Bluetooth device. The second Bluetooth device receives the reply signal and establishes a Bluetooth communication channel with the first Bluetooth device.10-27-2011
20100323618MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Described herein are mobile communication devices that are insertable within a slot of a host system. The mobile communication device is sized to fit within the host system. When inserted within the slot of the host system, the mobile communication device may interface with the host system to exchange data.12-23-2010
20100323620System and Method for Streaming Identical Data Over Several Links - Method for streaming data over a plurality of data links formed between a master device and a plurality of slave devices includes constructing a vendor specific command packet, sending the vendor specific command packet to a host controller of the master device, and constructing at least one baseband packet addressed to each slave device of the plurality of slave devices. The vendor specific command packet includes a plurality of headers of a first type, a plurality of headers of a second type, and a payload. A device configured to stream data over a plurality of data links formed between a plurality of slave devices includes a host adapted to construct a vendor specific command packet, a transport layer and a host controller adapted to receive the vendor specific command packet over the transport layer.12-23-2010
20100330908TELECOMMUNICATIONS DEVICE WITH VOICE-CONTROLLED FUNCTIONS - A system and method for providing wireless voice-controlled walk-through pairing and other functionality of telecommunications, audio headsets, and other communications devices, such as mobile telephones and personal digital assistants. In accordance with an embodiment, a headset, speaker or other device equipped with a microphone can receive a voice command directly from the user, recognize the command, and then perform functions on a communications device, such as a mobile telephone. The functions can, for example, include requesting the telephone call a number from its address book. In accordance with various embodiments the functions can also include advanced control of the communications device, such as pairing the device with an audio headset, or another Bluetooth device.12-30-2010
20100330910METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA USING E-FIELD IN PORTABLE TERMINAL AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting and receiving data using an electric field. A first device determines whether a transmission path to a second device is formed through a part of a human body using an electric field. A connection is established with the second device through the transmission path by the first device, when the transmission path is formed through the part of the human body. Connection information for the second device is obtained through the transmission path by the first device. Data is transmitted from the first device to the second device using the obtained connection information of the second device.12-30-2010
20100330909VOICE-ENABLED WALK-THROUGH PAIRING OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS DEVICES - A system and method for pairing communications devices using voice-enabled walk-through pairing. In the context of Bluetooth and other protocols, pairing allows two or more devices to be paired so that they can thereafter communicate wirelessly using the Bluetooth protocol. In accordance with an embodiment, a wireless audio headset, speaker, speakerphone, or other Bluetooth-enabled device can include a pairing logic and sound/audio playback files, which verbally walk the user through pairing the device with another Bluetooth-enabled device. This makes the pairing process easier for most users, particularly in situations that might require pairing multiple devices.12-30-2010
20100330907COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD EMPLOYING THE SAME - An exemplary embodiment of communication device includes a signal communication module, a first switch module, a processor, a second switch module, and a power amplifying module. The signal communication module, the first switch module, the processor, the second switch module, and the power amplifying module are electrically connected in series. The signal transceiver receives and sends a wireless communication signal. The first switch module and the second switch module are used for switching on corresponding receiving and sending paths of the wireless communication signal under the control of the processor. The power amplifying module is configured for amplifying and adjusting signal strength of the broadcast signal from the second switch module controlled by the processor.12-30-2010
20130122813NETWORK NODE FOR A WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - A network node for a wireless communication network, in particular for a wireless sensor network, includes a wireless communication device operable in a first communication mode in which the communication device emits; with a first transmit power, first communication signals for contactless communication with other network nodes in the communication network. The communication device is further operable in a second communication mode, in which the communication device emits, with a second transmit power, second communication signals for communication with a transponder, whereby the second transmit power is greater than the first transmit power. In the first communication mode, by the communication device there is detectable the presence of a transponder in the environment of the network node by the first communication signals.05-16-2013
20110014871WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND SOUND VOLUME CONTROL METHOD - A wireless communication terminal comprising a network communication unit, short distance wireless communication unit, an input unit and a control unit. The network communication unit transmits radio signals to communication network via a base station. The short distance wireless communication unit transmits radio signals to and from an external device. The short distance wireless communication unit establishes a voice link between the wireless communication terminal and the external device to transmit sound data. The input unit inputs a volume control instruction. The control unit controls the short distance wireless communication unit to send a signal based on the volume control instruction if the voice channel is established between the wireless communication terminal and the external device.01-20-2011
20110014870METHOD, SYSTEM AND ADAPTER FOR CONNECTING A PLURALITY OF DEVICES - There is provided a method for connecting a first device and a second device. An exemplary method comprises establishing a first connection between the first device and the second device via a first communication channel. Configuration data may be exchanged between the first device and the second device via the first connection. Using the configuration data, a second connection may be set up between the first device and the second device via a second communication channel.01-20-2011
20100167650INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, STORAGE MEDIUM WITH PROGRAM STORED THEREIN, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - Provided is an information processing apparatus including a first and second communication units: the first for non-contact communication with a first/second external apparatus through a first path; and the second for communication with the first/second external apparatus through a second path. The apparatus also includes a unit for controlling the second communication unit to start communication with the second external apparatus through the second path, by a request for such communication transmitted from the second external apparatus to the first communication unit. The apparatus also includes a unit for managing information to be held when the request is received. The information indicates a state of communication with the first external apparatus through the second path at the reception of the request. Under the control, communication with the first communication unit specified by the information starts through the second path, where communication with the second external apparatus has been terminated.07-01-2010
20100167647FRAMEWORK OF WIRELESS NETWORK ACCESS DEVICE - A framework of wireless network access device, comprising a communication circuit board with a first electrical connecting portion, a wireless transmission circuit board with a second electrical connecting portion, and at least a signal transmission element connecting with the first and second connecting portions respectively, wherein the signal transmission element is provided for transmitting a signal between the communication circuit board and the wireless transmission circuit board, so as to solve drawbacks of the prior art.07-01-2010
20100167651INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE - An information processing device is provided, which includes: a first wireless USB unit capable of wirelessly transmitting and receiving data; a second wireless USB unit capable of wirelessly transmitting and receiving data; a data processing unit which executes processing of data input from at least one of the first wireless USB unit and the second wireless USB unit; and a control unit that, when any one of the first wireless USB unit and the second wireless USB unit is connected with an electronic equipment, connection is requested from an electronic equipment which is not connected in accordance with the execution of the data processing, and the data processing is not executed by the electronic equipment which is connected, releases the connection with the electronic equipment which is connected and executes connection of any one of the first wireless USB unit and the second wireless USB unit with the electronic equipment which has requested the connection.07-01-2010
20110136435ON-VEHICLE INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An on-vehicle information processing apparatus for implementing various functions in cooperation with a portable apparatus connected thereto in a cabin of a vehicle is disclosed. The on-vehicle information processing apparatus comprises: a communication device configured to communicate with the portable apparatus; and a screen generating device configured to generate an operation screen for the functions which can be implemented in cooperation with the portable apparatus. The screen generating device is configured to identify the functions which can be implemented in cooperation with the portable apparatus connected thereto via the communication device, based on information of the connected portable apparatus, and generate the operation screen which varies according to the identified available function or functions.06-09-2011
20110136437METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR DISPLAYING CAPACITY OF BLUETOOTH DEVICE ON MOBILE TERMINAL - A method, device, and system for displaying a capacity of a Bluetooth device on a mobile terminal with a Bluetooth function are provided. The method includes: receiving, by the mobile terminal, a residual capacity value from a Bluetooth device, in which the residual capacity value is configured to indicate a residual capacity of the Bluetooth device; and displaying the residual capacity of the Bluetooth device on a screen of the mobile terminal. The method enables a user of the mobile terminal with the Bluetooth function to know a capacity condition of the Bluetooth device in real time, and replace or charge the battery in time when the capacity of the Bluetooth device is low, thereby preventing the user experience from being affected or preventing a great loss from occurring.06-09-2011
20110136436SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHORT RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A magnetic induction data transmission network comprising a master hub, at least one sensor node communicatively coupled to the master hub and a magnetic induction coil preferably adapted to be worn about a body part of a subject such as an individual's waist or neck. In at least one embodiment of the invention, the magnetic induction coil preferably includes a connector which serves as an intermediary between the coil and the hub to allow data communication.06-09-2011
20110136434METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN BLUETOOTH DEVICES - A Bluetooth device and a method for transmitting data among Bluetooth devices are provided. The method includes, at a first Bluetooth device, receiving data from a second Bluetooth device with which the first Bluetooth device establishes a Bluetooth connection, at the first Bluetooth device, determining whether a forwarding mode is activated, and if the forwarding mode is activated, transmitting the received data to at least one target Bluetooth device selected depending on preset forwarding information.06-09-2011
20110136433Heterogeneous Wireless Sensor Network Bridging Device and Control Method and Flow Balancing Method Thereof - A control method for a heterogeneous wireless sensor network (WSN) bridging device includes initializing Zigbee sensor nodes, switching a Zigbee transceiver module to a sleep mode, switching a wireless network transceiver module to an active mode, receiving an task list from a remote main control device, switching the wireless network transceiver module to the sleep mode, switching the Zigbee transceiver module to the active mode, transmitting an operating instruction to the Zigbee sensor nodes, receiving at least one sensing signal from the Zigbee sensor nodes, and determining whether the sensing signals have been received. If yes, a back transmission procedure is executed. The control method solves an interference problem among heterogeneous wireless networks and overcomes a bottleneck in data transmission.06-09-2011
20110136432Using an electric power cable as the vehicle for communicating an information-bearing signal through a barrier - The RF signal generated by a ZigBee radio on the outside of a building structure is conveyed to the interior of the building by guiding it as a surface wave along an electric cable bundle that passes through the building's wall to supply domestic electric power to the interior of the structure. The RF signal is launched by a unique coupler comprising a pair of insulated foil conductors.06-09-2011
20090280744Controlling Visibility of a Wireless Device in Discoverable Mode - A wireless device in a discoverable mode controls its visibility by determining whether to ignore or respond to an inquiry, received from an inquiring device, based at least in part on one or more properties of the inquiring device.11-12-2009
20120309317SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FACILITATING SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN A MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE AND AN AUXILIARY SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a system and method for facilitating short-range wireless communications between a mobile wireless device and an auxiliary device. The wireless device includes a short-range transceiver for communicating with an auxiliary device; a signal module for providing a mode control signal; and, a control module for controllably shifting a short-range transceiver between a power saver mode and a search mode based on the mode control signal received from the signal module. When in the search mode, the short-range transceiver is operable to search for the auxiliary device to communicate therewith. When in a power saver mode, the short-range transceiver is not operable to search for the auxiliary device.12-06-2012
20120309316COMMON COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A common communications device comprising an array of near-field coupled resonant elements, the elements each comprising a coupling portion comprising a loop portion with free ends, the device being provided in combination with a data transmission unit and a data reception unit, each unit having a coupling portion, the units being arranged to communicate with one another by means of the coupling portion of each unit and the common communications device, the coupling portion of the data transmission unit comprising a resonant element comprising a loop portion arranged to be near-field coupled to the loop portion of a first resonant element of the device, the coupling portion of the data reception unit comprising a resonant element comprising a loop portion arranged to be near-field coupled to the loop portion of a second resonant element of the device not being the first resonant element.12-06-2012
20120309318WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A communication device includes a communication unit that performs a wireless communication with an external device. The communication device also includes a control unit that establishes the wireless communication between the communication unit and the external device by using setting data received from the external device. Further, the communication device includes a data processing unit that stores the setting data in a storage unit before the wireless communication is released. The communication device additionally includes a power input unit, and a communication releasing unit that releases the wireless communication between the communication unit and the external device. The control unit uses the setting data stored in the storage unit at a time of re-performing a wireless communication between the communication unit and the external device. The communication releasing unit releases the wireless communication when power is not being supplied via the power input unit.12-06-2012
20090176453METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMIC CARRIER SELECTION - A dynamic carrier selection method and system permit units operating on a first carrier to change to a second carrier when performance of the first carrier becomes unacceptable. Carrier quality measurements are taken in which carrier quality is a function of interference and multi-path fading and carrier-signal strength. The carriers are ranked according to measured quality in a carrier candidate list. The carrier candidate list is used to permit units to determine which carrier they should switch to when the carrier there currently operating on is determined to have unacceptable performance. Carrier measurements are retaken in response to a carrier change by unit or a predetermined time period having elapsed.07-09-2009
20120309313COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND PAIRING METHOD THEREOF - A communication terminal includes a request unit, an illuminating unit, a detecting unit, a capturing unit, an analyzing unit, and a pairing unit. The request unit is used for generating a pairing signal when communication pairing function is enabled. The illuminating unit is used for generating predetermined light when communication pairing function is enabled. The detecting unit detects whether the pairing signal from another terminal has been received, and if it has, generates a signal to the capturing unit. The capturing unit is used for capturing an image of the light generated by the illuminating unit of the other terminal The analyzing unit is used for analyzing the captured image. The pairing unit is used for completing the communication pairing with the other terminal when the captured image of the light includes a predetermined characteristic.12-06-2012
20120309314METHOD, MOBILE DEVICE AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR TRIGGERING AN EVENT OF INTEREST BASED ON COMMUNICATIONS ESTABLISHED WITH NEARBY WIRELESS DEVICES - Triggering an event of interest in a mobile device based on communications established with nearby wireless devices can include receiving a challenge of the event of interest; obtaining a corresponding expression of a combination key with reference to the event in response to the challenge; receiving an identified data of the wireless devices in the vicinity of the mobile device; comparing the identified data with the expression to determine if the expression is a true value; and executing the event of interest in response to the true value.12-06-2012
20120309315SHORT RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - An in-vehicle apparatus selects, as a profile connection mode, one connection mode out of a first connection mode and a second connection mode, and performs profile connection using the selected one connection mode. The first connection mode is to transmit a profile connection request signal to a communication partner so as to start a connection procedure; the second connection mode is to wait for reception of a profile connection request signal from the communication partner for a predetermined time so as to start the connection procedure. When the profile connection using the selected one connection mode fails, a connection procedure using the other connection mode that was not selected previously is started. When the profile connection using the other connection mode is successful, upon occurrence of a next profile connection request, the other connection mode is selected as a profile connection mode.12-06-2012
20090197532POWER CONSUMPTION NORMALIZATION FOR DEVICES WITHIN A DISTRIBUTED NETWORK - An apparatus may include a power monitor that is arranged and configured to monitor a level of power, a link module that is arranged and configured to establish a wireless link having link parameters with a first device, a link parameters module that is arranged and configured to monitor the link parameters, and a transfer control module that is arranged and configured to communicate the link parameters to a second device and transfer control of the wireless link to the second device.08-06-2009
20090197531Method and system for patching a communication line using magneto-inductive signals - A system and method for patching a break in a communication line using magneto-inductive signals. The magneto-inductive signals are modulated data signals having a carrier frequency below 10 kHz. Multiple magneto-inductive communication units are placed in spaced relation on a communication line. A break in the communication line is detected between two of the units and the units establish a magneto-inductive link to relay communication signals from the communication line, thereby patching the break.08-06-2009
20090197530Guard tour system utilizing mote networks - A guard tour system utilizing mote networks is disclosed. The system includes a web browser, a server and a plurality of motes in a network which communicate with one another using radio frequency communication. The motes have media readers associated therewith permitting the identification of guard tour officers and incident identifiers to be read from various types of media. The motes transmit guard tour data to the server via a radio frequency transceiver or a communication interface for analysis, reporting, notification or other purpose. Pre-existing mote networks can be utilized thus reducing the number of motes required for communication with the server or other computer utilized by the guard tour system.08-06-2009
20120178368Wireless Communication Techniques - Wireless communication techniques are described. In one or more implementations, techniques are described that involve active power control such that a device may bypass use of a power amplifier to communicate wirelessly. In one or more additional implementations, wireless communication techniques are described in which multiple bands may be leveraged to provide wireless communication. In one or more further implementations, wireless communication techniques are described in which a frame buffer on a receiving device is leveraged by a sending device. Yet further, in one or more implementations wireless communication techniques are described in which a sending device employs codec adaptation. Still yet further, in one or more implementations, wireless communication techniques are described which may be used to change characteristics of a channel used to communicate data. Yet further again, in one or more implementations, a receiving device is configured to adjust a display based on wireless communications received from a plurality of devices, such as to leverage a display by multiple wireless sources.07-12-2012
20110263204VIRTUAL MACHINE READABLE COMMUNICATION TAG - A system for imitating the functionality of a machine readable tag using a virtual tag. In at least one embodiment, a WCD (10-27-2011
20110189956MODULAR, RECONFIGURABLE AND COGNITIVE MICROSYSTEM FOR THE MONITORING AND REMOTE CONTROL OF SMART COMMUNICATING OBJECTS - The present invention is a modular, reconfigurable and cognitive Microsystem that dynamically adapts itself to a given radio context for an improved user experience and health risk detection while enabling the realization of custom telehealth products in a flexible and highly integrated manner. The Microsystem of the invention is made of one or several semiconductor dies, with complementary functionality, that are integrated both vertically and horizontally. By default, the Microsystem of the invention includes a ‘base’ die made of dual-mode and dynamically reconfigurable functional blocks implementing the whole ‘Bluetooth Low Energy’ standard and a portion of the ‘Zigbee/IEEE 802.15.4’ specification. The Microsystem according to the invention is particularly well-suited for the collection and transfer of (tele)health data but can also be applied to other application markets and devices having the need to support the operating modes, ‘Bluetooth Low Energy’ and/or ‘Zigbee/IEEE 802.15.4’, in a modular, reconfigurable and cognitive manner.08-04-2011
20110189955MOBILE TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION METHOD USING THE SAME - Mobile terminals and a communication method using the same in which a mobile terminal includes a display unit to display image information processed in the mobile terminal; a conversion unit to convert an image signal corresponding to the image information output from the display unit into an electric signal; and an electrical output unit to output the electric signal converted by the conversion unit. Further, a mobile terminal includes an electrical reception unit to receive an electric signal for image information; a conversion unit to convert the electric signal received by the electrical reception unit into an image signal; and a display unit to display image information corresponding to the image signal converted by the conversion unit.08-04-2011
20110159814Wireless Device Multimedia Feed Switching - Methods for enabling group switching of paired wireless devices are disclosed. The method includes receiving signals indicative of setting of each of a plurality of wireless devices in pairing mode. Then, detecting a physical contact between two or more of the plurality of wireless devices. The physical contact setting a pairing of the wireless devices to a group for communication with the base computing system, and enabling the group to participate in interaction with a first multimedia feed. The method further includes detecting switch signal from one of the wireless devices of the group. The switch signal discontinuing the first multimedia feed and enabling interaction with a second multimedia feed, such that each of the wireless devices of the group switch together as a group from the first multimedia feed to the second multimedia feed.06-30-2011
20110177784METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THE CONFIGURATION OF A MOBILE STATION BASEBAND CIRCUIT FOR AN ACOUSTIC ACCESSORY - A method and system for the configuration of a mobile station baseband circuit for an acoustic accessory having an identifier, the method comprising the steps of: determining whether the mobile device recognizes the identifier of the acoustic device; and configuring the baseband circuit with a DSP filter response and CODEC acoustic gain parameters for the acoustic device if the mobile device recognizes the identifier of the acoustic device. The system comprising: an identifier for each of the plurality of acoustic devices; a local memory in the mobile station storing a frequency (filter) response and gain parameters for at least one of the plurality of acoustic devices and for mapping them to the identifier; and a digital signal processor to re-shape an acoustic frequency response and adjust an audio gain of a baseband circuit for the mobile station based on the stored frequency response and gain parameters.07-21-2011
20110201273METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVELY USING VNOTE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - Provided is a method and apparatus for adaptively using vNote in a portable terminal. The method includes determining whether a Bluetooth messenger is in operation upon reception of a vNote message, preventing a display notification window indicating reception of the vNote message if it is determined that the Bluetooth messenger is in operation, and displaying the received vNote message through the Bluetooth messenger in operation.08-18-2011
20100029206COMMUNICATION DEVICE, STORAGE MEDIUM THAT RECORDS COMMUNICATION CONTROL PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - The system includes a storage unit that stores a number of times of receiving a reference request received by the communication unit, a comparison unit that totals the number of times of receiving the reference request stored in the storage unit when the communication unit receives the reference request, and then compares a given number of times and the number of times of receiving the reference request stored in the storage unit, and a control unit that makes the communication unit transmit a reference response in response to the reference request received by the communication unit if the number of times of receiving the reference request is less than or equal to the given number of times, and makes the communication unit transmit no response in response to the reference request if the number of times of receiving the reference request is more than the given number of times.02-04-2010
20100029204Techniques to improve the radio co-existence of wireless signals - Techniques are described that can be used to perform one or more of the following actions in order to reduce signal interference between WLAN and BlueTooth radios that are proximate to one another. One action is to selectively reduce a filter bandwidth in a WLAN radio applied to a received WLAN radio signal to reduce BlueTooth signal interference. An additional or alternative action is to selectively indicate a WLAN radio channel bandwidth larger than a channel bandwidth used for the WLAN radio so that the BlueTooth radio avoids transmitting over the indicated channel bandwidth. An additional or alternative action is to selectively reduce BlueTooth transmitter power in response to antenna isolation between BT and WLAN radio being less than a first threshold in order to reduce the likelihood of WLAN radio front end saturation.02-04-2010
20100022188COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, a communication apparatus comprises a close proximity wireless transfer device, a closeness detection module and a device control module. The close proximity wireless transfer device executes a close proximity wireless transfer. The closeness detection module detects that the close proximity wireless transfer device and an external device are in a close proximity state. Power which the closeness detection module consumes is lower than power which the close proximity wireless transfer device consumes in an idle state. The device control module is configured to activate the close proximity wireless transfer device when the closeness detection module detects the close proximity state.01-28-2010
20100022187ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic device comprises a close proximity wireless transfer device and a connection mode switching module. The close proximity wireless transfer device executes a close proximity wireless transfer. The connection mode switching module alternately switches, when the close proximity wireless transfer device is not connected to another close proximity wireless transfer device, a connection mode of the close proximity wireless transfer device between a first mode that requests connection to the other close proximity wireless transfer device and a second mode that detects a connection request from the other close proximity wireless transfer device.01-28-2010
20110217930Method of Remotely Controlling an Ear-Level Device Functional Element - A method controls a functional element of an ear-level device of a type including a functional element, a memory, a microphone and a speaker, each coupled to a processor. Communication between the ear-level device and a companion device, such as a mobile phone, is established. A functional element for control is selected through the user interface of the companion device. A control instruction for controlling the selected functional element is chosen using the user interface and is transmitted from the companion device to the ear-level device to provide instruction to the ear-level device to control the selected functional element in the chosen way.09-08-2011
20110217929METHOD FOR USING A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM CONNECTED TO A PLURALITY OF MOBILE DEVICES AND PRIORITIZING THE MOBILE DEVICES, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND USE THEREOF - A method and a communication system is disclosed for using a communication system connected to at least a first mobile device and a second mobile device, wherein the communication system is operable in at least a first operating state and a second operating state, wherein the connection of the communication system to the first mobile device is prioritized in the first operating state and wherein the connection of the communication system to the second mobile device is prioritized in the second operating state.09-08-2011
20110070835SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EFFECTING CONTEXT-COGNIZANT MEDICAL REMINDERS FOR A PATIENT - A system for effecting context-cognizant medical reminders for a patient; the system including: (a) at least one sensor unit situated proximately with the patient; the at least one sensor unit sensing and indicating at least one aspect of a personal context of the patient; (b) at least one long-range communication unit configured for wireless communication with a remote patient care monitoring facility via a wireless communication network; and (c) at least one short-range communication unit communicatingly coupled with the at least one sensor unit and with the at least one long-range communication unit; the at least one short-range communication unit and the at least one long-range communication unit cooperating to convey information from the at least one sensor unit to the remote patient care monitoring facility regarding the personal context of the patient.03-24-2011
20090061770BLUETOOTH DEVICE WITH ON-DEMAND PAGE SCAN - A Bluetooth device that includes a Bluetooth transceiver operatively configured to perform inquiry scans and page scans periodically during a standby mode, and to carry out communications during a connection state. The device further includes a Bluetooth controller for controlling operation of the transceiver, the controller being operatively configured to selectively control the transceiver to perform the inquiry scans and the page scans concurrently in a normal standby mode, and to perform the inquiry scans alone in the absence of the page scans in an on-demand page scanning mode, as a function of a predefined criteria.03-05-2009
20090088078PORTABLE TERMINAL HAVING BLUETOOTH MODULE AND BLUETOOTH COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - A portable terminal having a Bluetooth module and a Bluetooth communication method between the portable terminal and a device having a Bluetooth module are provided. The method includes determining whether the portable terminal receives a signal from the device in a call history viewing mode, during Bluetooth communication between the portable terminal and the device, wherein the signal is generated as a volume control key of the device is operated. The method also includes scrolling and displaying the call history, in the portable terminal, according to the received signal. The call history can be searched for in the portable terminal by using a volume control key of a headset or a hands-free accessory, which is linked to the portable terminal via Bluetooth communication, thereby providing users with a convenient mode of operation.04-02-2009
20110117844COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION RELAY APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A communication relay apparatus transmits a list of external apparatuses connected to itself to a communication apparatus, and closes the first close proximity wireless communication. After the user designates one apparatus used to make a data communication from the list of external apparatuses in the communication apparatus, when the communication apparatus and communication relay apparatus are connected again in the close proximity wireless communication mode, the communication relay apparatus establishes a communication path between the communication apparatus and the external apparatus used to make the data communication. Then, when a communication is to be made with one of a plurality of external apparatuses connected to the communication relay apparatus via the communication relay apparatus, the communication partner apparatus can be easily selected.05-19-2011
20110117840Bluetooth Earphone And Host Device Using The Bluetooth Earphone - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a Bluetooth earphone and a host device using Bluetooth earphone, which are capable of providing an automatic switch of the Bluetooth earphone. According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the Bluetooth earphone and the host device may perceive each other. When the Bluetooth earphone is in use, the earphone and the Bluetooth module of the host device will be switched on automatically, and a connection thereof will also be built automatically. When the Bluetooth earphone is not in use, the earphone and the Bluetooth module of the host device will be switched off automatically to save power. Embodiments of the present disclosure further provide a new charging mode of the Bluetooth earphone. Therefore, the Bluetooth earphone will no longer use a separate charging device, instead, the host device will take the responsibility for charging the Bluetooth earphone. Embodiments of the present disclosure further provide a lodging space at the host device for lodging the Bluetooth earphone. When not in use, the Bluetooth earphone may be placed at the lodging space.05-19-2011
20120302168ARRANGEMENT FOR PERFORMING A MEASUREMENT, RFID MODULE AND SENSOR MODULE - Anchoring devices, anchoring systems for intervertebral implants, intervertebral implants, and instruments and methods for implanting implants are disclosed. In preferred configurations, these various objects share the feature of comprising or cooperating with an anchoring device (11-29-2012
20120302167MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal including a wireless communication unit configured to wirelessly communicate with at least one other terminal; a touch screen; an input unit configured to generate input data; and a controller configured to activate a handwriting input function in response to the input data generated by the input unit, capture an image of a display screen being displayed on the touch screen, receive handwriting input received through the touch screen, generate output data corresponding to the received handwriting input, and generate a file including the generated output data and the captured image of the display screen.11-29-2012
20110306298Intelligent Presence Management in a Communication Routing System - Systems and methods for intelligent presence management in a communication routing system are provided. In exemplary embodiments, an inbound communication may be received for a user. The user's presence status is determined and a profile associated with the user is reviewed. Based on rules contained within the profile, appropriate instructions may be generated for routing the inbound communication in accordance with some embodiments. In other embodiments, instructions may be generated to log the user in or out with the communication routing system.12-15-2011
20090318081BLUETOOTH CONTROL FOR VOIP TELEPHONY USING HEADSET PROFILE - Systems and methods for Bluetooth Control for VoIP telephony using the Bluetooth Headset Profile are presented. A Bluetooth Headset Profile volume control command message is received and translated to a corresponding USB HID profile menu up or menu down command message. A Bluetooth Headset Profile hookswitch command message is received and translated to a USB HID profile menu item select command message.12-24-2009
20100144271METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A REDUCED USB POLLING RATE TO SAVE POWER ON A BLUETOOTH HOST - A Bluetooth host in a normal mode is enabled to monitor activities at USB endpoints. A Bluetooth USB radio has one or more active Bluetooth connections with peer Bluetooth radios. When each of the Bluetooth connections is in sniff mode, the Bluetooth host enables cancellation of normal USB activities at USB endpoints to enter a low power mode. The Bluetooth connections are still alive while the Bluetooth host is in the low power mode. In the low power mode, the Bluetooth host is enabled not to poll the bulk endpoint and to poll a USB interrupt endpoint in extended intervals for Bluetooth data received from the Bluetooth USB radio. The Bluetooth host is enabled to switch from the low power mode to the normal mode to process the received Bluetooth data over the bulk endpoint when a specific HCI event is received over the interrupt endpoint.06-10-2010
20090143011METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING JAVA PUSH REQUEST EQUIPMENTS USING BLUETOOTH IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - Provided are an identifying method and an apparatus for identifying a plurality of JAVA™ PUSH request terminals using Bluetooth® communication in a mobile communication terminal. According to the method, acquiring information records for performing JAVA™ PUSH about a plurality of terminals by requesting a service search through a Logical Link Control and Adaption Protocol (L2CAP) connection between the mobile communication terminal and the plurality of JAVA™ PUSH request terminals and displaying unique identification information of the plurality of JAVA™ PUSH request terminals by checking the information records of the plurality of JAVA™ PUSH request terminals.06-04-2009
20110021142METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A DUAL-MODE BLUETOOTH LOW ENERGY DEVICE - A dual-mode BLE device identifies idle intervals within Bluetooth BR/EDR traffic communications. The identified idle intervals are used by the dual-mode BLE device to concurrently perform various BLE activities. For example, advertising packet transmissions, advertising packet scanning, connection setup, and/or data packet communication may be concurrently performed within identified idle intervals within the Bluetooth BR/EDR traffic communications. Packet transmission timing, advertising interval, scan window, and/or packet size are determined based on the identified idle intervals within the Bluetooth BR/EDR traffic communications. A scan window is adjusted based on timing of expected advertising transmissions and/or advertising interval(s) for saving power. BLE packets and Bluetooth BR/EDR packets may be detected in a single advertising channel. Maximal payload size is set based on the identified idle intervals within Bluetooth BR/EDR traffic communications. As a slave, the dual-mode BLE device updates connection parameters based on the identified idle intervals within Bluetooth BR/EDR traffic communications.01-27-2011
20090061775SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MULTIPORT COMMUNICATION DISTRIBUTION - Various systems and methods for distributing multiple Bluetooth data streams are discussed herein. As one example, a method for communicably coupling a single point Bluetooth device to multiple Bluetooth devices is taught. The method includes providing a multiport Bluetooth distributor that includes two or more Bluetooth protocol interfaces and a multiport processor. The multiport processor is operable to communicably couple one of the Bluetooth protocol interfaces to another Bluetooth protocol interface. The method further includes identifying at least two Bluetooth devices within range of the multiport Bluetooth distributor, and assembling a service offering based on the identified Bluetooth devices. The service offering includes a plurality of service types including at least a first service type and a second service type.03-05-2009
20090176452MECHANISM FOR IMPROVED INTEROPERABILITY WHEN CONTENT PROTECTION IS USED WITH AN AUDIO STREAM - A method and system that configure communication between devices in a network utilizing bluetooth technology, where one device may or may not support content protection, and another device may or may not support content protection. A first device may utilize a configuration that enables data communication via a bluetooth communication link with a second device based on whether the second device supports content protection. The content protected data communicated between the devices is based on the first device configuration. If the second device does not support content protection, the first device may utilize a configuration that does not require content protection for communicating data with the second device. If the second device supports content protection, the first device may utilize a configuration that requires content protection for communicating data. If data communication utilizing content protection fails, one or both of the devices may revert to a configuration that does not require content protection.07-09-2009
20120040615METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR COMMUNITY-WIDE INFORMATION EXCHANGE VIA INDIVIDUAL COMMUNICATIONS TERMINALS - A method for detecting matching profiles in an environment of wireless terminals each having a short range communications capability, comprises the steps of: generating profiles respectively belonging to a plurality of users, storing said profiles in wireless terminals associated with said user, when a pair of terminals become in range with each other, automatically establishing a short range bidirectional communications channel therebetween, through this channel, transmitting the profiles stored in each terminal to the other terminal, performing a matching test between said received profiles and other profiles previously stored in the terminal, and when a matching between profiles is determined by a terminal, providing profile matching information so that the users to which said profiles belong can be put in connection with each other. The present invention also provides other related communication methods, as well as a terminal and a system for implementing the methods.02-16-2012
20080261526IDENTIFYING AND REACHING USERS THROUGH MOBILE DEVICES TO PROVIDE RELEVANT AND REAL-TIME INFORMATION - A method to identify and reach users of mobile devices to provide relevant and real-time information including discount coupons and promotional messages is disclosed. The present invention uses short range connectivity present in most mobile devices to identify mobile devices and reaches the mobile devices using long range or short range communication to provide relevant and real-time information. In one embodiment, the present invention enables identifying new and existing members in stores implementing customer loyalty programs to effectively share information about discounts and promotions with existing customers and convert prospective customers in new members. In another embodiment, the present invention enables tracking of user in events including trade shows, exhibitions, seminars, city tours etc, to provide relevant and real-time information based on the location and the needs of the user.10-23-2008
20110065389WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication apparatus comprises a selection module to select an application from applications to be run on the apparatus, a movement information generation module to generate movement information indicating positional change of the apparatus by detecting a position of the apparatus, a target selection module to select a counterpart wireless communication apparatus as a connection target from other apparatuses which are wirelessly connectable with the apparatus by referring to a type of the application selected by the selection module and the movement information generated by the movement information generation module, and a wireless communication module wirelessly transmits data handled by the application to the counterpart wireless communication apparatus selected by the target selection module.03-17-2011
20110065388WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND MEDIUM PROCESSING APPARATUS - A wireless communication device according to embodiments includes a position detection unit configured to detect the position of the wireless communication medium in a moving path, and a control unit configured to control communication based on the detection signal from the position detection unit.03-17-2011
20110065387ANTENNA APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus includes a coupler for first wireless communication and a loop antenna for second wireless communication. The coupler is electrically asymmetrical, and arranged in such a manner that a feed point substantially coincides with a center position of the second wireless communication.03-17-2011
20110319021INTRA-ORAL TISSUE CONDUCTION MICROPHONE - Intra-oral tissue conduction microphone apparatus and methods are described for internal, but non-surgically installed microphones located in the oral cavity. An intra-oral tissue conduction microphone may be attached, adhered or integrated with a removable dental appliance which is positioned against the inside surfaces of the cheek, palate or gingiva. The sensor serves as a component in a non-observable hearing, body sound monitoring or communications device that can operate in environments incompatible with most existing devices. Generally, a piezoelectric film serves as the sensor that is well matched to tissue and which directly converts to an electrical signal by the piezoelectric effect signals which are received through the oral mucosa, gingiva or palate.12-29-2011
20110319023FREQUENCY SEPARATION FOR MULTIPLE BLUETOOTH DEVICES RESIDING ON A SINGLE PLATFORM - A single host device, comprising a plurality of wireless devices, estimates bandwidth requirements such as maximum rates and/or an average data rate expected by each of a plurality of applications to be run on the single host. For each wireless device, available frequencies utilized are determined based on the estimated bandwidth requirements. Each of the plurality of applications is allocated to corresponding one or more wireless devices based on the determined available frequencies so as to, for example, concurrently run corresponding applications on the single host. The determined available frequencies are assigned to corresponding wireless devices based on the estimated bandwidth requirements. The determined available frequencies and the plurality of applications may be reassigned and reallocated, respectively. Each of plurality of applications is allocated to the corresponding one or more wireless devices based on the assigned/reassigned available frequencies and/or the estimated bandwidth requirements.12-29-2011
20110319020METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MULTI-STAGE DEVICE FILTERING IN A BLUETOOTH LOW ENERGY DEVICE - A Bluetooth low energy (BLE) device receives advertising packets from an advertising BLE device. The BLE device filters the received advertising packets utilizing hardware to search for the advertiser. If the advertiser is not found by the hardware, the packet filtering continues utilizing firmware. Device identity information, comprising non-private and/or private device identities, of preferred BLE devices is partitioned to form a different white list for the hardware, firmware, and host, respectively, to concurrently support privacy and white listing. If the advertiser is found by the hardware, the hardware sends a response to the advertiser following a successful CRC check performed in the hardware. If the advertiser is found by the firmware, the device identity information of the advertiser is inserted in the white list for the hardware. The host may be awakened based on the device configuration and/or attribute type information of the received advertising packets.12-29-2011
20110319022METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MONITORING AND LOCATING ITEMS - A monitoring system includes a first device and a second device. The first device includes: a first Bluetooth transceiver, for transmitting a first message to a second Bluetooth transceiver, wherein the first message includes a request from the second Bluetooth transceiver to transmit a second message that includes a second message transmission power indicator that is indicative of a transmission power of the second message; and for receiving the second massage by the first Bluetooth transceiver and measuring a reception power of the second message; and a distance calculator for calculating the distance between the first and second Bluetooth transceivers based on a relationship between the transmission power of the second message and the reception power of the second message. The second device includes: a second Bluetooth transceiver, for transmitting the second message to the first Bluetooth transceiver, wherein the second message includes the second message transmission power indicator that is indicative of the transmission power of the second message.12-29-2011
20120252365BATTERY POWERED PASSIVE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM FOR PREMISE ENTRY - A passive keyless entry (PKE) system, comprising a DC power source and a base station with a housing that includes a first portion being made of a first material that shields radio frequency (RF) signaling and a second portion being made of a second material that permits RF signaling, is particularly adapted for premise entry and is designed to be powered by common household batteries to unlock a premise door as a user approaches within a prescribed arms-length distance from the premise door. The PKE system further comprises a printed circuit board and a low frequency (LF) emitting antenna coil positioned both perpendicular to the printed circuit board and behind the second material of the housing while having a center axis oriented in a horizontal orientation. The LF emitting antenna coil transmits a LF interrogating signal upon detecting a user within the prescribed arms-length distance from the base station.10-04-2012
20120252364METHOD OF USING A SMART PHONE AS A TELEMATICS DEVICE INTERFACE - A system and method for controlling a vehicle telematics unit via a smart phone using the steps of: storing a software application for remotely controlling the telematics unit at the smart phone; using the stored software application to communicatively connect the smart phone with the telematics unit via a short-range wireless communication link; receiving data from the telematics unit that is used to display a menu of telematics service selections at the smart phone; receiving a telematics service selection from a vehicle occupant at the smart phone that is chosen from one of the displayed telematics service selections; and transmitting a command that controls at least one function of the vehicle based on the received telematics service selection from the smart phone to the telematics unit over the short-range wireless communication link.10-04-2012
20120045993Apparatus for discovering devices in a wireless network - A Bluetooth-enabled computing device includes a user interface for displaying a prompt to specify a descriptive identifier for a network device prior to performance of a Bluetooth Device Discovery Routine, the descriptive identifier being different from Bluetooth Device Discovery Routine Identifiers. A system memory has entries including descriptive identifiers, each descriptive identifier corresponding to a network device pre-configured with a connection profile. A connection manager determines if a specified descriptive identifier is a match to any entry in the system memory and to implements a connection to a network device corresponding to a matching entry. Otherwise the connection manager performs a discovery routine to locate and establish a connection to at least one available network device corresponding to the specified descriptive identifier. A Bluetooth compatible wireless transceiver is operable to transmit and receive signals associated with the connection to the network device and the discovery routine.02-23-2012
20120045992APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SHARING DATA IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - Provided is an apparatus and method for sharing data in a portable terminal. The apparatus includes a first Bluetooth module, a second Bluetooth module, and a sharing managing unit. The first Bluetooth module is configured to set a first communication area to which the portable terminal belongs, and the second Bluetooth module is configured to set a second communication area adjacent to the first communication area. The sharing managing unit is configured to control the first Bluetooth module and the second Bluetooth module to share data including Bluetooth Ids of other terminals of the first communication area and data of the second communication area for a subsequent display.02-23-2012
20120045990Intelligent Audio Routing for Incoming Calls - A user's wireless communication device communicates cellular signals with a remote party over a wireless communications network and short-range wireless signals with a headset worn by the user. Upon receiving an incoming call, a controller in the user's device determines whether a microphone integrated with the user's device, or a microphone integrated with the headset, is closest to the user's mouth. Based on that determination, the controller routes the incoming audio signals to whichever speaker is associated with the microphone that is closest to the user's mouth.02-23-2012
20120115418 Vehicle Audio Application Management System Using Logic Circuitry - A method is described for operating a vehicle audio system having a wired audio source, a display, multiple speakers and logic circuitry. The system is configured to sense the availability of a wireless audio device that is located near the vehicle, and identify a wireless audio device record stored in memory. The wireless device record includes data codes from the wireless audio device and from a software application running on the device. When the data codes and a software application are identified on the device, a second software application is downloaded from memory and data is processed from the device with the second software application. The method provides a vehicle occupant with an option to play sound from the wireless audio device through vehicle speakers or a speaker in the device.05-10-2012
20120003936SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FACILITATING SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN A MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE AND AN AUXILIARY SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a system and method for facilitating short-range wireless communications between a mobile wireless device and an auxiliary device. The wireless device includes a short-range transceiver for communicating with an auxiliary device; a signal module for providing a mode control signal; and, a control module for controllably shifting a short-range transceiver between a power saver mode and a search mode based on the mode control signal received from the signal module. When in the search mode, the short-range transceiver is operable to search for the auxiliary device to communicate therewith. When in a power saver mode, the short-range transceiver is not operable to search for the auxiliary device.01-05-2012
20120003935COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A HOST DEVICE AND AN ACCESSORY VIA AN INTERMEDIATE DEVICE - A host device and an accessory exchange information (e.g., commands and data) via an intermediate device. The host device and accessory can each connect to the intermediate device through a direct wired path and can exchange commands and data with the intermediate device. The host device and the accessory can also “tunnel” information to each other through the intermediate device, by packaging the tunneled information as a payload of a command recognizable by the intermediate device; the intermediate device can repackage and forward the payload. In some embodiments, the tunneled information relates to configuring a wireless link (e.g., a Bluetooth pairing) between the host device and the accessory.01-05-2012
20120003934COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A HOST DEVICE AND AN ACCESSORY VIA AN INTERMEDIATE DEVICE - A host device and an accessory exchange information (e.g., commands and data) via an intermediate device. The host device and accessory can each connect to the intermediate device through a direct wired path and can exchange commands and data with the intermediate device. The host device and the accessory can also “tunnel” information to each other through the intermediate device, by packaging the tunneled information as a payload of a command recognizable by the intermediate device; the intermediate device can repackage and forward the payload. In some embodiments, the tunneled information relates to configuring a wireless link (e.g., a Bluetooth pairing) between the host device and the accessory.01-05-2012
20120003932METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN BLUETOOTH PROXIMITY IMPLEMENTATIONS - A Bluetooth host controller located in a Bluetooth proximity host comprising a Bluetooth host device may be configured to automatically generate a set of notifications or triggers based on the relative proximity to other Bluetooth devices. The Bluetooth host device stays in a lower power mode until one of the Bluetooth triggers is received.01-05-2012
20120003931Method for Dynamic Changes to a User Profile Based on External Service Integration - The different illustrative embodiments provide a method, system, and program product for dynamic changes to a user profile based on external service integration. The method, system and program product comprise establishing a direct two-way communication between a first mobile device and a second mobile device when a first mobile device direct transceiver and a second mobile device direct transceiver are within a range of each other. A number of data is gathered from a number of internal sources or a number of external sources. An analysis of the number of data to determine a modification to a first list stored in the first device is performed. A modified first list is generated based on the analysis. The modified first list is automatically sent from the first mobile device to the number of second devices responsive to establishing the direct two-way communication between the first mobile device and a number of second devices.01-05-2012
20110076946Method, mobile terminal, transponder device and system for monitoring an object with respect to the mobile terminal - A system for monitoring an object includes a transponder device associated with the object and an acceleration sensor operable to provide an acceleration signal. The transponder device is operable to emit a radio signal based on the acceleration signal. A mobile terminal having a short range radio interface and a secondary radio interface, comprising a wireless network interface, is operable to communicate with the transponder device using the short range radio interface. The mobile terminal is operable to receive the radio signal so as to indicate that the object is present within a coverage area defined by the short range radio interface. The mobile terminal is operable to emit a first alert signal when the radio signal is not received by the mobile terminal within a first predetermined time interval. The transponder device is operable to repeatedly emit the radio signal during a second predetermined time interval when the radio signal is not received by the mobile terminal within the first predetermined time interval. The mobile terminal is operable to emit a second alert signal and communicate with a party of a communication network when the radio signal is not received by the mobile terminal within the second predetermined time interval.03-31-2011
20110053508DATA SUPPLYING APPARATUS, DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS AND DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data supplying apparatus detects a change in the status of the wireless connection established with an external apparatus. When the status of the wireless connection is restored after a change has been detected in the status of the wireless connection, the data supplying apparatus transmits, to the external apparatus, a different data file from the previous data file transmitted by the wireless connection before restoration of the connection.03-03-2011
20120009878Vehicle Communication System - A vehicle communication system detects the presence of a passenger wearable communication device. The system receives audio signals from multiple sources inside or outside of a vehicle. The system processes the signals before routing the signals to multiple destinations. The destinations may include wearable personal communication devices, front and/or rear speakers, and/or a remote mobile device.01-12-2012
20120045991WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, X-RAY SENSOR, AND PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM - A wireless communication apparatus includes an X-ray sensor that transmits X-ray image data, a wireless access point that receives the X-ray image data from the X-ray sensor by wireless communication, and an entry apparatus that communicates with the X-ray sensor by short-range communication. A wireless setting apparatus sets wireless communication parameters for starting the wireless communication between the X-ray sensor and the wireless access point to the wireless access point and sets the same wireless communication parameters as those set to the wireless access point to the X-ray sensor by performing short-range wireless communication from the entry device.02-23-2012
20120009879METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING AN ELECTRICAL SIGNAL - The invention provides a method for communicating an electrical signal from a first region to a second region via an electrically conductive wall between the first region and the second region, the method comprising using a transmitter for generating the signal in the first region, using the wall as part of a transmission path for the signal between the first region and the second region, wherein the transmitter comprises an output impedance and means for matching the output impedance and an impedance of the wall determined by an electrical property of the wall. The invention further provides a combination of a segment of a wall between a first region and a second region and a transmitter for use in the present method, and a system comprising a first region which is separated from a second region by means of an electrically conductive wall, wherein the first region comprises a transmitter for generating an electronic signal in the first region, which transmitter comprises an output impedance and means for matching the output impedance and an impedance of the wall determined by an electrical property of the wall.01-12-2012
20120009876Process of Audio Data Exchanges of Information Between a Central Unit and a Bluetooth Controller - Electronic device comprising audio/video functionalities including: a central processing unit (01-12-2012
20120009877SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IN A VEHICLE - A control module for a wireless communication system in a vehicle having a plurality of operational settings includes a memory, a control circuit and a radio frequency transceiver. The memory is configured to store a plurality of performance characteristics associated with at least one mobile wireless communication device. The control circuit is coupled to the memory and is configured to retrieve at least one performance characteristic for a mobile wireless communication device associated with a vehicle occupant and used in conjunction with the wireless communication system. The control circuit is further configured to adjust at least one operational setting of the wireless communication system based on the at least one performance characteristics of the mobile wireless communication device. The radio frequency transceiver is coupled to the control circuit and is configured to communicate with the mobile wireless communication device.01-12-2012
20120009874ALLOWED SPECTRUM INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - A system for determining allowed channels for operating in unlicensed bandwidth. Initially, an apparatus may determine whether valid allowed channel information corresponding to the current position of the apparatus already exists in the apparatus. If the allowed channel information corresponding to the current position of the apparatus does not exist in the apparatus or is invalid, the apparatus may then determine if the allowed channel information can be provided by another apparatus. If the allowed channel information is available from another apparatus, this information may be requested from the other apparatus. Otherwise, the allowed channel information may be requested from a database.01-12-2012
20120009875Short Range Wireless Communications - This document presents a wireless communication scheme utilizing a combination of two wireless communication schemes: a short range communication scheme and a radio communication scheme having a longer wireless transmission range than the wireless transmission range of the short range communication scheme. A short range signal is used to indicate a radio resource to be used for transmitting a radio signal, and the radio signal is then communicated in the radio resource indicated by the short range signal.01-12-2012
20120064830In-vehicle apparatus - A frequency switching terminal is provided to input a signal for switching frequencies of a reception circuit. A smart ECU is connected to the frequency switching terminal via a connection cable. When the signal for switching the frequencies is inputted into an external input terminal of the reception circuit from the smart ECU via the frequency switching terminal, the reception circuit receives a first electric wave transmitted from a portable terminal for smart entry. In contrast, when the signal for switching the frequencies is not inputted into the external input terminal of the reception circuit from the smart ECU via the frequency switching terminal, the reception circuit receives a second electric wave transmitted from a tire sensor.03-15-2012
20120015604REMOTE DEVICE PAIRING SETUP - A communication device having a display and instructions for displaying a short range wireless function. The instructions can cause the display of a Toolkit homepage in response to a Toolkit application being selected in a homepage of the communication device. In response to the short range wireless function being selected in the Toolkit homepage, status of the short range wireless function on the communication device can be displayed. In response to the short range wireless function being turned on, a short range wireless function menu can be displayed. In response to a pairing option being selected from the displayed short range wireless function menu, menu options for pairing a short range wireless device with the communication device can be displayed.01-19-2012
20110165842MULTI-MODE CELLULAR IC FOR MULTI-MODE COMMUNICATIONS - An RFIC includes an RF section, a memory interface, a display interface, an audio codec, a bus matrix, and a processing unit. The RF section converts a first inbound RF signal into a first inbound symbol stream and converts a second inbound RF signal into a second inbound symbol stream. The memory interface is operably coupled to retrieve a video file from memory and the display interface is operable to provide video data to a display. The audio codec converts an output digital signal into an output voice signal. The processing unit converts the first inbound symbol stream into streaming video data; converts the second inbound symbol stream into the output digital signal; and facilitates providing, via the bus matrix, at least one of: the video file to the display interface as the video data; the streaming video data to the display interface as the video data; and the digital output signal to the audio codec.07-07-2011
20110165841MOBILE TERMINAL, MOBILE TERMINAL SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING OPERATION OF THE SAME - A mobile terminal which can enter a content share mode, a mobile terminal system, and a method for controlling the operation of the same are provided. After entering a content share mode, a mobile terminal can transmit and receive content to and from another mobile terminal which is in the content share mode and within a predetermined distance. The mobile terminal can also specify a content transmission format. Before the content is transmitted, the content may be displayed on another mobile terminal using a thumbnail of the content. Users can conveniently transmit content between mobile terminals.07-07-2011
20110165840TRANSLATING TELEMETRY STATIONARY ANTENNA - Certain embodiments of the invention may include systems and methods for providing a translating telemetry stationary antenna. According to an example embodiment of the invention, a method is provided for automatically aligning a stationary antenna with a corresponding rotor antenna. The method provides for mounting a stationary antenna with respect to a rotor antenna associated with a rotor. The method includes mounting a stationary antenna to an inner circumference of a support frame, mounting a plurality of radial air bearings to the support frame for maintaining radial alignment of the stationary antenna with respect to the rotor antenna, and mounting a plurality of axial air bearings to the support frame for maintaining axial alignment of the stationary antenna with respect to the rotor antenna.07-07-2011
20120115416WIRELESS DEVICE LIMITING GAIN OF A SHARED GAIN ELEMENT BETWEEN DIFFERENT WIRELESS PROTOCOLS - Limiting gain for simultaneously receiving first wireless signals according to a first wireless protocol and second wireless signals according to a second wireless protocol. The first signals may be received using a shared gain element. The shared gain element may be used by the first wireless protocol and the second wireless protocol. A transmission or reception of the second signals may be predicted. The transmission or reception of the second signals may be predicted for transmission or reception while receiving the first signals. Gain of the shared gain element may be limited based on the prediction.05-10-2012
20100190440Method for searching and connecting bluetooth devices and apparatus using the same - A Bluetooth master device is capable of performing search and connection method for Bluetooth devices. The Bluetooth master device receives device information from at least one Bluetooth device in response to a Bluetooth device search request made by a user. A responding Bluetooth device that is capable of providing a Bluetooth service in a preset service list is selected. The Bluetooth master device sends a name request signal to the selected Bluetooth device and displays a device name received from the selected Bluetooth device.07-29-2010
20100173584Method for Operating a Short Haul Radio Transmitting/Radio Receiving System Conforming to a Short Haul Radio Communication Standard and a Master Device for Implementing Said Method - A method and apparatus for operating a short-haul radio transmitting/radio receiving system conforming to a short-haul radio communication standard wherein a maximum number of devices able to communicate is exceeded. The devices exceeding the maximum number of devices communicating with a master device are switched to a park mode and, continually in keeping with a predefined strategy, parked devices are switched to active while active devices are switched to parked.07-08-2010
20120058724In-vehicle apparatus - An in-vehicle apparatus for performing a short range communication with a road side apparatus, which performs a hybrid communication including a broadcast communication and a point-to-point communication, is disclosed. The in-vehicle apparatus includes a communication unit and a retry count determination unit that determines whether a count of failure to establish the communication in an activation channel in the communication unit reaches a preset retry count. The in-vehicle apparatus re-selects a communication frequency when the retry count determination unit determines that the count of failure to establish the communication in the activation channel reaches the preset retry count.03-08-2012
20090258596DYNAMICALLY VARYING LINK SUPER VISION TIMEOUT IN BLUETOOTH AND SIMILARLY ENABLED DEVICES TO DETECT LINK LOSS - The present example provides for modification of the link supervision timer allows for an enhanced user experience with wireless devices, by allowing loss of the wireless link to be handled more effectively. The link super vision timer may be changed without modifying the device profile being used. The change in the timer may be based upon the profile of the communications that is occurring, and upon the current state of the communications.10-15-2009
20090137206APPARATUS FOR AND METHOD OF BLUETOOTH AND WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK COEXISTENCE USING A SINGLE ANTENNA IN A COLLOCATED DEVICE - A novel and useful apparatus for and method of providing a mechanism for achieving coexistence between a Bluetooth system and WLAN system collocated in the same communications device such as a mobile terminal. The coexistence mechanism of the present invention functions to monitor WLAN and Bluetooth system activity, determine the access priority of both WLAN and Bluetooth systems, predict Bluetooth high priority packet transmission patterns, allocate bandwidth to both the Bluetooth and WLAN systems in accordance with the traffic patterns predicted, and switch the antenna and control the Bluetooth and WLAN power amplifiers when required.05-28-2009
20100190442WIRELESS FIELD MAINTENANCE ADAPTER - A wireless field maintenance adapter includes a power source, a controller, a low-power radio-frequency communication module, and a wireless process communication protocol module. The controller is coupled to the power source. The low-power radio-frequency communication module is also coupled to the controller. The wireless process communication protocol module is coupled to the controller. The controller is configured to communicate through the wireless process communication protocol module based on information received from the low-power radio-frequency communication module.07-29-2010
20120058725Handheld Media and Communication Device with a Detachable Projector - A novel handheld media and communication device with a detachable projector unit is disclosed. A media library for media assets is included in a file storage system of the projector unit while metadata of the assets is stored in a file storage system of the media and communication device. The device is used as a remote control device to control the operation of delivering media assets through the projector unit after the unit is detached from the device. The projector unit may also be used to connect to a media delivery unit such as a desktop projector, a TV terminal or an audio system for delivering media assets.03-08-2012
20120115420CHANNEL WIDTH SWITCHING IN MULTIPLE OBSS SYSTEMS - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a device is capable of operating at a first bandwidth or a second bandwidth, and further capable of operating using a communication method intolerant to operation at the first bandwidth. If operation using a communication method intolerant to operation at the first bandwidth is desired, the device transmits an assertion of intolerance of operation at the first bandwidth to one or more devices on the network to cause the one or more devices on the network to switch operation at the second bandwidth.05-10-2012
20120058726INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, EXTERNAL DEVICE EXTENSION SYSTEM, EXTERNAL DEVICE EXTENSION METHOD, EXTERNAL DEVICE EXTENSION PROGRAM, AND PROGRAM RECORDING MEDIUM - By effectively using various functions of other terminals, the convenience of an information processing device is improved.03-08-2012
20120058723GUIDING MODULE AND METHOD OF USING THE SAME - Disclosed is a guiding module and method of using the same. The guiding module includes an access unit, a memory unit, a controller and a projection unit. The access unit is used for receiving the guiding information which stores in an electronic product with guiding function. The memory unit is used for storing the guiding information which is sent by the electronic product. The controller is used for processing the guiding information and sending it. The projection unit is used for receiving the guiding information which is sent out by the controller and projecting it. The guiding module utilizes the projection unit for projecting the guiding information of the electronic product so as to magnify the projection picture, therefore, the driver can clearly identify the guiding information.03-08-2012
20120028580AFTERMARKET TELEMATICS UNIT FOR USE WITH A VEHICLE - An aftermarket telematics unit for use with a vehicle includes, but is not limited to, a housing that is configured for mounting in an interior of a vehicle, a receiver mounted within the housing and configured to receive a first short range wireless signal at a first frequency, a fob component mounted within the housing and configured to transmit a second short range wireless signal at a second frequency, and a controller mounted within the housing and coupled to the wireless receiver and the fob component. The controller is configured to provide instructions to the fob component to transmit the second short range wireless signal when the wireless receiver receives the first short range wireless signal.02-02-2012
20090275283Use of intra-body communication - Disclosed is a communication apparatus capable of communicating with a radio network and capable of communicating with an external apparatus over an intra-body communication connection and an accessory apparatus capable of transmitting data to a radio network and capable of communicating with an external apparatus over an intra-body communication connection. The communication apparatus communicates through the intra-body communication connection to the accessory apparatus configuration data relating to connecting to the radio network.11-05-2009
20090163140Biochip electroporator and its use in multi-site, single-cell electroporation - A remote access and control system for remotely controlling a wide variety of devices using an application installed in a cell phone in conjunction with a control module in communication with the cell phone and the device(s). A portal-based access and control system is also disclosed.06-25-2009
20120108173METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONNECTING WIRELESS NETWORK IN A DIGITAL DEVICE - A method and an apparatus for automatically connecting a wireless Local Area Network (LAN) between digital devices and executing an application program based on the wireless LAN, and more particularly, an apparatus and a method for generating device information indicating attributes in a digital device and obtaining attributes of a peripheral device by analyzing device information of the peripheral device. The apparatus includes a device information generation part configured to generate device information including information about attributes by analyzing the attributes of the digital device. The apparatus also includes a device recognition part configured, when receiving device information of a peripheral device, to obtain attribute information of a device corresponding to the received device information. The apparatus further includes a controller configured to control to transmit the device information generated by the device information generation part, to the peripheral device.05-03-2012
20120064829MOBILE DEVICE INPUT/OUTPUT INTERFACE EXPANSION DEVICE AND SYSTEM HAVING THE SAME - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for providing an I/O extension for a mobile device. In one embodiment, the apparatus comprises: a first interface to the mobile device; a second interface to a cloud; a third interface to a display device; a fourth interface to one or more user input devices; and a controller, coupled to the first, second, third and fourth interfaces, to coordinate information exchange between the mobile device, the cloud and the one or more user input devices to enable display on the display device of data from the mobile device and the cloud, including full-resolution rendered web pages from a full browser running on the mobile device.03-15-2012
20120071098IMPROVEMENTS TO SHORT RANGE WIRELESS NETWORKS - A sensor for use in a wireless sensor network of devices, comprising: 03-22-2012
20120071100WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A processing system is described that includes a wireless communication interface that wirelessly communicates with one or more wireless client devices in the vicinity of an establishment. The wireless communication interface receives a remote order corresponding to an item selected by at least one of the wireless client devices. A local server computer located in proximity to the establishment generates instructions for processing the remote order received from the wireless communication interface. The local server computer then passes the processing instructions to an order processing queue in preparation for processing of the remote order.03-22-2012
20120071099PORTABLE DEVICE - When a first module and a second module of a plurality of modules 03-22-2012
20120071096In-vehicle apparatus - When connecting a multi-profile device by Bluetooth, an in-vehicle apparatus performs a MAP connection establishment process in succession to an HFP connection establishment process to have a MAP connection established earlier than a conventional timing, thereby reducing a waiting period before receiving a new message arrival notification from the multi-profile device through the MAP connection.03-22-2012
20120071095Device Arranged To Use An Electromagnetic Link To Replicate A Serial Port - A device arranged to connect to a serial port and to use an electromagnetic link to replicate a serial connection thereto, the device comprising a link-processing module arranged to establish the electromagnetic link and at least one switching device capable of being switched from at least a first configuration to a second configuration and the link-processing module being further arranged to monitor at least one line of the serial port and the switching device being arranged to connect the or each monitored line to the link-processing module in a first and second configurations; the link-processing module being further arranged to 03-22-2012
20120071094Communication through a composite barrier - The present invention discloses a system that implements data communications through a barrier composed of composite, layered materials. A low frequency electromagnetic signal is used to achieve acceptable channel losses as the signal passes through a composite barrier which may comprise materials with variable conductivity and/or permeability.03-22-2012
20120071093METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING BLUETOOTH CONNECTION BETWEEN CRADLE AND HANDHEL DATA CAPTURE DEVICE - A method and apparatus for identifying a Bluetooth connection between a cradle and at least one handheld data capture device that includes a barcode reading arrangement or an RFID reader. The apparatus includes a cradle configured to accommodate a handheld data capture device detachably settled therein. The apparatus also includes a connection indicator configured to be activated, in response to a find-connection command, if a Bluetooth connection between the cradle and the handheld data capture device is identified. In some implementations, the connection indicator is on the cradle and it can be a light emitting diode, a speaker, or a vibration generator.03-22-2012
20120071092ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING ACTUATOR AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME FOR PROVIDING TACTILE OUTPUT - A method of controlling an electronic device includes detecting receipt of an input, determining a response number in response to receipt of the input, and actuating an actuator of the electronic device a discrete integer number of times based on the response number.03-22-2012
20120156997BLUETOOTH COMMUNICATION METHOD AND TERMINAL ADOPTING SAME - A communication method and a terminal adopting same are provided. The method includes setting a calling terminal in a short-range wireless communication standby mode; and transmitting, upon detecting movement of the calling terminal during the short-range wireless communication standby mode, data to a called terminal via a short-range wireless communication.06-21-2012
20120156996METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING AN IMAGE OF A DEVICE BASED ON RADIO WAVES - The present invention relates to an information processing apparatus and method, and a program in which information can be reliably exchanged when performing wireless communication by allowing a user to know a communication distance at which devices can be connected. For example, a communication unit 06-21-2012
20110009059EXTENDED NETWORK COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio system includes a server connected to a network, at least one bi-directional radio connected to the network and at least one uni-directional radio not connected to the at least one bi-directional radio and not connected to the server. A mobile device is configured to receive data from at least one uni-directional radio and communicate with at least one bi-directional radio.01-13-2011
20110086592METHOD FOR DISPLAYING CALENDAR DATA - A method and portable terminal for displaying calendar data in by indicating an owner of the calendar data is provided. The method includes generating, by a portable terminal, calendar data where IDentification (ID) information of the portable terminal is stored, transmitting, by the portable terminal, the generated calendar data to a partner portable terminal, and indicating that the displayed calendar data is calendar data of a user of the portable terminal by using the ID information of the portable terminal, when displaying the transmitted calendar data in the partner portable terminal.04-14-2011
20120208464RF BUS ACCESS PROTOCOL AND TRANSCEIVER AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH - A method includes determining whether information is to be transmitted via a radio frequency (RF) bus that supports direct intra-device communication between at least three circuits in a millimeter wave frequency band. When the information is to be transmitted via the RF bus, the method determines whether the RF bus is available. When the RF bus is available, the information is converted into RF bus signal, access to the RF bus is secured, and after access to the RF bus is secured, the RF bus signal is transmitted via the RF bus.08-16-2012
20120208462PORTABLE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR DISCOVERING WIRELESS DEVICES THEREOF - A portable terminal and a method for discovering wirelessly connectable devices are provided. The method includes requesting discovery of wirelessly connectable devices, discovering peripheral devices that are wirelessly connectable in at least one of a plurality of wireless communication schemes supported by the portable terminal, and displaying a list of the discovered devices. The method may discover and display peripheral devices capable of establishing a wireless communication connection in at least one of various wireless communication schemes supported by the portable terminal at one time to improve the convenience for a user. In addition, the method may display connectable wireless communication schemes together with a list of discovered devices to more easily establish a wireless communication connection in a desired scheme of the user.08-16-2012
20110092159DISABLING OF SERVICES ON A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method, a system, and a computer program product for operating a communication device. A location information of a communication device is received. Based on the location information of the communication device, it is determined whether the communication device and another communication device are co-located. Based on the determination, operation of the communication device is controlled.04-21-2011
20110092158PORTABLE SATELLITE DATA COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RELATED METHOD - A portable satellite data communication device that provides data communication capabilities to cellular only smartphone and similar device globally. The portable satellite data communication device is equipped with a short range wireless transceiver such as Bluetooth for communication with the smartphone and a satellite data transceiver for communication with the satellite. The device acts as network bridge between the smartphone and the satellite network. Using that device allows smartphone users to keep sending and receiving data messages like emails anywhere in the world even if there is no cellular coverage. The portable satellite data communication device also has built-in functionalities for monitoring the satellite signal and the arrival of new messages at the satellite gateway.04-21-2011
20110092157Device Wearing Status Determination Using RSSI - Methods and apparatuses for determining the wearing status of body worn devices are disclosed. In one example, RSSI values are processed to identify the wearing status of a body worn device.04-21-2011
20110092156Short Range FM Modulator/Transmitter and System Incorporating Same - A short range radio transmitter device includes a radio signal modulator and transmitter, a receiver and a controller coupled to the receiver. The controller and receiver operate to examine a frequency spectrum to select a transmission frequency for the radio signal modulator and transmitter. A receiver system for use with the transmitter includes a data channel service enabled receiver and a controller. The controller of the receiver system automatically tunes the data channel service enabled receiver to a frequency identified in a data channel service component of a received signal.04-21-2011
20110081859MOBILE TERMINAL CAPABLE OF BEING CONNECTED TO AUDIO OUTPUT DEVICE USING SHORT-RANGE COMMUNICATION AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal and a method of controlling the operation of the mobile terminal are provided. The method includes receiving a first key signal for controlling a first profile and an audio playback operation from an audio output device, the first profile being a profile for playing audio data; connecting the mobile terminal to the audio output device using the first profile; and suspending the processing of a command corresponding to the first key signal for a predetermined amount of time. Therefore, it is possible to suspend the processing of a command for a predetermined amount of time during the connection of the mobile terminal to the audio output device and thus to prevent an unwanted operation from being performed.04-07-2011
20120077439METHOD, SYSTEM AND WIRELESS DEVICE FOR MONITORING PROTECTIVE HEADGEAR - A wireless device includes a sensor module that generates sensor data in response to an impact to the protective headgear. The sensor module includes an accelerometer and a gyroscope and wherein the sensor data includes linear acceleration data and rotational velocity data. A device processing module generates event data in response to the sensor data. A short-range wireless transmitter transmits a wireless signal that includes the event data.03-29-2012
20120077438BLUETOOTH HEADSET FOR HELMET HAVING INTER-COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - A Bluetooth headset for a helmet having an inter-communication is provided. The Bluetooth headset includes a headset body configured to be mounted on a helmet, a microphone and a speaker that are configured to be installed on the headset body, a jog dial configured to be installed to perform a rotation operation and be subject to a push operation, a Bluetooth module configured to be accommodated in the headset body and to perform wireless communication while paired with an external Bluetooth device, and a control unit configured to be accommodated in the headset body to process a signal input from the microphone, a signal input according to the rotation operation and the push operation of the jog dial and a signal received from the Bluetooth module and output the processed signal to the speaker and the Bluetooth module.03-29-2012
20110105027BLUETOOTH INTRODUCTION SEQUENCE THAT REPLACES FREQUENCIES UNUSABLE DUE TO OTHER WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY CO-RESIDENT ON A BLUETOOTH-CAPABLE DEVICE - Interference from other wireless technology co-resident on a Bluetooth-capable device may render one or more Bluetooth frequencies unusable for a Bluetooth introduction sequence. In this case, one or more usable frequencies may be substituted for the one or more unusable frequencies to permit the introduction sequence to proceed. The one or more usable frequencies may be selected from a known set of usable frequencies in the current Bluetooth frequency train. Alternatively, a frequency re-mapping process may be used to select the one or more usable frequencies from the current Bluetooth frequency train.05-05-2011
20110105030DATA TRANSFER SYSTEM, DATA ACQUISITION DEVICE, DATA ACQUISITION METHOD, DATA ACCUMULATION DEVICE, DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND PROGRAM FOR THE SAME - A data acquisition device includes a wireless communication unit for performing wireless communication of data with a data accumulation device in which data is accumulated, a type registration unit wherein data types of necessary data are registered beforehand, a type comparison unit for comparing the data type of data received via the wireless communication unit with data types registered in the type registration unit, a data extracting unit for extracting only data of which the data type matches, and a data holding unit for holding the extracted data.05-05-2011
20110105029COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, SOFTWARE ACQUIRING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A communication terminal apparatus including a second apparatus having a communication function and a first apparatus connectable to the second apparatus. The communication terminal apparatus includes an external communication function unit that is disposed in the second apparatus and acquires software, which is executable in the first apparatus, from an outside, a second memory that is disposed in the second apparatus and stores the software which is acquired, a first memory that is disposed in the first apparatus, and storage unit that is disposed in the first apparatus and stores the software read out from the second memory to the first memory according to a connection between the first apparatus and the second apparatus.05-05-2011
20110105028MOBILE TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR DETERMINING A COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL - A mobile terminal and method for communicating through an optimum communication protocol selected from among a plurality of communication protocols. The mobile terminal includes a communication unit which communicates with a counterpart mobile terminal by a plurality of communication protocols in a network; a signal processor which processes a signal transmitted from or received by the communication unit; a display unit which displays thereon a processed signal; and a controller which controls the communication unit to communicate with the counterpart mobile terminal by an optimum communication protocol among the plurality of communication protocols.05-05-2011
20110105026COMBO WIRELESS SYSTEM AND METHOD USING THE SAME - A combo wireless system comprises a Bluetooth module, a wireless fidelity (WiFi) module, a single pole triple throw (SP3T) switch and an antenna. The antenna is utilized to transmit/receive Bluetooth signals for the Bluetooth module and to transmit/receive WiFi signals for the WiFi module. The SP3T switch is coupled between the antenna, the Bluetooth module and the WiFi module. The SP3T switch is controlled to select a path for the Bluetooth module to transmit/receive Bluetooth signals through the antenna, to select another path for the WiFi module to transmit WiFi signals through the antenna or to select another path for the WiFi module to receive the WiFi signals through the antenna.05-05-2011
20110105025ADAPTIVE TUNING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A COMBO WIRELESS SYSTEM - An adaptive tuning method comprises the steps of: obtaining a statistical result; determining whether an adaptive tuning procedure is to be performed in accordance with the statistical result; obtaining reference information of the first wireless module; and performing the adaptive tuning procedure in accordance with the reference information.05-05-2011
20110105023ADAPTIVE ANTENNA TUNING SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Embodiments include antenna tuning systems and methods of tuning an antenna of a wireless device with an antenna, a circuit with at least one tunable component, and a processing system. The processing system determines tuning selection inputs during a communication session. Based on the tuning selection inputs, the processing system determines one or more component values for one or more tunable components. In an embodiment, the component value(s) are determined from a set of pre-defined component values. The tunable component(s) are controlled to have the determined component value(s). The circuit may be an impedance matching circuit that includes at least one tunable reactive component. Alternatively, the circuit may be an antenna tuning circuit that includes at least one variable component. In an embodiment, both an impedance matching circuit and an antenna tuning circuit may be implemented, with each type of circuit having one or more tunable components.05-05-2011
20110105024TRANSPORT INDEPENDENT SERVICE DISCOVERY - A system for disseminating resource (e.g., service) availability information throughout a group of wireless-enabled apparatuses. For example, one or more apparatuses may act as service information holders configured to maintain information regarding their own services, as well as about services that are available from other apparatuses that were previously in communication with the service information holding apparatuses. As a result, information regarding available resources in multiple apparatuses may be obtained from a single apparatus via a single wireless communication protocol, regardless of whether the service is actually accessible via the wireless communication protocol, or even available from the apparatus that is performing the advertising.05-05-2011
20120135685USER INTERFACE FOR A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system is provided having an improved user interface in which an audible indicator is played out from an audio accessory to confirm radio transmission of a message sent from the audio accessory in response to activation of a wireless push-to-talk (PTT). The wireless PTT may be located on the audio accessory itself or embodied as a standalone device. The wireless PTT may be operated in conjunction with a two-way radio and a wired or wireless audio accessory device. The audible indicator ceases being played out of the accessory in response to deactivation of the wireless PTT and ending of the radio transmission.05-31-2012
20100093279ELECTRONIC DEVICES FOR COMMUNICATION UTILIZING ENERGY DETECTION AND/OR FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS - An electronic device for communication comprises a processor. The processor comprises a power scan module configured to receive an energy detection signal identifying detection of energy of a page signal or an inquiry signal. The power scan module is further configured to provide, upon receiving the energy detection signal, an instruction to perform a page scan or an inquiry scan.04-15-2010
20120315850SYSTEMS AND METHODS USING INTRABODY TRANSMISSION FOR CONTROLLING PERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS - A system and method for controlling personal communications. The system includes a transmitter configured to emit a transmitted signal suitable for intrabody transmission, and a receiver configured to determine if a received signal exhibits a characteristic that corresponds to a received signal that would arise from the transmitted signal being coupled to the receiver via intrabody transmission. The system also includes a controller configured to control personal communications such as text messaging based on the received signal characteristic. In one example, the system uses intrabody transmission or intrabody communication to determine if an operator of a vehicle is touching or trying to use a personal communication device while driving the vehicle.12-13-2012
20120122400PROXIMITY WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS INCLUDING FIXED HOUSING AND MOVABLE HOUSING ROTATED ENDLESSLY - One array antenna including three induction coils is formed on an application integrated circuit of a fixed housing. Eight array antennas, each of which is arranged in a manner similar to that of the array antennas of the application integrated circuit, are formed at intervals of 45 degrees around a rotation axis on an imaging process integrated circuit of a movable housing. A controller selects one of the eight array antennas of the imaging process integrated circuit so that a magnitude of a difference between a rotation angle of a movable housing and a rotation angle of the movable housing becomes equal to or smaller than 22.5 degrees based on the rotation angle of the movable housing, and controls a stepping motor so that a selected array antenna opposes to the array antenna on the application integrated circuit.05-17-2012
20090130977BLOCKING OF COMMUNICATION CHANNELS - A system may include a scanning module that is arranged and configured to scan communication channels for channel interference, a channel assessor module that is arranged and configured to determine a type of channel interference present on one or more of the communication channels, and a blocking module that is arranged and configured to selectively block one or more of the communication channels based on the type of channel interference.05-21-2009
20120220232WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A wireless communication terminal may include a first interface that receives urgency data indicating urgency of an event detected by an implantable medical device and being transmitted from the implantable medical device using a first wireless communication protocol, and detailed data indicating details of the event and having a greater data size than the urgency data and being transmitted from the implantable medical device using a second wireless communication protocol, a second interface that transmits the detailed data to an external device using the second wireless communication protocol, a display unit that displays information, and a control unit that performs control to cause the display unit to display summary information based on the urgency of the event, and the second interface to transmit the detailed data received by the first interface to the external device based on the urgency data received by the first interface.08-30-2012
20110183614COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A communication terminal includes an authentication control module configured to: determine whether or not the counterpart device for which the communication mode switching request is permitted is a registered counterpart device based on a pairing request corresponding to the communication mode switching request notified from the communication mode controller; and control the pairing controller to discard the pairing request corresponding to the communication mode switching request notified from the communication mode controller not to perform pairing including an authentication process by the second wireless communication module when determined that the counterpart device for which the communication mode switching request has been permitted is the registered counterpart device.07-28-2011
20110183620AUTOMATIC NETWORK AND DEVICE CONFIGURATION FOR HANDHELD DEVICES BASED ON BLUETOOTH DEVICE PROXIMITY - A method, apparatus, and system for automatically configuring Bluetooth devices for communication to an outside network is described. A Bluetooth device is paired with a “trusted” Bluetooth device. When paired devices are found, the Bluetooth device automatically configures itself to use the lowest cost connection option from the available set of paired devices that are in proximity with the Bluetooth handheld device. If no device is found, the Bluetooth device may revert to a built-in access method. The network accessed can be the internet or an office network such as an 802.11 network.07-28-2011
20110183619MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A mobile communication terminal apparatus including: a mobile communication terminal main body; and an extension unit detachable from the mobile communication terminal main body and capable of performing short-range wireless communication with the mobile communication terminal main body when being detached in a separated state from the mobile communication terminal main body.07-28-2011
20110183618Locating Wireless-Enabled Components and Applications Thereof - Disclosed herein are systems, apparatuses, and methods for locating wireless-enabled components, and applications thereof. Such an apparatus includes a wireless-enabled component (WEC), which may be a functional block of an integrated circuit (IC), an IC, or a device that includes an IC. The WEC includes a functional module (e.g., a processing resource or a memory resource) and an antenna element coupled to the functional module. The antenna element is configured to (i) transmit a search signal to locate a proximally situated WEC and (ii) transmit a communication signal to communicate with the proximally situated WEC. The antenna element may be a phased array, an electrically steered phased array, a mechanically steered phased array, a directional antenna, a mechanically steered directional antenna, an RF antenna, an optical antenna, and/or any combination thereof.07-28-2011
20110183617Establishing A Wireless Communications Bus And Applications Thereof - Disclosed herein are systems, apparatuses, and methods for establishing wireless communications among a plurality of wireless-enabled components (WECs), and applications thereof. Such a system includes a plurality of WECs, each configured to transmit and receive over a wireless bus. The wireless bus includes (i) a first channel to identify proximally located WECs and (ii) a second channel to support communications among the proximally located WECs. The plurality of WECs may be located on a single chip, on multiple chips of a single device, or on multiple chips across multiple devices.07-28-2011
20110183616Wireless Bus for Intra-Chip and Inter-Chip Communication, Including Scalable Wireless Bus Embodiments - Embodiments of the present invention are directed to a scalable wireless bus for intra-chip and inter-chip communication. The scalable wireless bus includes a plurality of wireless-enabled components (WECs). In an embodiment, the scalable wireless bus may have at least one of the number of links among WECs and the capacity of said links adapted based on one or more factors. For example, the number of links and the capacity of the links may be adapted according to one or more of, among other factors, expected activity level over the wireless bus, desired power consumption, delay, and interference levels.07-28-2011
20110183615System Having Co-Located Functional Resources Amd Applications Thereof - Disclosed herein are systems, apparatuses, and methods for wirelessly coupling functional resources. Such a system includes a plurality of co-located, wireless-enabled functional units of a first type and a plurality of co-located, wireless-enabled functional units of a second type. At least one of the wireless-enabled functional units of the first type is wirelessly coupled with one or more of the wireless-enabled functional units of the second type. The wireless-enabled functional units of the first type may be wireless-enabled processing units, and the wireless-enabled functional units of the second type may be wireless-enabled memory units. In an example, the plurality of wireless-enabled functional units of the first type are co-located on a first chip, and the plurality of wireless-enabled functional units of the second type are co-located on a second chip. The first chip and the second chip may be located in a single device or in separate devices.07-28-2011
20110183613DEVICE SETUP EXTENSION FOR APPLICATIONS - A first wireless device is configured to be used with a second wireless device. The configuration is performed after the first wireless device establishes a connection with the second wireless device. The first wireless device identifies services supported by the second wireless device without user intervention, and passes identified services to a plugin system in the first wireless device. The plugin system includes plugins that are associated with the identified services. The plugins present configuration options that are associated with the identified services via a user interface. From the user interface, the first wireless device receives a selection of the configuration options and is configured according to the selection.07-28-2011
20110183612SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VISUAL PAIRING OF MOBILE DEVICES - System and method for visual pairing between wireless devices, according to which a first software component is installed on a first WCD with a display screen and a second software component is installed on a second WCD having a camera and then a request to establish an open WCC is sent from the second WCD to the first WCD. If the request is approved by the first WCD, an image with graphically encoded unique one-time information is generated on the display screen using the first software. The image is captured by the camera and the information is decoded in the captured image by using the second software component. This information is used to establish an open WCC between the second WCD and the first WCD.07-28-2011
20100190439MESSAGE TRANSMISSION PROTOCOL FOR SERVICE DELIVERY NETWORK - A reliable protocol is provided for transporting messages between a vehicle-based system and a service delivery network. The protocol is a request/response protocol and can be passed over half duplex or full duplex lines, using a data over voice communication method through a nomadic device such as a PDA or cell-phone. The protocol can also be passed over a data connection such as a dial-up or broadband connection on a nomadic device having a data plan.07-29-2010
20120129454COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A communication terminal (05-24-2012
20120129453DOCK FOR GUIDING ORIENTATION OF A MOBILE PHONE FOR ENHANCED ACOUSTIC DATA TRANSFER - An acoustic dock for guiding placement and orientation of a mobile device for enhanced acoustic data transfer comprises a bottom surface; a plurality of sides attached to the bottom surface for receiving a mobile device having a transducer; and one or more transducers placed in proximity to at least one of the plurality of sides, where the acoustic dock is configured to assist orientation of the mobile device in the acoustic dock so that the mobile device transducer is adjacent to and in proximity to the one or more transducers of the acoustic dock to facilitate acoustic data communication.05-24-2012
20120220236System, Method and Apparatus for Communicating With Vehicle Occupants - An application for a two-way communication system for communicating with a person who is within a vehicle includes a short-range radio transmission to transmit audio to a radio within the vehicle. Communication from the person is done by reflecting a light beam on a window of the vehicle and receiving the light beam. The light beam is modulated by vibration of the window caused by the person's voice. The received light beam is then processed to reproduce the sound of the person's voice.08-30-2012
20120220234BIOLOGICALLY FIT WEARABLE ELECTRONICS APPARATUS AND METHODS - Detachable wearable electronic eyeglasses and head mounted gear with a plurality of electronic functions and interchangeable electronic function, and a wearable computer with optimal weight distribution and stretchable arms.08-30-2012
20120164946COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING STORED THEREON INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - Another information processing apparatus in a communicable range of a short-distance wireless communication is repeatedly searched for, wireless communication is automatically established therewith, data is automatically transmitted to the other information processing apparatus with which the wireless communication has been established, and data transmitted from the other information processing apparatus is automatically received. Then, based on an operation by a user, evaluation data is generated which indicates an evaluation by the user with respect to the data content indicated by the received data. Further, the transmission source of the data which has become a target of the evaluation indicated by the evaluation data is specified and the generated evaluation data is transmitted to the transmission source.06-28-2012
20120164947BYPASSING BLUETOOTH DISCOVERY FOR DEVICES IN A SPECIAL LIST - A method of rejecting a Bluetooth communications request is disclosed. A portable device receives a Bluetooth communications request from a computing device. The communications request includes a device identification of the computing device. A list of trusted device identifications stored in a memory resource of the portable device is automatically accessed. The Bluetooth communications request is rejected in response to determining that the device identification is not in the list of trusted device identifications.06-28-2012
20120214418WIRELESS CHARGING OF MOBILE DEVICE - Systems, circuits, and devices for wirelessly charging a mobile device are disclosed. In one embodiment, a system of a mobile device comprises a low power PAN module and a controller for the low power PAN module configured to monitor a connection request signal communicated from an external device while the mobile device is in a sleep mode, where the controller is supplied with quiescent current from a battery of the mobile device during the sleep mode. In addition, the system comprises an AP of the mobile device configured to wake up from the sleep mode when the connection request signal is validated by the controller, forward to the external device an equipment identity data of the mobile device and a charging status of the battery, and charge the battery of the mobile device with energy received from a wireless charging module associated with the external device.08-23-2012
20120214419METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING NETWORK CONNECTIONS BETWEEN STATIONARY TERMINALS AND REMOTE DEVICES THROUGH MOBILE DEVICES - A technique is provided for a seamless and transparent handoff from a user's mobile device to the user's stationary terminal of a network address of a remote device for the purpose of establishing a direct communication channel between the stationary terminal and a remote device, where the remote device first contacted the user's mobile device to initiate communications with the user.08-23-2012
20120135686Method and system for orderly connection of a bluetooth headset controlled by terminal - The disclosure provides a method for orderly connection of a bluetooth headset controlled by a terminal. The method includes: a terminal sets Hands-Free Profile (HFP) service status as visible and connectable, and sets Advanced Audio Distribution Profile (A2DP) service status and Audio Video Remote Control Profile (AVRCP) service status as invisible and unconnectable; a bluetooth headset sends an HFP connection request to the terminal; and the terminal sends a response of accepting an HFP connection to the bluetooth headset. The disclosure also provides a system for orderly connection of a bluetooth headset controlled by a terminal. Application of the method and system may avoid different connection order of the profiles due to different manufacturers of the bluetooth headset when the bluetooth headset actively initiates a connection, which achieves a compatible connection of the profiles.05-31-2012
20120135688ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION STATE NOTIFICATION FUNCTION CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus includes a communication module, a communication state notification module, a notification function information obtaining module, and a notification function control module. The communication module executes close proximity wireless transfer. The communication state notification module notifies at least one of a start time and an end time of data transfer executed between the communication module and an external device, the data transfer being executed by the close proximity wireless transfer. The notification function information obtaining module obtains notification function information indicative of a capability relating to a communication state notification function of the external device from the external device. The notification function control module requests the external device to execute or suppress the communication state notification function by the external device, based on the obtained notification function information.05-31-2012
20120135687COMMUNICATION BETWEEN DEVICES BASED ON DEVICE-TO-DEVICE PHYSICAL CONTACT - A method includes detecting one or more physical contacts between the device and another device and determining whether the one or more physical contacts correspond to one or more taps. The method further includes initiating a discovery request to the other device, when it is determined that the physical contact corresponds to the one or more taps, and communicating to the other device when a communication link is established between the device and the other device based on the discovery request.05-31-2012
20120135684SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CUSTOMIZING BROADBAND CONTENT BASED UPON PASSIVE PRESENCE DETECTION OF USERS - Systems and methods for customizing broadband content based upon passive presence detection of users are provided. A user device in proximity to a customer premise device may be detected. The customer premise device may be configured to output programming content received from a service provider. An identifier of the detected user device may be determined. Based at least in part on the identifier, an identity of a user may be determined. Based at least in part on the identity of the user, content that is output by the customer premise device may be customized.05-31-2012
20120135683SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING AN ACCESS LIST FOR BLUETOOTH DEVICES - A system and method are provided for configuring an access list on a first computing device for defining communication between the first computing device and a plurality of computing devices in a Bluetooth communication local network. The method comprises: generating a discovery request at the first computing device, the discovery request targeted to the plurality of computing devices and configured to generate a list of discovered devices for communication; and identifying at the first computing device, via a user interface, at least one selected computing device from the discovered devices being permitted to access the first computing device, the at least one selected computing device being defined with at least one device identifier to identify each of the at least one selected computing device in the access list, the access list for subsequent use in preventing access between the first computing device and each computing device not on the access list.05-31-2012
20100190441BIOLOGICAL SAMPLE MEASURING APPARATUS - There is provided a biological sample measurement apparatus with which a search for a communication frequency at which communication with a portable terminal is possible is carried out efficiently. This apparatus comprises a measurement component 07-29-2010
20120220231C2X COMMUNICATION WITH REDUCED DATA VOLUME - By reducing the packet size for C2X data transmission, it is possible to increase the transmission range and the number of transmitted data packets per unit time. By way of example, only component information items are transmitted, which can be converted into a full information item by the receiver using supplementary information items that come from a different source. In order to obtain the full information items, it is possible to utilize firstly transmission properties of the radio medium and secondly common information bases as determined by the system.08-30-2012
20120171959STORAGE DEVICE - A storage device includes an access control module and a Bluetooth transmission module. The storage device can control a data access right through a mobile device performing authentication. After receiving a start signal, the Bluetooth transmission module searches for a mobile device, and permits access to the access control module according to a Bluetooth position and pairing data.07-05-2012
20120171956BLUETOOTH SECURITY SYSTEM - A Bluetooth security system includes a master unit and a slave unit for matched connection by means of Bluetooth technology, an inquiry procedure adapted for monitoring the connection signal between the master unit and the slave unit, and an alarm device installed in each of the master unit and the slave unit and adapted for receiving a feedback signal from the inquiry procedure to output an alert message when the strength of the connection signal between the master unit and the slave unit drops below a predetermined threshold.07-05-2012
20120171955ACTIVE RF CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT - A method and system is disclosed that includes a controller that selects a frequency channel for a communication module joining a network of a home. Each module is assigned by the controller a frequency channel to communicate on that excludes channels already being used by a network of the home. Separate networks of a home are joined without communicating on the same frequency channel.07-05-2012
20120220235DYNAMIC NETWORKING MODES METHOD AND APPARATUS - A portable electronic device is disclosed. The portable electronic device includes a wireless transceiver, a processor coupled to the wireless transceiver, a memory coupled to the processor and a program stored in the memory and running on the processor. The program provides automatic transitioning between a wireless infrastructure communication mode to an ad-hoc communication mode. The infrastructure mode is used when a request from a mobile device is received to access a communications network. The ad-hoc mode is used when a request from the mobile device is received to access resources on the portable electronic device.08-30-2012
20120220233RANGING WITH BODY MOTION CAPTURE - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques of performing ranging with body motion capture.08-30-2012
20120171962Image Processing Apparatus, Processing Method, and Recording Medium - The present invention comprises an input part for inputting image data, a receiving part for receiving production information relating to production transmitted from another apparatus, a recording part for recording the production information received by the receiving part and image data input by the input part, a detection part for detecting a recording position on a recording medium at an editing point of image data recorded by the recording part, and a transmission part for transmitting information of the recording position detected by the detection part, whereby identification information for identifying image data and voice data is recorded in a recording medium or a recording device, this relieving a burden on a photographer and an editor and facilitating extraction of image data and voice data.07-05-2012
20120171961System and Method for Quick Authentication between Bluetooth Devices - A system and method for quick authentication between Bluetooth devices are disclosed. The method includes: adding a central node (07-05-2012
20120171960SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MESSAGES RECEIVED FROM A PAGING NETWORK ON A PAGING DEVICE TO ELECTRONIC DEVICES - Systems, methods, and media are provided for transmitting a message received from a paging network on a paging device to wireless or other electronic devices. The paging device establishes a radio connection with the wireless device and transmits the received messages to the wireless device through the established radio connection. In response to receiving a message from the paging device, the wireless device sends an acknowledgment to the paging network that the message was received and displays the message.07-05-2012
20120171958METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTING DATA IN A SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A short-range communication system, such as a Bluetooth communication system, is provided that provides for a source communication device to multiplex data packets that are intended for different sink communication devices of multiple sink communication devices into a single stream that is broadcast to all of the multiple sink communication devices, and for each of the multiple sink communication devices to decode only the data packets intended for that sink communication device. Further, the communication system provides for a first sink communication device of the multiple sink communication devices to negotiate connection parameters associated the broadcast and to convey the negotiated connection parameters to a second sink communication device of the multiple sink communication devices, as opposed to each sink communication device setting up its own connection with the source communication device.07-05-2012
20120171957UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS MOUSE - A universal serial bus (USB) mouse includes a USB plug, a USB hub circuit, a mouse control circuit, a BLUETOOTH module, a network adapter, and an antenna. The USB hub circuit is connected to the USB plug. The mouse control circuit is connected to the USB hub circuit. The BLUETOOTH module is connected to the USB hub circuit. The network adapter is connected to the USB hub circuit and the BLUETOOTH module. The antenna is connected to the BLUETOOTH module. The BLUETOOTH module together with the antenna functions as a BLUETOOTH receiver. The network adapter transmits network data through the BLUETOOTH module and with the antenna.07-05-2012
20120214416METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN DEVICES - A method of communicating between at least two mobile devices in which the method comprises the steps of obtaining an invitation code and transforming the invitation code into a sound wave signal designed to be transmitted by a mobile device. After the invitation code is transformed into the sound wave signal, the sound wave signal is transmitted from a speaker of the mobile device. Additional mobile devices may receive the sound wave signal, resulting in a connection state between the devices.08-23-2012
20120214415SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INTRA-CABINET WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A system, method and apparatus is provided for linking an assembly of electronic components disposed inside a cabinet for wireless communication therebetween. The method consists of (a) selecting a plurality of the electronic components for inter-communication therebetween, and linking each of the plurality of electronic components, directly or indirectly, to a wireless multi-link device, the wireless multi-link device including one or more radiating elements; (b) providing an RF/microwave chamber within or adjacent to the cabinet, the dimensions of which are optimized to promote signal propagation inside the RF/microwave chamber, whereby the RF/microwave chamber is operable to substantially confine signals emitted by the radiating elements within the RF/microwave chamber; (c) confining the radiating elements within the RF/microwave chamber; (d) connecting the wireless multi-link devices to a wireless medium that is operable within an air medium of the RF/microwave chamber; and (e) activating the wireless multi-link devices to inter-communicate via the wireless medium by operation of the radiating elements. The RF/microwave chamber dimensions are optimized so that the minimum cross-sectional dimensions perpendicular to and averaged over each possible signal trajectory within the RF/microwave chamber are greater than or substantially equal to lambda/2. The system consists of a wireless-linking system for enabling electronic components disposed inside, a cabinet to inter-communicate wirelessly, the system including a plurality of wireless multi-link devices and the RF/microwave chamber. A wireless transceiver is also provided for managing wireless inter-connection between the wireless multi-link devices.08-23-2012
20110207404COUPLER AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a coupler which transmits and receives an electromagnetic wave to and from another coupler includes a substrate, a coupling element, a ground plane, and a feed terminal. The coupling element is positioned at a first surface of the substrate and includes a feed point. The ground plane is positioned at a second surface of the substrate. The ground plane includes a base portion and a protrusion. A first surface of an end of the protrusion is in contact with the second surface of the substrate. The base portion faces the second surface of the substrate with a gap therebetween. The feed terminal is positioned at a second surface of the end of the protrusion and connected to the feed point of the coupling element via a first through-hole in the substrate.08-25-2011
20120315853METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING A CONFIGURABLE PARAMETER OF A DISCOVERY PROTOCOL DURING DISCOVERY OF DEVICES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and apparatus for performing a discovery of one or more wireless devices. The method includes initiating, at a first wireless device, a discovery protocol having a configurable parameter, the discovery protocol being associated with discovery of one or more second wireless devices; determining a number of second wireless devices within a predetermined range of the first wireless device; and adjusting the configurable parameter of the discovery protocol based on the number of second wireless devices determined to be within the predetermined range of the first wireless device. The method further includes at the first wireless device, completing the discovery of one or more second wireless devices in accordance with the configurable parameter of the discovery protocol as adjusted based on the number of second wireless devices determined to be within the predetermined range of the first wireless device.12-13-2012
20100048130COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A communication device of the present invention includes a physical layer for performing close-range one-to-one communication with a device of a communication counterpart by electric field coupling or magnetic field coupling; one or a plurality of PCL Emulations for converting a protocol of a higher level application to a protocol for communicating at the physical layer; and a PCL common for performing negotiation with the device of the communication counterpart without the higher level application started after the connection with the communication counterpart is established or at the same time as the connection establishment to select one PCL Emulation.02-25-2010
20100048129COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A communication apparatus of the present invention includes a transmission/reception coupler for performing a close-range one-to-one communication with a device of a communication counterpart by electric field coupling or magnetic field coupling; an intermittent operation unit for performing intermittent operation without releasing connection after the connection is established with the device of the communication counterpart; and an intermittent operation notifying unit for notifying the device of the communication counterpart of performing the intermittent operation.02-25-2010
20120315852Zero Client Device With Integrated Bluetooth Capability - System and method for zero client communications. A zero client device includes a housing, and in the housing, a transcoding processing unit (transcoder) and a communications processing unit coupled to the transcoder. The transcoder is configured to receive input data from human interface device(s), encode the input data, and provide the encoded input data to the communications processing unit for transmission over a network to a server. The communications processing unit is configured to receive the encoded input data from the transcoder, transmit the encoded input data over the network to the server, receive output data from the server, and send the output data to the transcoder. The transcoder is further configured to receive the output data from the communications processing unit, decode the output data, and send the decoded output data to at least one of the human interface devices.12-13-2012
20120315851METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SWITCHING ANTENNA IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method and apparatus of switching an antenna in a portable terminal having a plurality of antennas, a plurality of communication modules, and a switch unit for switching a wireless path are provided. The method includes determining whether a received signal strength of at least one communication module is reduced to or below a preset reference value, measuring, when the received signal strength of the at least one communication module is determined to be reduced to or below the preset reference value, respective received signal strengths of the plurality of the antennas with respect to a frequency band supported by the at least one communication module, and controlling the switch unit, based on the measurement result, such that a wireless path is formed between the at least one communication module and an antenna having a greatest received signal strength among the plurality of the antennas.12-13-2012
20080207128Method, Device and System for Controlling Application Launching in a Mobile Terminal Device - The present invention generally discloses methods, devices and systems for controlling application launching by means of a dedicated application launching table. According to a first aspect of the present invention a method for controlling launching of an application in a first mobile terminal device is provided. Said first mobile device comprises a first near field communication (NFC) module. The method according to the present invention comprises the steps of maintaining a dedicated application launching table, detecting the presence of a second device adapted to communicate with said first terminal device, determining identification parameters relating to said second device, and launching at least one predetermined application in said first device, wherein said application is selected to be launched based on entries in said dedicated application launching table and on said determined identification parameters.08-28-2008
20120178369SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING CONNECTION THEREOF - A short-range wireless communication apparatus and method establish a connection thereof by simply selecting a connection target through a camera and providing an identifiable image of a target. In the method, the apparatus captures an identifiable image of a connection target device and recognizes identifiable information corresponding to the captured identifiable image. Then the apparatus either automatically selects or in conjunction with user approval selects the connection target device corresponding to the recognized identifiable information and establishes a connection with the selected target device through a short-range wireless communication.07-12-2012
20100273424Method for Enjoying a Service Through a Mobile Telephone Terminal and Subscriber Identification Card for Implementing It - A method is provided which allows a service to be enjoyed through a mobile telephone terminal without the need of paying for this service. The can be achieved by allowing a first subscriber to use the credit or subscription of a second subscriber. The subscriber identification cards at least of the two subscribers involved are provided with short range radio communication transceivers and establish a short range communication channel between them so that one card may request the other card to pay for this service and the other card may grant this request through this channel. Then the mobile telephone networks of the cards are informed of the granted request. Before, during and after the grant of the request, the subscriber identification cards remain active and operative in communicating together and with the associated terminals.10-28-2010
20100273422USING A BLUETOOTH CAPABLE MOBILE PHONE TO ACCESS A REMOTE NETWORK - In one example, a Bluetooth enabled mobile device discovers the Bluetooth profile capability of a plurality of mobile phones and stores the profile information in a database. Thereafter, when access to a remote network such as an Internet Protocol (IP) network is necessitated by an event, the Bluetooth enabled mobile device can establish a Bluetooth connection with an available mobile phone according to a comparison of the event to the stored profile information for that mobile phone. The Bluetooth enabled mobile device can then establish a transport layer connection that extends over the established Bluetooth connection and a wireless telecommunications network associated with the available phone and exchange data with a remote network using the established transport layer connection.10-28-2010
20100273421ELECTRICAL ACCESSORY CONFIGURED TO TRANSMIT ELECTRICAL SIGNALS BETWEEN A FIRST ELECTRICAL DEVICE, A SECOND ELECTRICAL DEVICE AND A THIRD ELECTRICAL DEVICE AND A METHOD OF PROVIDING AND USING THE ELECTRICAL ACCESSORY - In some embodiments, an electrical accessory can be configured to transmit one or more first data signals to a receiving device. The electrical accessory can include: (a) a first electrical interface configured to mechanically and electrically couple to a first connector of a first electrical device, the first electrical interface further configured to receive a first part of the one or more first data signals from the first electrical device; (b) a first transmitter configured to transmit one or more second data signals to a second electrical device; (c) a first receiver configured to receive a second part of the one or more first data signals from the second electrical device; (d) a second transmitter electrically coupled to the first electrical interface and the first receiver, the second transmitter configured to transmit the one or more first data signals to the receiving device; (e) a first microphone electrically coupled to the first transmitter and configured to receive sounds and convert the sounds into the one or more second data signals; and (f) a controller electrically coupled to the first transmitter, the first receiver, the second transmitter, and the first microphone. The controller can be configured such that the controller instructs the first electrical device to stop providing the first part of the one or more first data signals before or when the first receiver receives the second part of the one or more first data signals from the second electrical device. Other embodiments are disclosed.10-28-2010
20100273420DEVICE, SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR SYSTEM - A communication device includes a communication unit wirelessly communicating with another communication device in a connectable area; an acquiring unit acquiring a state of the communication device; a setting unit making a setting as to whether a connection is permitted to be established by the communication unit, on the basis of the state acquired by the acquiring unit; and a communication control unit responding to a connection request sent from the other communication device when connection with the other communication device is permitted by the setting unit.10-28-2010
20100273419APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MAC LOGICAL CHANNEL SELECTION FOR OPERATING PICONETS IN BODY AREA NETWORKS - A portable device capable of controlling a piconet selects a logical channel when forming the piconet. The device includes a controller configured to start a first piconet. The controller couples to at least one secondary device in the first piconet. The portable device also includes a transmitter configured to communicate with the at least one secondary device via a wireless communication channel. The controller is configured to select communication channel resources based at least in part on resources allocated to a second piconet in order to mitigate interference between the piconets. The controller is configured to form the first piconet to operate in either a non-interference mode when the controller is able to establish communications with a second controller in the second piconet or a coexistence interference mitigation mode when the controller is unable to establish communications with the second controller in the second piconet.10-28-2010
20100273418STATIC NODES POSITIONING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Positions in a region serviced by a short range wireless network are established by defining a grid for the region. The grid is divided into a plurality of cells having a predetermined size. A plurality of static nodes can be placed in the cells. A network identifier that is associated with a standard protocol for the network is assigned to each of the static nodes. The identifier is assigned so as to identify the node and to represent a set of X, Y coordinates associated the cell where static node is located. The X,Y coordinate are assigned to the identifier without deviating from the standard protocol. The identifier is periodically broadcast from the static nodes. A cell of the grid within which a mobile node is located is estimated based on the identifier and an additional parameter received from one of the static nodes.10-28-2010
20100273417Establishing Full-Duplex Audio Over an Asynchronous Bluetooth Link - A method to establish a full-duplex audio connection over an asynchronous Bluetooth link between an audio terminal and a wireless audio device exchanges supported service classes and codecs between the audio terminal and the wireless audio device, negotiates a service class and a codec that are common to the audio terminal and the wireless audio device, and establishes an asynchronous audio connection between the audio terminal and the wireless audio device using the common service class and the codec. The audio connection established can depend on the software application desiring the audio connection plus the available service classes and codecs at the audio terminal and wireless audio device. For non-internet protocol (non-IP) audio applications, an ACL using AVDTP may be selected; for IP audio applications, an ACL using BNEP may be selected. Both AVDTP and BNEP can use codecs that support wide bandwidth audio.10-28-2010
20100009632METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BLUETOOTH 802.11 ALTERNATE MAC/PHY (AMP) TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL (TPC) - Aspects of a method and system for Bluetooth 802.11 alternate MAC/PHY (AMP) transmit power control (TPC) may include one or more processors, receiver circuits and/or transmitter circuits that are operable to determine a maximum input level based on signals received via a Bluetooth basic rate (BR) connection and/or via a Bluetooth extended data rate (EDR) connection. The processors and/or circuits may be operable to determine a transmitted signal power level based on the determined maximum input level. The processors and/or circuits may be operable to transmit subsequent signals via a distinct Bluetooth connection based on the determined transmitted signal power level. The data rate for signal transmission via the distinct Bluetooth connection may exceed the data rate for signal transmission via the BR connection and the data rate for signal transmission via the EDR connection.01-14-2010
20100009631TRANSMITTING ACCESSORY UTILIZING POWER SYSTEM TRANSMISSION - An accessory for broadcasting audio from a portable electronic device to an automobile stereo receiver has an input/output port that couples the accessory to the device. The accessory receives an audio signal from the device and modulates the audio signal to a broadcast frequency. The modulated signal is coupled to the automobiles electrical system. The wiring in the automobiles electrical system then acts as an antenna that transmits the audio signal to vehicles stereo. Since the automobiles wiring is very close to the stereo antenna, an exceptionally clear, very low transmission can be achieved. The accessory is preferably adapted to be mounted in a 01-14-2010
20100009630MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING CHARACTERS ON A BLUETOOTH DEVICE - A system and method for displaying characters on a BLUETOOTH device using a mobile electronic device obtains a telephone number of an incoming call, and converts associated one or more characters into a bitmap picture in response to a determination that the telephone number is associated with one or more characters in a character encoding packet. The system and method further reads a resolution of the bitmap picture and a resolution of a display of the BLUETOOTH device, and adjusts the resolution of the bitmap picture to match the resolution of the display of the BLUETOOTH device. Furthermore, the system and method sends the bitmap picture or the telephone number to the BLUETOOTH device, and displays the bitmap picture on the display of the BLUETOOTH device.01-14-2010
20100009629WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A wireless communication method, and a wireless communication apparatus and wireless communication system using the same. The wireless communication method includes pairing with a specific device, extracting a media access control (MAC) address of the specific device, and communicating with the specific device. Accordingly, even when a MAC address of a counterpart device is not known, pairing with the counterpart device can be performed without interference with other devices.01-14-2010
20090061772APPARATUS FOR COLLECTING ENVIRONMENTAL DATA AND METHOD OF MONITORING ENVIRONMENT IN REAL TIME - Provided are an apparatus for collecting environmental data and a method of monitoring an environment in real time. The apparatus for collecting environmental data includes a receiver for receiving an environmental data collection command from outside, a headset controller for interpreting the environmental data collection command received from the receiver, and distinguishing an audio signal received from outside from the environmental data collection command, the environment sensor unit for collecting environmental data according to the environmental data collection command interpreted from the headset controller, and a transmitter for transmitting the environmental data collected by the environment sensor unit.03-05-2009
20090061774LINK ADAPTATION AND POWER CONTROL WITH CONSUMED ENERGY MINIMIZATION - The invention relates to the control and adaptation of transmit parameters for wireless communication between a transmitter (TX) and at least one receiver (RX) to provide joint power and link adaptation. A basic idea of the invention is to collectively determine the transmit duration (T) and transmit power (P) of the transmitter based on minimization of a given objective function representative of total consumed energy, on both the transmitting side and the receiving side, with respect to transmit duration and/or transmit power. In effect, this means that link transmit parameters are determined based on the energy consumption on both the transmitting side and the receiving side. In addition, both transmit power and transmit duration are varied, while minimizing overall consumed energy.03-05-2009
20090061773DEVICE ISOLATION AND DATA TRANSFER FOR WIRELESS MEMORY - A method of enabling communication is described. The method comprises transmitting a channel identifier and an a socket identifier to an initiator responsive to performing a reset of the channel identifier and the socket identifier on one or more target devices. The method also comprises communicating with an identified target device of the one or more target devices based on the transmitted channel identifier and the transmitted socket identifier of the identified target device responsive to receipt of the channel identifier and the socket identifier. The method also comprises enumerating two or more identified target devices of the one or more target devices based on a collision detection of transmitted channel identifiers and socket identifiers of the two or more identified target devices.03-05-2009
20090061771Methods of reconfiguring sector coverage in in-building communications system - In an in-building wireless communications network, a weighted sum of a downlink signal from two relevant base station interfaces (BSIs) is transmitted by a radio transceiver transitioning between two sectors. During a transition period, the weight of the combined downlink signal is adjusted gradually to simulate a smooth shift in the coverage of the sectors and transition the radio transceiver from a first sector to a second sector. This allows a base station to hand over users from a first sector to a second sector while suppressing any disruption in service.03-05-2009
20090061769METHODS AND DEVICES FOR AUTOMATIC MULTIPLE PAIRING OF BLUETOOTH DEVICES - The described methods and devices provide a more user-friendly solution to the problem of pairing and connecting multiple devices to a Bluetooth accessory. The paired device list of the Bluetooth accessory is check to determine the most recently paired devices having particular Bluetooth profiles, for example, a hands free profile (HFP) or an advanced audio distribution profile (A2DP). The accessory attempts connection with the devices, if found. Otherwise the accessory continues connection attempts with devices on the paired device list, according to the connection recency, until the accessory has two connections with different profiles. If no connections are made, or the paired device list is empty, the device enters discoverable mode. In this manner a more user-friendly solution to the problem of pairing a Bluetooth accessory to multiple Bluetooth devices is provided.03-05-2009
20100291874Wireless Communication Method - Methods of communicating between a mobile unit and a peripheral device are described. In a first embodiment, a method of wireless communication is described. In a second embodiment, an apparatus for wirelessly communicating with a peripheral device is described.11-18-2010
20100291872METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING COMMUNICATION OVER DIFFERENT RANGES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus well suited for supporting communications over different ranges in, for example, a peer to peer wireless communications system, are described. In the peer to peer network at least some of the types of signals, e.g., peer discovery signals and/or paging signals, are transmitted with no closed loop power control. An exemplary peer to peer timing structure includes air link resources allocated for a particular type of signaling in which the resources are segmented into multiple blocks which do not overlap in time, different ones of the multiple blocks being associated with different ranges. The characteristics of the basic transmission units of the multiple blocks based on range are different, e.g., tone size and symbol width are different. A wireless communications device implements the peer to peer timing structure and uses resources from different range based blocks at different times. Data traffic transmission units may be the same regardless of the range.11-18-2010
20090325490Baseband Controller in a Micronetwork - A baseband controller includes a microsequencer with special hardware resources circuitry and a configuration that supports real-time micronetwork functionality for an upper limit of slave devices. The microsequencer includes a correlator that may also be used as an accumulator, wherein the topology provides that the correlator can communicate with an arithmetic logic unit that correspondingly enables the correlator to act as an accumulator. The microsequencer also includes a plurality of clocks and timers for facilitating micronetwork timing functionality, and at registers for temporarily storing computational data, where each of the storage registers have different sizes for accommodating different-sized packets of computational data.12-31-2009
20120083214ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic device includes a communication module, a connection establishment module, a negotiation module, a service execution module, and an execution control module. The communication module executes close proximity wireless transfer. The connection establishment module establishes a connection between the communication module and an external device which are in a close proximity state. The negotiation module determines a service to be executed between the communication module and the external device through a negotiation process when the connection is established. The service execution module executes the service. The execution control module executes the negotiation process again in response to a user's request or a request from the external device if the connection is kept after the completion of the service.04-05-2012
20120083213PORTABLE MOBILE APPARATUS PROVIDING SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE FOR USER AND METHOD THEREOF - The prevent invention relates to a portable mobile apparatus for a user for providing a supplementary service and a method for providing a supplementary service by using the same, and more particularly, to an apparatus and a method for providing supplementary enhanced services by using an application run in a portable mobile terminal when the portable mobile terminal such as a cellular phone or a smart phone is used for a service through short-range RF communication. The present invention can provide a variety of supplementary services to the user by using an operation function included in the application in the mobile terminal when performing the services through the short-range RF communication. Specifically, it is possible to automate the supplementary function or provide convenience to the user and interact with the user.04-05-2012
20120083212DATA TRANSMITTING SYSTEM AND DATA TRANSMITTING METHOD - A data transmitting system, comprising: a processor; a first transmitting interface; a first transmitting apparatus; a second transmitting interface; a second transmitting apparatus and a signal transmitting line. The processor enters a power down mode when the first transmitting apparatus does not output data. The first transmitting generates a data transmitting indication signal when the processor is operated in the power down mode and the first transmitting apparatus has data to be output. The second transmitting apparatus generates a recovery signal according to the data transmitting indication signal, and transmits the recovery signal to the processor via the second transmitting interface. Thereby the processor goes back to a normal mode to control the first transmitting apparatus to output data.04-05-2012
20120083211MOBILE DEVICE AND METHOD OF ACCESSING CHANNEL USING MOBILE DEVICE - Disclosed is a mobile device to calculate an energy efficiency degree corresponding to a ratio of an amount of transmission of a data packet to an expected energy consumption, in response to the transmission of the data packet to a base station, to set a threshold value of the energy efficiency degree, and to determine whether to access a channel of the base station, based on the threshold value of the energy efficiency degree.04-05-2012
20120083210Channel Randomization for Backoff Efficiency Improvement - Methods and apparatus for solving problems caused by backoff procedures like that specified in the BLUETOOTH Link Layer Specification, by introducing selected randomizations of communication channels used for communication by scanning devices.04-05-2012
20120083209WIRELESS ACCESSORY DEVICE PAIRING DETERMINATION FOR MULTIPLE HOST DEVICES - A wireless communications system includes an accessory device and multiple host devices. A host device pairs wirelessly with an accessory device using a unique link key, detects a primary trigger event and responds by transferring automatically its pairing with the accessory device to a second host device while all devices remain within wireless range of each other. The pairing transfer involves communicating the link key to the second host device, unpairing the accessory device from the first host device, and establishing a wireless pairing of the accessory device to the second host device. The primary trigger event can involve establishing a ported connection between host devices. A secondary trigger event results in the first host device automatically reclaiming its pairing with the accessory device. An accessory device can also select and pair with one of multiple host devices in response to a specific user gesture detected by the accessory device.04-05-2012
20120083208WIRELESS ACCESSORY DEVICE PAIRING TRANSFER BETWEEN MULTIPLE HOST DEVICES - A wireless communications system includes an accessory device and multiple host devices. A host device pairs wirelessly with an accessory device using a unique link key, detects a primary trigger event and responds by transferring automatically its pairing with the accessory device to a second host device while all devices remain within wireless range of each other. The pairing transfer involves communicating the link key to the second host device, unpairing the accessory device from the first host device, and establishing a wireless pairing of the accessory device to the second host device. The primary trigger event can involve establishing a ported connection between host devices. A secondary trigger event results in the first host device automatically reclaiming its pairing with the accessory device. An accessory device can also select and pair with one of multiple host devices in response to a specific user gesture detected by the accessory device.04-05-2012
20120083207Method and System for 60 GHZ Distributed Communication - Methods and systems for 60 GHz distributed communication are disclosed and may include generating IF signals from baseband signals in a computing device with wireless capability. The IF signals may be communicated to remote RF modules within the computing device via coaxial lines. The IF signals may be up-converted to RF signals and transmitted via the RF modules. The IF signals in the coaxial lines may be tapped via taps coupled to the RF modules. The baseband signals may comprise video data, Internet streamed data, and/or data from a local data source. The RF signals may be communicated to a display device. Control signals for the RF devices may be communicated utilizing the coaxial lines. One or more of the RF devices may be selected based on a direction to a receiving device. The remote RF devices may comprise mixers. The RF signals may comprise 60 GHz signals.04-05-2012
20120225622SEPARABLE MOBILE DEVICE HAVING A CONTROL MODULE AND A DOCKING STATION MODULE - The technology provides a mobile communication device having separable components, including a control module configured for only short-range wireless communication and a docking station module configured for both long-range wireless communication and short-range wireless communication. The control module includes a touch-sensitive display, a short-range wireless transceiver and a processor that electrically couples the touch-sensitive display and the short-range wireless transceiver. The docking station module includes a docking area that receives the control module, a docking short-range wireless transceiver configured to communicate with the control module, a long-range wireless transceiver that is configured to communicate with a. long-range network and a docking processor that electrically couples the docking short-range wireless transceiver and the long-range wireless transceiver. The technology provides a sleek light-weight control module having full functionality of the docking station module.09-06-2012
20120190301MOTION-BASED INTERACTION BETWEEN A PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND A STATIONARY COMPUTING DEVICE - The disclosed embodiments provide a system for interacting with a stationary computing device. During operation, the system detects a proximity of a user of the portable electronic device to a stationary computing device. Next, the system uses the proximity to obtain identity data associated with at least one of the user and the portable electronic device. The system then uses the identity data to establish a connection with the portable electronic device. Finally, the system performs one or more tasks for the user on the stationary computing device based on a set of motion-based commands from the portable electronic device.07-26-2012
20120190302NON-NETWORKED MESSAGING - A system for facilitating short-range wireless data exchanges between apparatuses that are not linked by a wireless network connection. For example, an apparatus may initially determine if data suitable for transmission without first establishing a formal network connection is pending. For example, in terms of Bluetooth the data may suitable for transmission to another apparatus without having to first negotiate a Bluetooth piconet including both apparatuses. If it determined that data is pending for transmission, the apparatus may scan for apparatus detection packets transmitted from other apparatuses (e.g., enter an inquiry scanning mode). Upon reception of an apparatus detection packet, the apparatus may transmit one or more messages via wireless communication (e.g., execute an extended inquiry response procedure) comprising at least the data.07-26-2012
20120190304Bluetooth Function Providing Method and Terminal for Computer - A method for providing a Bluetooth function for a computer is disclosed, including: inputting a switch indication, and a terminal switching a working mode to a Bluetooth adapter mode; connecting the terminal to the computer via a universal serial bus (USB) interface; receiving an upload configuration parameter sent from the computer, and the terminal transmitting configuration parameters stored therein to the computer to enable the computer to regard the terminal as a Bluetooth adapter; the terminal sending an HCI command transmitted via the USB interface by the computer via its Bluetooth chip, converting a radio frequency signal received by its Bluetooth chip into an HCI event to transmit to the computer via the USB interface. Also disclosed in the present invention is a terminal for providing a Bluetooth function for a computer, including a user interface (UI), a switching module, a USB interface, an enumerating module and a Bluetooth module.07-26-2012
20090036054INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD HAVING COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - The present invention is an information processing apparatus which obtains identification information of an electronic device and makes communication with the electronic device via a network based on the identification information. When a portable telephone (02-05-2009
20120258665Electronic Apparatus, Proximity Network System and Connecting Method Thereof - A proximity network system comprises a plurality of Bluetooth devices disposed respectively in each one of a plurality of electronic apparatuses. The Bluetooth devices are arranged for enabling the electronic apparatuses to receive and transmit Bluetooth wireless signals with each other, wherein each Bluetooth device comprises a community relationship module, an identifying module and a distance detecting module. The community relationship module stores a community relationship data of each Bluetooth device. The identifying module reads the community relationship data of each Bluetooth device to identify whether each Bluetooth device has the same community relationship. The distance detecting module determines whether each Bluetooth device is in a proximity network. When the Bluetooth devices are identified to have the same community relationship with each other and are in the proximity network, each electronic apparatus is allowed to receive and transmit the Bluetooth wireless signals with another electronic apparatus.10-11-2012
20120258667Method and System for Bluetooth HID Activity Prediction for Wireless Coexistence Throughput Optimization - A host device may be enabled to support a plurality of wireless interfaces, wherein some of these interfaces may be utilized to support human interface device (HID) based communication. The host device may be enabled to monitor activity of HID devices based on communications via HID capable wireless interfaces, may predict future use of the HID devices based on the monitoring, and may manage sniff communication that is utilized to track and/or detect activities in the HID devices. The management of the sniff communication may comprise adjusting characteristics of the sniff communication to enable improving throughput of other wireless interfaces available via the host device that may be affected by the sniff communication. The adjustment of the characteristics of sniff communication may comprise adjusting, statically and/or dynamically, length of sniff intervals and/or designating of sniff packets as high priority requests.10-11-2012
20090017756SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AVOIDING INTERFERENCE IN A DUAL-SIGNAL DEVICE - A dual-signal wireless transceiver is provided, comprising: a first wireless transceiver circuit configured to transmit and receive first signals using a first protocol; a second wireless transceiver circuit configured to transmit and receive second signals using a second protocol; and a control circuit configured to generate control signals to control operation of the first and second wireless transceiver circuits, wherein the first wireless transceiver circuit is configured to disable second transmission operations by the second wireless transceiver during first transmission operations by the first wireless transceiver circuit through the use of a shutdown signal. In this method, the second protocol allows the second wireless transceiver to retransmit first signals whose transmission was disabled by the shutdown signal. Furthermore, the second protocol is a Bluetooth protocol, and the first protocol is a wireless protocol other than the Bluetooth protocol.01-15-2009
20090017755INFORMATION COMMUNICATION DEVICE - In the information communication device of the present invention, the first device and the second device are arranged to be connected by wired and exchange device information with each other, as a result of which the first device and the second device can be placed into a state permitting Bluetooth-based wireless communication between the two even without performing a Bluetooth pairing process. Accordingly, the user can enable Bluetooth-based wireless communication simply by inserting the portable audio device 01-15-2009
20120258666WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - According to one embodiment, a wireless communication apparatus includes a determination unit, a first setting unit, a second setting unit and a wireless unit. The determination unit determines whether a signal degradation degree is higher than a threshold value. The first setting unit sets first parameters relating to a first data rate and a first communication robustness. The second setting unit sets second parameters relating to a second data rate and a second communication robustness if an instruction signal is received and if the signal degradation degree is higher than the threshold value. The wireless unit communicates with a communication partner using one of the first parameters and the second parameters.10-11-2012
20110124287METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION LINK BY SELECTING OBJECT FROM SCREEN - A method for establishing a communication link of a first communication device by selecting a target from a screen includes: selecting a second communication device for establishing a communication link on a screen of the first communication device; transmitting a request for a communication link including information regarding the establishment of a link on the basis of the first communication device required for establishing a communication link to the selected second communication device; receiving a communication link response including information regarding the establishment of a communication link on the basis of the second communication device required for establishing a communication link from the second communication device; and establishing a communication link between the first communication device and the second communication device by using the information regarding the establishment of a link on the basis of the first communication device and the information regarding the establishment of a link on the basis of the second communication device.05-26-2011
20100240306SYNCHRONIZING SATELLITE POSITIONING SYSTEM INFORMATION TO FEATURES OF SHORT-RANGE, AD HOC WIRELESS NETWORK PROTOCOLS - Satellite positioning system information and/or other information is communicated to/from a mobile terminal by synchronizing satellite positioning system information that is communicated to/from the mobile terminal over a short-range, ad hoc wireless network relative to a feature of a protocol that is used for the short-range, ad hoc wireless network communications. The feature may be a header field in the short-range, ad hoc wireless network communications. Related methods, mobile terminals and short-range ad hoc wireless networks are described.09-23-2010
20100240305OFFICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An office communication system provides intra-office communication within a medical or dental office, for example. The system includes a door or wall unit, a table or desk unit, and a wearable or portable unit. The door and desk units are configured to transmit and receive both infrared and radio frequency type wireless signals. The portable unit may include an infrared light transmitter configured to transmit infrared light encoded with a unique address or identifier. The system operates to non-obtrusively notify office personnel whether a practitioner has entered or is presently within a particular exam room of the office, even if a door of the exam room is closed.09-23-2010
20100240304PORTABLE ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND PORTABLE TERMINAL SYSTEM - A portable electronic apparatus that is disposed to a portable terminal device includes a contactless communication unit, the apparatus comprises a first interface which performs communication with the portable terminal device a second interface which performs contactless communication by using the contactless communication unit a storage unit which stores a plurality of application programs that execute processing in the contactless communication using the contactless communication unit through the second interface a setting unit which sets an application program capable of responding to an access request in the contactless communication in the plurality of application programs stored in the storage unit and a processing unit by which the application program enabled to respond to the access request in the contactless communication by the setting unit alone responds upon receiving the access request in the contactless communication through the second interface.09-23-2010
20120231738ENHANCING VEHICLE INFOTAINMENT SYSTEMS BY ADDING REMOTE SENSORS FROM A PORTABLE DEVICE - A vehicle display device is provided with a communications interface, which couples the vehicle display device to portable input devices inside the vehicle. The portable input devices are thus provided with the ability to control the display device and what is displayed thereon. The communications interface also enables the portable input device to control vehicle subsystems such as a climate control system, entertainment system and the like. Portable input devices equipped with sensors have sensor-generated information displayed on the vehicle display device.09-13-2012
20120231737ENERGY DISTRIBUTION AMONG ANTENNAS IN AN ANTENNA SYSTEM09-13-2012
20100323619Headset Adapter and Methods for Communicating Between a Hands-Free Headset and a Landline Telephone - A hands-free headset adapter comprises a first telephone connector configured to couple with the base unit of a landline telephone; a second telephone connector configured to couple with the handset of the landline telephone, the second telephone connector coupled to the first telephone connector via a communication channel; receive and transmit circuits coupled to the communication channel and configured to receive and transmit audio information with the base unit of the landline telephone; and a hands-free transceiver coupled to the receive and transmit circuits and configured to communicate over a desired standard, e.g., the Bluetooth® standard, with a hands-free headset. The second connector may be configured to reconnect the original telephone handset, thereby maintaining the original integrity of the desk/wall-mount telephone. The desired standard may include the same wireless standard as a user's cellular telephone.12-23-2010
20080299907Communication Apparatus, Communication Method, and Program - A communication apparatus capable of fully exhibiting capabilities that are inherently possessed by the communication apparatus for performing near field communication, a communication method for use therewith, and a program for use therewith an initiator performs near field communication with a target in accordance with are provided. For example, for each of predetermined n+1 types of capabilities possessed by the initiator or the target, the initiator generates capsules [12-04-2008
20080299906EMULATING PLAYING APPARATUS OF SIMULATING GAMES - An emulating playing apparatus of simulating games includes a simulating musical instrument, and a receiving member. The simulating musical instrument has controlling keys set thereon and includes a first battery, a first MCU, a first wireless module, and a first antenna. Signals are produced by the controlling keys and transmitted to the first MCU. The first MCU is communicated with the first wireless module which is connected to the first antenna. The receiving member has a port for connecting with a game frame and includes a second battery, a second MCU, a second wireless module, and a second antenna. The second MCU is communicated with the game frame and the second wireless module. The second wireless module is connected to the second antenna. The simulating musical instrument is wirelessly connected to the receiving member via the first wireless module, the first and second antennas, and the second wireless module.12-04-2008
20110003549AUTOMATIC RESOURCE AVAILABILITY USING BLUETOOTH - A method, apparatus, and system for automatically sharing data resources between Bluetooth devices. A Bluetooth device is paired with a “trusted” Bluetooth device. When paired devices are found, the Bluetooth device automatically allows the other device to present a virtual representation of data that is shared. The shared data can be selectively downloaded for use by the other device as long as the devices are in proximity. In an alternate embodiment, the devices may share pairing information with a network, so that the same shared resource can be made available at a large number of access points but specifically only for one paired, trusted device.01-06-2011
20110003548TECHNIQUE THAT ENABLES EACH OF A SYSTEM OF BLUETOOTH DEVICES TO APPEAR AND FUNCTION, IN RELATION TO CLIENT DEVICES, AS THE SAME ONE DEVICE. - Disclosed is a technique that enables each of a system of Bluetooth devices to appear and function as the same one device in relation to client devices. This eliminates any repercussions to the client device or its end-user of obtaining service from multiple devices, such as the need to pair with each. To affect this, the set of devices that comprise the system are reconfigured such that their wireless identities (their BD_ADDR) are the same, and they share information about client devices including their security credentials (their link keys).01-06-2011
20110003547Communication System and Method of Controlling the Same - Disclosed are a communication system and a control method thereof. The communication system comprises a terminal apparatus for converting regional information or position information into network connection information, and a communication apparatus for performing network communication by generating a data packet comprising the network connection information. In the communication system and the control method thereof, a number, a floor and a room of a building, a number of a shelf, a multilayer, and positions of goods are input, so that a network having no data collision is established, and thus a user conveniently use an office/home network service. An integral input system for network connection information is provided using regional or position information, so that communication is stably performed without using an additional manager.01-06-2011
20120264375Devices, Systems, and Methods for Sponsored Tethered Connectivity - Devices, systems, and methods are disclosed which relate to establishing an STC connection by tethering a special purpose connected device (SPCD) through a tethering mobile device having network access. The SPCD accesses an application server on the network, and is authenticated before service to the SPCD begins. Once authenticated, the service provider is billed for the STC connection instead of a user of the tethering mobile device.10-18-2012
20110045774DATA OUTPUT APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME AND OUTPUT SYSTEM - In an image output apparatus for outputting an image supplied from an image supply apparatus, the image supply apparatus and the image output apparatus are connected wirelessly and send and receive data. The state of the wireless connection is determined and the image to be output is changed in accordance with the determined state of the connection.02-24-2011
20110045773METHOD FOR PERFORMING COOPERATIVE FUNCTION AUTOMATICALLY AND DEVICE USING THE SAME - A method for performing a cooperative function and a device thereof are provided. It is determined whether another device is in a surrounding area of a device. When it is determined that the other device is in the surrounding area, the cooperative function is performed by the device with the other device according to a location of the other device. Accordingly, the cooperative function may be performed automatically if devices are in adjacent areas without a user's command.02-24-2011
20110045772TRIGGERING CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - A triggering control device for enabling a data collection host assembled on it to execute a corresponding function action comprises a Bluetooth communication module, a control module, a power supply module and a housing containing the foregoing components. The Bluetooth communication module for communicating the triggering control device is controlled by the control module to drive the Bluetooth communication module to output a triggering signal, and the data collection host is enabled while receiving the triggering signal. Thereby, the triggering control device enables the data collection host to proceed a functional action by the Bluetooth communication module, so as to solve the contact fault or interference problem of the prior art.02-24-2011
20110045770Apparatus and Method for Providing Wireless Communication and Global Positioning For A Wireless Computer Mouse - Wireless computer mouse operation may be provided by receiving a user detection signal from a sensor of the wireless computer mouse to determine the presence of a user. In one embodiment, an operation mode of the wireless computer mouse may be determined by a controller based, at least in part, on the user detection signal. Thereafter, the controller can enable at least one of a short range wireless communication module and a global positioning receiver of the wireless computer mouse based on the operation mode determined by the controller.02-24-2011
20120322383PREDICTIVE MOBILE AD HOC NETWORKING INCLUDING ASSOCIATED SYSTEMS AND METHODS - The mobile ad hoc network (MANET) includes a plurality of wireless mobile nodes and a plurality of wireless communication links connecting the nodes together. A method for operating a MANET includes predicting future-needed network services, network resources and network configurations in the MANET. A network response is predicted, based upon the predicted future-needed network services, network resources and network configurations. The MANET is adjusted based upon the predicted network response before the future-needed network services, network resources and network configurations are actually needed in the MANET.12-20-2012
20120322380LOCALIZED TRACKING OF ITEMS WITH ELECTRONIC LABELS - In one aspect, the present disclosure describes a method that may include identifying, by a monitoring device, a transmission signal of an electronic label, where the monitoring device includes an antenna and a processor. The method may include determining a distance for monitoring the transmission signal of the electronic label, and calibrating a transmission strength for communication with the electronic label via the transmission signal, where the transmission strength is calibrated to approximately achieve the distance. The method may include configuring a communication link between the antenna and the electronic label at approximately the transmission strength, monitoring availability of the communication link, identifying a loss of connection with the communication link, and responsive to the loss of connection, causing, by the monitoring device, an alert to be issued.12-20-2012
20120270502INFORMATION PROCESSOR, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DEVICE CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, an information processor includes a first location acquisition module, a second location acquisition module, an identifying module, and a transmitter. The first location acquisition module acquires own location information representing the location of the information processor. The second location acquisition module acquires display device location information representing the location of each of display devices capable of displaying data. The identifying module identifies one of the display devices to display the data based on the distance between the information processor and each of the display devices from the display device location information and the own location information. The transmitter transmits a request to display the data to the display device identified by the identifying module.10-25-2012
20100227556METHOD OF AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLING OPERATION BETWEEN TERMINALS AND TERMINAL SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method of automatically controlling operation between mobile terminals and a terminal supporting the same provide for automatic operation control terminals to control each terminal to recognize a specific operation generated in the terminal. Terminals generating the same operation signal automatically activate a near-distance communication module, and automatically forms a communication channel based on the near-distance communication module.09-09-2010
20100227557WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING AN UNDERGROUND FACILITY - A wireless communication system for managing an underground facility includes: at least one sensor node attached to the underground facility configured to transmit a sensing signal via magnetic field communication after detecting the status information of the underground facility in accordance with a driving signal, the driving signal comprising a wake-up signal; and an information collection device configured to: transmit the driving signal to the sensor node; collect the sensing signal transmitted from the sensor node; and transmit the collected information to a monitoring system via short-range wireless communication.09-09-2010
20120322381WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication apparatus is capable of generating a gain/noise characteristics control signal for an amplifier and a filter without degrading an amount of electrical power, or distance information contained in the electrical power. The wireless communication apparatus includes: a rectifier circuit; a circuit power supply for receiving electrical power from the rectifier circuit so as to supply required electrical power; a sampling circuit for performing sampling on an output of the rectifier circuit; a discrete filter capable of performing discrete processing on an output of the sampling circuit so as to selectively remove a frequency component contained in the output of the sampling circuit; and power control for controlling a bias required for a radio transmitter and/or a radio receiver based on the DC component output from the discrete filter.12-20-2012
20120322382PORTABLE WIRELESS TERMINAL, WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A battery accumulates electric power. A terminal high-speed wireless communication portion wirelessly communicates information. A terminal communication setting portion sets predetermined setting information related to wireless communication by the terminal high-speed wireless communication portion. A coil antenna is an antenna that receives electric power for recharging the battery in a contactless manner from an external terminal, the coil antenna transmitting or receiving the setting information to or from the external terminal.12-20-2012
20120322379WIRELESS LOCAL AREA COMMUNICATION METHOD AND TERMINAL SUPPORTING THE SAME - Provided is a method and terminal for wireless local area communication enabling nearby terminals to be paired by generating an identifier containing identification information of an application and randomly selected channel information; broadcasting the identifier to external terminals; performing a pairing procedure with an external terminal having responded to the broadcast identifier; and communicating data related to the application with the paired external terminal.12-20-2012
20110237193GESTURING TO SELECT AND CONFIGURE DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Described is a technology by which a gesture made with a source device (e.g., a cellular telephone), such as a throwing or pointing motion, is used to automatically set up a connection with another device to which the gesture is directed. Audio signals output during the gesture, e.g., such as at the start and end of the gesture, are detected by candidate (listening) devices. The device having the least time difference between detection of the start and end signals is the device that is generally best aligned with the throwing or pointing motion, and thus may be selected as the target device. Once selected, a connection such as a network connection may be set up between the source device and the target device for further communication, such as for application data exchange.09-29-2011
20110237192TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESS NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS WITH HIGH-DIRECTIONAL STEERABLE ANTENNAS COMBINING QUASI OMNI-DIRECTIONAL TRANSMISSIONS WITH BEAMFORMING TRAINING - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method, comprising communicating in a wireless network using a low-rate quasi omni-directional communications mode implemented as TX-RX space scanning using directional antennas, and a high-rate directional communications mode with beamformed directional antennas, and wherein the quasi low-rate omni-directional communications mode using TX-RX space scanning uses a same frame to simultaneously carry control information and perform beamforming training of the directional antennas.09-29-2011
20110237190MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING ENHANCED CONTACTLESS COMMUNICATION USING CONTACTLESS MODULE - A method and mobile terminal for enhanced contactless communication are discussed. According to an embodiment, the invention provides a mobile terminal comprising: a plurality of antennas designated for a contactless reception/transmission of signals from/to an external device, each of the plurality of antennas configured to receive a signal provided from the external device; and a contactless module operatively coupled to the plurality of antennas, and including a controller, the controller configured to check a strength of the signal received from each of the plurality of antennas, to select one of the plurality of antennas based on the checked result, and to receive the signal continuously or a new signal using the selected antenna.09-29-2011
20110237189DATA TRANSMISSION DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD USING THE SAME - A data transmission device connected to a monitor includes a wireless transmission module, a multimedia processing unit and an output interface. The wireless transmission module wirelessly receives a multimedia data transmitted by an electronic apparatus. The multimedia processing unit receives and decompresses and decodes the multimedia data, and the output interface transmits the multimedia data to the monitor for displaying the multimedia data. The display area of the monitor is larger than the display area of the display unit of the electronic apparatus. A user is allowed to watch the multimedia data generated from the electronic apparatus executing a multimedia file on the monitor with a large display area.09-29-2011
20110237188WIRELESS INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - Mitigating interference in a mobile wireless communication device by using an estimation of the performance impact of interfering signals generated by a wireless cellular transmitter and received by a co-located Bluetooth receiver. Bluetooth frequency channels are marked suitable or unsuitable for transmission based on the performance impact estimation and the state of the wireless cellular and Bluetooth connections. The estimation accounts for properties of the wireless cellular transmitter and Bluetooth receiver as well as operational characteristics of the wireless cellular and Bluetooth connections.09-29-2011
20120322378Wireless Communication Apparatus and Method - A wireless communication apparatus includes a body, a first antenna, a second antenna, a sensor, a wireless transceiver, and a switch. Both of the first antenna and the second antenna are disposed in or on the body. The sensor is electrically connected to the first antenna and the second antenna for sensing whether an object is close to at least one of the first antenna and the second antenna to provide a sensing result. The wireless transceiver has a main antenna connection port. The switch is coupled to the wireless transceiver, the first antenna, and the second antenna for selecting one from the first antenna and the second antenna to be electrically connected to the main antenna connection port of the wireless transceiver according to the sensing result.12-20-2012
20120322376Centralized Bluetooth device pairing - This disclosure relates to centralized Bluetooth™ pairing. The centralized pairing provides the ability to have a Bluetooth device that has been paired to one personal use phone on a Voice over Internet Protocol system automatically pair to another personal use phone on the system when the user logs into that phone. This pairing can be tied to a user profile and be initiated once the user logs into the other phone. Centralized pairing can also be provided to allow a Bluetooth device that has been paired to a common use device in one meeting room automatically pair to another common use device in a different meeting room when they enter the room. The Bluetooth interface in the common use devices can periodically scan for Bluetooth devices within range and pair the device if it is still within range after a predetermined number of scans.12-20-2012
20120322377COMPUTER TO VEHICLE WIRELESS LINK - A wireless data link system between a vehicle having a vehicle controller and a computing device having a computing processor is provided. The wireless data link system includes a vehicle data link (“VDL”) device and a computing data link (“CDL”). The VDL device has a VDL controller, a VDL memory, and a VDL interface circuitry. The VDL interface circuitry provides a connection to the vehicle controller for exchanging data. The VDL memory stores a passcode that provides a secure connection and a VDL recognizable code that is associated with the VDL device. The CDL device has a CDL controller, a CDL memory, and CDL interface circuitry. The CDL interface circuitry provides a connection to the computing processor for exchanging data.12-20-2012
20100233960SERVICE DISCOVERY FUNCTIONALITY UTILIZING PERSONAL AREA NETWORK PROTOCOLS - Techniques to provide service discovery via personal area network protocols. A personal area network is generally a network that covers only a few feet or meters of physical space. Personal area networks can be wired or wireless. Wired personal area networks include, for example, Universal Serial Bus (USB) and IEEE 1394 (or FireWire) connections. Wireless personal area networks can include, for example, IrDA, Bluetooth, UWB, Z-Wave and ZigBee. Service discovery results in indication of services that are available via the personal area network and not necessarily the physical devices that provide the services. A wireless device may utilize DNS formatted data over a Bluetooth connection to determine services that are available from other Bluetooth devices within range.09-16-2010
20100233959System for Limiting Use of Mobile Communication Devices within a Vehicle - A system and apparatus for limiting use of mobile communication devices which utilizes vehicle diagnostic information transmitted via the Bluetooth™ communications protocol to a mobile device (PDA, cell phone, laptop, portable printer, GPS, iPod, etc.). If the vehicle diagnostic data meets predetermined criteria, the software configured to evaluate vehicle diagnostic data selectively authorizes telephone calls, incoming text messages, incoming pager messages, incoming e-mails, outgoing telephone calls, outgoing text messages, etc. If the predetermined criteria are not met, the functionality of mobile communication devices will be limited.09-16-2010
20100203837COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system that allows a mobile station to locate a slave and that can be used outside a communication range of a base station of a mobile communication network is provided. A slave transmits and receives information to and from a mobile station, such as a cellular phone, by short-range wireless communication. The slave acquires positioning information on its present position and sends it together with identification information from a short-range wireless communication unit. The mobile station includes a receiving portion, a storage portion, a signal determining portion, and a display portion. The receiving portion receives a transmission signal from the slave, and the signal determining portion compares identification information contained in the transmission signal with identification code registered in the storage portion to determine whether they match. When the signal determining portion determines a match, the display portion plots a present position of the slave on map data about surroundings of the mobile station and displays it.08-12-2010
20100203836Reducing Interference From Closely Proximate Wireless Units - A wireless device may include two or more wireless interfaces capable of transmitting and/or receiving signals over separate wireless networks. To reduce the likelihood of interference, a processing unit may determine whether to permit a transmission under one wireless network when a reception under another wireless network is already in progress.08-12-2010
20100203835Wireless Network Protocol for Converging Braodcasting, Communication and Controlling In a Short Ranged Pico-Cell - In wireless devices for transmitting/receiving at least one of broadcasting, communication and controlling, a wireless network protocol transmits repeatedly data structure with a certain period in a unit of the same cycle, and maintains synchronization of the devices in a unit of the same cycle. As a result, a frequency hopping is performed in a unit of a cycle. Here, length of the cycle is set to below 20 msec so that a buffer used for transmitting/receiving a broadcasting signal and a voice/data communication has length of below 20 msec. Cycles form a network cycle. Control frames included in the cycles in the network cycle are differently assigned in accordance with their use, and so the control frames may be used for various controls. A payload frame in the cycle used by a user may be set freely in the range of length of the cycle. In addition, the user may set optionally transmission direction, transmission velocity, transmission output power, etc in a unit of a frame and use the buffer in a unit of the frame. As a result, a user interface may be set simply.08-12-2010
20100203834METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETECTING A MOVING VEHICLE WITHIN A PREDETERMINED AREA - The system allows a reliable and automatic detection of moving vehicles and advantageously also identification of the moving vehicles. A WPAN node device (advantageously a ZigBee node device) is installed on a vehicle to be detected when the vehicle is moving. Three WPAN node devices (advantageously three ZigBee node devices) are installed on the ground. One of the three WPAN node devices has a wide radio coverage area and acts as an “exciter” of the vehicle WPAN node device. Another one of the three WPAN node devices has a wide radio coverage area and acts as the “parent” of the vehicle WPAN node device. A further one of the three WPAN node devices has a narrow radio coverage area and acts as a “detector” of the vehicle WPAN node device. The three radio coverage areas are sized and located so that a moving vehicle to be detected enters the area of the “exciter” before entering the area of the “parent” and before entering the area of the “detector”. After detection, the system provides for sending information to a fourth WPAN node device present in a user mobile telephone terminal.08-12-2010
20100203833PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH PROXIMITY-BASED CONTENT SYNCHRONIZATION - Systems are provided that support millimeter-wave wireless communications between hosts and electronic devices. A host may be formed using a personal computer associated with a user or computing equipment associated with a public establishment. Content can be automatically synchronized between the host and the user's electronic device over a millimeter-wave wireless communications link in a communications band such as a 60 GHz wireless communications band. Synchronization operations may be performed based on user content preferences. Content preference information may be gathered explicitly from a user using on-screen options or may be gathered by monitoring user media playback activities and media rating activities. The content preference information may be transmitted automatically from an electronic device to a host when the electronic device is brought within range of the host. Synchronization operations may be performed automatically when a user is in proximity of a point-of-sale terminal or ticketing equipment.08-12-2010
20100203832Method and Apparatus for Co-Existence of an OFDMA Transmitter with a Synchronous Frame-Based Transmitter - A method and apparatus reduces the likelihood of packet loss when an OFDMA transceiver and synchronous frame-based transceiver are operating on the same device. More specifically, a method protects reception of Bluetooth signals (such as reception of slave device signals) from co-existence interference caused by co-located OFDMA transceiver transmissions. The method receives a transmission-enable (TXE) signal indicating that the OFDMA transceiver is transmitting, determines an estimated transmission-enable (TXE′) signal indicating when the OFDMA transceiver is expected to be transmitting in the future, and sends the TXE′ signal to the Bluetooth transmitter to shut down Bluetooth transmissions when a transmission is expected to be sent from the OFDMA transceiver.08-12-2010
20100203831Headset Charge via Short-Range RF Communication - Embodiments of the present invention enable energy transfer via short-range RF communication between a main device and an associated device, thereby allowing the main device to energy charge the associated device. Accordingly, the need for a separate charger for the associated device can be eliminated. Embodiments of the present invention are suitable for applications in which the main device and the associated device operate in close proximity to each other. Further, embodiments of the present invention are suitable for applications in which the associated device is more energy-constrained than the main device. According to embodiments, energy transfer applications can be supported using near field communication (NFC). In an embodiment, energy transfer via NFC is enabled between a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone and a Bluetooth headset. In another embodiment, energy transfer via NFC is enabled between a Bluetooth enabled digital camera and a Bluetooth enabled digital frame.08-12-2010
20100203830Systems and Methods for Implementing Hands Free Operational Environments - Various systems and methods for implementing operational environments are disclosed. For example, some embodiments of the present invention provide hands free operational environments that include a routing device, an audio transmission device, an audio output device, and an audio input device. The routing device communicably couples the audio transmission device to one or more of the audio input device and the audio output device. The audio input device is operable to receive an audible command. The audible command is operable to cause an operation on at least one of the routing device, the audio output device, and the audio transmission device.08-12-2010
20120276851SYSTEM FOR AUTO-IDENTIFICATION AND AUTO-ASSOCIATION OF AN AMUSEMENT DEVICE VIA A MOBILE DEVICE - A system for automatically identifying and associating with an amusement device using a mobile device is provided. The system includes an amusement device connected to a network, a mobile device having a controller, and an application program stored within the mobile device. The amusement device has a display screen, a memory and a controller. The application program is configured to (i) automatically detect when the mobile device is within a predetermined geographic range of the amusement device, (ii) automatically issue an alert on the mobile device of the detected amusement device, and (iii) prompt the controller of the mobile device to automatically associate the mobile device with the detected amusement device.11-01-2012
20120276850ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus includes a communication module, a connection establishing module, and a session control module. The communication module executes close proximity wireless transfer. The connection establishing module establishes a connection between the communication module and an external device. The session control module executes a first service when the connection has been established, and executes a second service when a threshold time has passed while the close proximity state is maintained after completion of the execution of the first service.11-01-2012
20120276849Adaptive control of a personal electronic device responsive to a micro-impulse radar - A personal electronic device is configured to be adaptively controlled responsive to data from a micro-impulse radar (MIR).11-01-2012
20120276847Obtaining vehicle traffic information using mobile Bluetooth detectors - A method and system for obtaining traffic information from mobile Bluetooth detectors is disclosed. A mobile Bluetooth detector is a device located in a moving vehicle that includes Bluetooth and GPS firmware for collecting data from Bluetooth enabled devices. The mobile Bluetooth detector transmits the collected data to a remote facility where the data is processed to generate traffic information. A pair of mobile Bluetooth detectors may be used to collect data for generating ground truth.11-01-2012
20120088451DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF WIRELESS TRANSFER OF FILES - Device, system, and method of wireless transfer of files. For example, a method includes: identifying a selection of a representation of a digital object stored in a mobile device by detecting contact on a touch-sensitive surface of the mobile device at a contact position that corresponds to said representation; identifying a directional movement of said contact position on the touch-sensitive surface; and in response to said directional movement, wirelessly transferring data corresponding to the digital object to a nearby computing device.04-12-2012
20120088450METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING COMMUNICATION OVER DIFFERENT RANGES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus well suited for supporting communications over different ranges in, for example, a peer to peer wireless communications system, are described. In the peer to peer network at least some of the types of signals, e.g., peer discovery signals and/or paging signals, are transmitted with no closed loop power control. An exemplary peer to peer timing structure includes air link resources allocated for a particular type of signaling in which the resources are segmented into multiple blocks which do not overlap in time, different ones of the multiple blocks being associated with different ranges. The characteristics of the basic transmission units of the multiple blocks based on range are different, e.g., tone size and symbol width are different. A wireless communications device implements the peer to peer timing structure and uses resources from different range based blocks at different times. Data traffic transmission units may be the same regardless of the range.04-12-2012
20120289157TOUCH INQUIRY - A system for expediting wireless connection establishment between wireless-enabled apparatuses. In at least one example implementation an apparatus may transmit discovery messages for discovering other apparatuses. The apparatus may receive one or more messages responding to the discovery message, and may determine whether any of the received responses satisfy a predetermined response criteria. If the apparatus determines that any of the received messages satisfy the response criteria, wireless connection establishment may be expedited between the apparatus and a source apparatus for each of the received messages that satisfy the response criteria. In an alternative scenario where a touch mode may be active in an apparatus that receives a message from at least one other apparatus, the apparatus may determine whether the message satisfies a predetermined criteria. If the message is determined to satisfy the criteria, the apparatus may expedite wireless connection establishment to the other apparatus.11-15-2012
20120100808MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND DATA DOWNLOAD METHOD - The present invention aims to relay data by using two kinds of communication systems for continuous and smooth transferring of data in accordance with a connection state. A mobile communication terminal 04-26-2012
20120100807COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, a communication apparatus comprises a close proximity wireless transfer device, a closeness detection module and a device control module. The close proximity wireless transfer device executes a close proximity wireless transfer. The closeness detection module detects that the close proximity wireless transfer device and an external device are in a close proximity state. Power which the closeness detection module consumes is lower than power which the close proximity wireless transfer device consumes in an idle state. The device control module is configured to activate the close proximity wireless transfer device when the closeness detection module detects the close proximity state.04-26-2012
20120100806Utilization of Ubiquitous Transmitting Devices to Provide Access Control to Vehicles and /or Other Controlled Access Items/Areas - A first device for use to gain access to a vehicle or to a controlled access item or area, wherein access is controlled by a second device. The first device for carrying on a person of a user and paired with the second device. The first device comprises components having a primary function not related to gaining access; a limited range transmitter for transmitting a signal to the second device, the second device receiving the signal and determining whether the signal was transmitted from the first device; responsive to determining that the signal was transmitted from the first device, the second device for issuing a control signal permitting the user to gain access to the vehicle or to the controlled access item or area.04-26-2012
20120329397Wireless Network Based Plant Tissue Culture LED Light Source Control System - The invention discloses a ZIGBEE wireless network based plant tissue culture LED (light-emitting diode) light source control system, aiming to solve the problem that a plant tissue culture light source system cannot be monitored and treated with full time sections at present. The invention adopts the technical scheme that the wireless network based plant tissue culture LED light source control system comprises a master control end and a plurality of slave control ends. The system is characterized in that the master control end comprises a first microprocessor, a second microprocessor, a memory, a real-time clock, a display device, a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, a serial communication interface (SCI), a USB (Universal Serial Bus) communication interface, operation keys and control software embedded in the two microprocessors; and each slave control, end comprises a third microprocessor, an extended memory, a real-time clock, an SCI, a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, an I/O (input/output) extended interface and control software embedded in the third microprocessor. The invention can be used for carrying out centralized control on LED light, sources in a large-scale field.12-27-2012
20120329396SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND SYSTEM - A short-range wireless communication apparatus comprising an own connection device and a control device is disclosed. The own connection device is capable of connecting a first predetermined communication protocol to a communication-destination-side connection device. The control device performs a first connection process of connecting the first predetermined communication protocol between the own connection device and the communication-destination-side connection device. The control device performs the first connection process at a time that is outside a period during which a second connection process of connecting a second predetermined communication protocol between the communication-destination-side connection device and a different connection device is performed.12-27-2012
20120329395DYNAMIC ANTENNA SHARING - A mobile communication device capable of dynamically sharing antennas is disclosed. The mobile communication device includes a wireless local area network (WLAN) control circuit to generate a Wi-Fi signal, a Bluetooth control circuit to generate a Bluetooth signal, and a cellular control circuit to generate a cellular data signal. The Wi-Fi and Bluetooth control circuits are coupled to a first antenna, while the cellular control signal is coupled to a second antenna. The mobile communication device further includes an antenna sharing logic coupled between the control circuits and the first and second antennas. The antenna sharing logic is configured to selectively couple either the Wi-Fi control circuit or the Bluetooth control circuit to the second antenna based, at least in part, on a level of activity of the cellular control circuit.12-27-2012
20120289158INQUIRY RESPONSE EVENT CONTROL - A system for selectively expediting connection establishment between apparatuses. In at least one example implementation, an apparatus may comprise at least a control entity and a communication entity. The control entity may transmit a command to the communication entity, the command instructing the communication entity to set certain operational parameters. The communication entity may then send a response to the command, and the control entity may determine if the certain operational parameters have been set in the communication entity based on the response. If the certain operational parameters have been set, the control entity may initiate a first device discovery mode in the apparatus. Alternatively, a second device discovery mode may be initiated by the control entity if it is determined that the certain operational parameters have not been set in the communication entity.11-15-2012
20120289160SENSOR-BASED TOUCH INQUIRY CONTROL - A system for selectively expediting connection establishment between apparatuses. In accordance with at least one embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus may sense a first change in the disposition of the apparatus, and may initiate device discovery based on the first sensed change. A determination may then be made in the apparatus as to whether another apparatus encountered by the apparatus during device discovery satisfies a predetermined response criteria. The apparatus may then select the other apparatus if it is determined that the other apparatus satisfies the predetermined response criteria.11-15-2012
20120289156Multiple uses of an e-book reader - An e-book reader aids in the translation and display of a query. The translation is done by an external website. Another use is for a website to make a customised electronic tourist guide downloadable to the reader, based on an itinerary provided by the user. Also, a reader and cellphone can be interlinked, so photos taken by the latter can be viewed and stored on the reader. Audio conversations and data from sensors associated with the cellphone can also be stored on the reader. The reader's keyboard might be used as the cellphone's keyboard. A reader can extend the scope of using mobile tags and virtual tags for locations where Internet access is lacking.11-15-2012
20120289159MULTIPLE APPARATUS SELECTION VIA TOUCH - A system for expediting connection establishment between apparatuses. In at least one example implementation, an apparatus may transmit discovery messages and may receive response messages. If any of the response messages are determined to satisfy predetermined response criteria, the apparatus may further determine if any of these response messages (e.g., the messages that were determined to satisfy the predetermined response criteria) are associated with apparatuses that satisfy selection criteria for the selection of multiple apparatuses that may, in some instances, operate together as a group. Apparatuses that are determined to satisfy the multiple selection criteria may then be selected, wherein connection establishment is expedited for the selected apparatuses.11-15-2012
20100178871REMOTE USER INTERFACE FOR BLUETOOTH.TM. DEVICE - A system and method of sending data pertaining to an accessory to a mobile device is disclosed. The accessory and the mobile device are communicable with one another using the Bluetooth™ protocol. A Bluetooth connection is established between the accessory and the mobile device. A Bluetooth query is received from the mobile device. The Bluetooth query is executed to obtain the requested data pertaining to the accessory. The requested data is sent back to the mobile device where it can be displayed on a mobile device display. Optionally, a logical link control and adaptation protocol (L2CAP) connection is established with the mobile device when an asynchronous connection-less (ACL) service is required.07-15-2010
20100178870APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE AUDIO QUALITY CONTROL USING BLUETOOTH - An apparatus and a method for playing an audio in an audio player using Bluetooth are provided. The method for playing an audio in an audio player using Bluetooth includes determining an available resource status of the player, transmitting audio data with decreasing audio quality when it is determined that the available resource status is less than a reference value, and transmitting an audio data with increasing audio quality when it is determined that the available resource status is more than the reference value.07-15-2010
20100178869Enhanced wireless handset, including direct handset-to-handset communication mode - A wireless handset is provided with enhanced features and capabilities. The wireless handset may be embodied as a full-featured handset that is capable of operating either within a wireless network (such as a cellular or PCS network) or in a direct handset-to-handset communication mode that is independent of the wireless network. Alternatively, the wireless handset may be embodied as a special purpose handset, that is capable of simply operating in a direct handset-to-handset communication mode. The wireless handset may additionally include features for supporting and enhancing direct communication between handsets. Such features may include a find feature that permits a user to determine which objects, including other wireless handset users, are located within a predetermined operating range of the wireless handset. A memorize feature may also be provided to permit handsets and other objects exchange information by wireless transmission.07-15-2010
20100167649METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THE CONFIGURATION OF A MOBILE STATION BASEDBAND CIRCUIT FOR AN ACOUSTIC ACCESSORY - A method and system for the configuration of a mobile station baseband circuit for an acoustic accessory having an identifier, the method comprising the steps of: 07-01-2010
20100167646METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE PAIRING07-01-2010
20130012129PORTABLE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - The communication module 01-10-2013
20130012130FREQUENCY SEPARATION FOR MULTIPLE BLUETOOTH DEVICES RESIDING ON A SINGLE PLATFORM - A single host device, comprising a plurality of communication devices, estimates bandwidth requirements such as maximum rates and/or an average data rate expected by each of a plurality of applications to be run on the single host. For each communication device, available frequencies utilized are determined based on the estimated bandwidth requirements. Each of the plurality of applications is allocated to corresponding one or more communication devices based on the determined available frequencies so as to, for example, concurrently run corresponding applications on the single host. The determined available frequencies are assigned to corresponding communication devices based on the estimated bandwidth requirements. The determined available frequencies and the plurality of applications may be reassigned and reallocated, respectively. Each of plurality of applications is allocated to the corresponding one or more communication devices based on the assigned/reassigned available frequencies and/or the estimated bandwidth requirements.01-10-2013
20130012131USING A SECURE ELEMENT AS A PASSIVE TAG - A method for configuring a mobile communication device to perform transactions using a second communication channel that is different from a first communication channel through which the mobile communication device sends voice data. The method includes attaching a secure element to the mobile communication device. The secure element includes a memory storing an application, a processor configured to execute the application stored in the memory; and a wireless transceiver configured to send transaction data associated with the executed application through the second communication channel to a terminal that is remote from the mobile communication device.01-10-2013
20100130128SOCIAL INTERACTION TRACKING - A device may include a communication interface configured to transmit and receive communications from a second device. The device may further include logic configured to determine whether a user of the device is in a social interaction with a user of the second device, obtain identification information associated with the second device when the user of the device is in a social interaction with the user of the second device, and store the obtained identification information associated with the second device to track the social interaction with the user of the second device.05-27-2010
20120149305METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A REDUCED USB POLLING RATE TO SAVE POWER ON A BLUETOOTH HOST - A Bluetooth host in a normal mode is enabled to monitor activities at USB endpoints. A Bluetooth USB radio has one or more active Bluetooth connections with peer Bluetooth radios. When each of the Bluetooth connections is in sniff mode, the Bluetooth host enables cancellation of normal USB activities at USB endpoints to enter a low power mode. The Bluetooth connections are still alive while the Bluetooth host is in the low power mode. In the low power mode, the Bluetooth host is enabled not to poll the bulk endpoint and to poll a USB interrupt endpoint in extended intervals for Bluetooth data received from the Bluetooth USB radio. The Bluetooth host is enabled to switch from the low power mode to the normal mode to process the received Bluetooth data over the bulk endpoint when a specific HCl event is received over the interrupt endpoint.06-14-2012
20120149304SYSTEM FOR PROXIMITY BASED AD-HOC DATA SHARING ACROSS DEVICES WITH INTUITIVE INTERFACES - A system for transferring data between devices with user via a short range wireless communication system is disclosed. The system may include a first device configured to activate an intuitive interface on the first device having a system for proximity based ad-hoc data sharing between the first device with an intuitive interface and at least a second device with an intuitive interface. Once, the first device is determined to be within range of a second device with proximity based ad-hoc data sharing, data may be received by the intuitive interface on the first device and data may be sent from the intuitive interface on the first device to an intuitive interface on the second device using an intuitive interface on the first device without relying on an external communication network. The data may be transferred with a single click to the receiving device in a paste-to format.06-14-2012
20130017786ANTENNA DEVICE - An antenna device includes a first antenna configured to operate within a first frequency band, a second antenna configured to operate within a second frequency band, wherein the second antenna is separated from the first antenna by a distance, and at least one parasitic antenna element, wherein the at least one parasitic element is substantially orthogonal to the first antenna, to the second antenna, or to both the first and second antennas, so as to substantially isolate between the first antenna and the second antenna.01-17-2013
20130017791MEDICAL BODY AREA NETWORK (MBAN) WITH KEY-BASED CONTROL OF SPECTRUM USAGE - A medical body area network (MBAN) system (01-17-2013
20130017790INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - The present disclosure is directed to an information processing apparatus. The information processing apparatus may have a memory configured to store an identification information of an IC tag in association with a communication profile in a table. The information processing apparatus may also have a first communication unit configured to communicate with the IC tag using a first communication function. The information processing apparatus may also have a second communication unit configured to communicate with an external apparatus using a second communication function different from the first communication function. In addition, the information processing apparatus may have a controller, which may be configured to receive identification information from the IC tag through the first communication unit and to establish a connection with the external apparatus through the second communication unit based on the received identification information and the table stored in the memory.01-17-2013
20130017789Systems and Methods for Accessing an Interaction State Between Multiple Devices - The present application discloses systems and methods for accessing digital content between multiple devices. The systems and methods may be directed to providing access to an interaction with a first application on a head-mounted display (HMD) to a second device. Contextual information relating information of the HMD and information associated with the interaction to describe an interaction state may be stored. A second device may be selected upon which the interaction state may be accessed and a determination of attributes of the second device may be made. The HMD may transfer to the second device the stored contextual information such that the second device may provide via the second application access to the interaction state. Information associated with a user input to the first application may also be transferred. In one example, the contextual information may describe an identified occurrence of digital content accessed via the first application.01-17-2013
20130017787COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHODAANM ESHITA; ShiroAACI TokyoAACO JPAAGP ESHITA; Shiro Tokyo JP - There is provided a communication apparatus including a short-range wireless communication unit for performing a short-range wireless communication with an external communication device, a position detection unit for detecting current position information, a storage unit for storing a communication position list registering therein position information at a time of performing the short-range wireless communication, and a control unit for acquiring the current position information from the position detection unit and for controlling a generation state of a standby radio signal from the short-range wireless communication unit in accordance with a comparison result obtained by comparing the acquired current position information with the communication position list.01-17-2013
20130017788PROTECTIVE CASE FOR ADDING WIRELESS FUNCTIONALITY TO A HANDHELD ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A protective case for an electronic device may comprise a wireless adaptor for adding wireless capabilities, including support of additional wireless communication protocols, to the electronic device. The system may enable, for example, location based services functions, social networking functions, and messaging functions.01-17-2013
20110159816COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present invention relates to a communication system, a communication device, a communication method, and a program, which make it possible to achieve a reduction in communication time. When performing communication in passive mode, the initiator transmits a polling request frame where a first value is set in time slot information, and when performing communication in simple mode, the initiator transmits a polling request frame where a second value different from the first value is set in time slot information. When the time slot information included in the polling request frame from the initiator has the first value, the target transmits a polling response frame including an ID for identifying the target at the timing of a time slot determined by a random number, and when the time slot information has the second value, the target transmits a polling response frame including real data at the timing of a time slot set in advance. The present invention can be applied to, for example, an IC card system that performs near field communication.06-30-2011
20110159815Wireless Device - The present invention discloses a wireless device, which includes a substrate and an antenna. The antenna includes a printed antenna element and a 3-dimensional antenna element. The printed antenna element is printed on the substrate, while the 3-dimensional antenna element is disposed on the substrate and coupled to the printed antenna element. The printed antenna element and the 3-dimensional antenna element jointly have a physical length of a desired frequency06-30-2011
20110159813Wireless Device Pairing and Grouping Methods - Methods for pairing devices to a group are disclosed. The methods include initiating a plurality of wireless device for communication with a base computing system. Then, receiving signals indicative of setting of each of the plurality of wireless devices in pairing mode. The method then detects a physical tap between two or more of the plurality of wireless devices. The physical tap setting a pairing of the wireless devices to a group for communication with the base computing system. The devices in the group being managed in a database to associate capabilities of the wireless devices to components of a multimedia feed being used by the group.06-30-2011
20130023212DATA PROTECTION SYSTEM - A protection system includes a storage device and a portable electronic device. The storage device includes a connecting portion, a memory, a first Bluetooth device, and a controller. The connecting portion, the memory, and the first Bluetooth device are connected to the controller. The memory has a read/write port. The controller controls the read/write port to connect the connecting portion for data transmission. The portable electronic device includes a second Bluetooth device and a verifying module. When the connecting portion is connected to the computer, the first Bluetooth device can send an interrogation signal to the second Bluetooth device, the verifying module of second Bluetooth device can permit reading of data in the memory, and the second Bluetooth device sends a reading-permitted signal to the first Bluetooth device, and the controller connect the read/write port to the connecting portion for data transmission.01-24-2013
20130023214CENTRALIZED DYNAMIC CHANNEL ALLOCATION FOR MEDICAL BODY AREA NETWORKS - A centralized frequency agility technique is employed in conjunction with a plurality of medical body area network (MBAN) systems (01-24-2013
20130023213METHOD OF OPERATING A MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION TERMINAL - As a realistic alternative to traditional business cards for fast and flawless electronic exchange of contact data, a search for additional mobile telecommunication terminals within a predetermined range of a mobile telecommunication terminal is conducted using a wireless connection. When a second mobile telecommunication terminal is within the predetermined range, an identification element associated with the user of the additional mobile telecommunication terminal is loaded into memory of the first mobile telecommunication terminal and displayed together with a confirmation control element on a user interface of the first telecommunication terminal. Upon actuation the confirmation control element, presence of a consent element generated by the user of the second telecommunication terminal and associated with the user of the first telecommunication terminal is checked. When the consent element is present, contact data of the user of the second mobile telecommunication terminal are loaded into the memory of the first mobile telecommunication terminal.01-24-2013
20130023215MEDICAL BODY AREA NETWORK (MBAN) WITH AUTOMATIC IN-FACILITY SPECTRUM USE ENFORCEMENT - A medical system comprises: a medical body area network (MB AN) system (01-24-2013
20080254744DATA DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A communication system of the type in which a base station, which can take the form of an electronic tag, is used to send data to users of wireless mobile units. The tags are used in environments such as on poster panels and in football grounds to deliver information relevant to that environment, e.g. information concerning the product advertised on the poster. A problem is that people who do not want the information offered by the base station will receive an invitation that they regard as a nuisance leading to negative association towards the brand. The invention seeks to overcome this problem by transmitting an enquiry signal at a relatively low power so that only mobile units in relatively close proximity to the base station will receive an invitation but uses a relatively high power when transmitting information to mobile units that have accepted the invitation.10-16-2008
20080248751Systems and methods for managing out-of-band device connection - Systems and methods for managing connection of devices to a wireless network using out-of-band communications.10-09-2008
20080248748Systems and methods for pairing Bluetooth devices - Embodiments of software-supervised pairing processes are provided. The processes enable a user to pair a mouse and keyboard with a Bluetooth transceiver without having to use a second mouse and keyboard. At least two separate processes are provided, including a long transition for initial pairing or re-pairing and a short transition for re-establishing a connection after devices have already been paired.10-09-2008
20130171939LOW COST PROXIMITY PAIRING MECHANISM IN WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORKS - A wireless networking method includes placing a master device and at least one peripheral device within proximity of each other. A radio frequency request for proximity pairing is transmitted from the peripheral device to the master device. Radio frequency proximity pairing signals implementing the proximity pairing are transmitted from the master device to the peripheral device. The proximity pairing signals are transmitted with a first level of transmission power. After the proximity pairing is complete, operational signals are transmitted from the master device to the peripheral device. The operational signals are transmitted with a second level of transmission power greater than the first level of transmission power.07-04-2013
20130171940Easily Operated Wireless Data Transmission/Reception System and Easily Operated Wireless Data Transmission/Reception Program - There is provided a simple data wireless transmission/reception system and program which enables a user to transmit an image folder easily and instinctively without performing a complicated communication process setting.07-04-2013
20130171934METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION IN A TRUNKED RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmission in a trunked radio communication system comprises a first mobile radio subscriber unit receiving identity data from one or more other mobile radio subscriber units. The first mobile radio subscriber unit detects the distance from the first mobile radio subscriber unit to each of the one or more other mobile radio subscriber units. This information is transmitted to the infrastructure of the system, which selects a communication channel for the first mobile radio subscriber unit, so as to reduce close proximity interference between the mobile radio subscriber units. The mobile radio subscriber units may check for blocking conditions prior to initiating communication, and when necessary may delay transmission. The check may be based on information received via Bluetooth from other mobile radio subscriber units, and Bluetooth signal strength information.07-04-2013
20080233876METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SHARING AN AUDIO PROCESSOR IN AN INTEGRATED FM RADIO AND BLUETOOTH SYSTEM - Aspects of a method and system for sharing an audio processor in an integrated FM and Bluetooth system are provided. In this regard, the shared audio processor may be enabled to process Bluetooth audio signals and/or FM audio signals. The shared audio processor may enable A/D conversion, D/A conversion, and/or conversion between digital audio formats. The shared audio processor may process signals from a FM radio receiver, a Bluetooth receiver, a FM radio transmitter, and/or a Bluetooth transmitter. The shared audio processor may process analog and/or digital signals, and may process encoded signals.09-25-2008
20080233875Method and System for Collaborative Coexistence of Bluetooth and WIMAX - Methods and systems for collaborative coexistence of Bluetooth and WiMax are disclosed. Aspects of one method may include a packet traffic arbiter (PTA) in a mobile terminal that arbitrates among requests to transmit from one or more communication devices collocated in the mobile terminal. The communication devices may comprise, for example, a WLAN communication device, a WiMax communication device, and/or a Bluetooth communication device. The arbitration may be based on, for example, whether a packet will be received by one of the plurality of collocated communication devices at a time of transmission of the present data packet and/or a priority for data to be transmitted. An exemplary scenario may be where a Bluetooth headset may be used for communication over a WiMax voice connection. One arbitration method may comprise allowing the WiMax packet to be transmitted, and replacing the received Bluetooth packet with data indicating silence. Another method may comprise not allowing transmission of the present WiMax packet. Rather, the present WiMax packet and a subsequent WiMax packet may e transmitted at the next transmission period.09-25-2008
20080233874METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR USING A BLUETOOTH PLL TO DRIVE FM TRANSMIT, FM RECEIVE, BLUETOOTH, AND NFC FUNCTIONS - Aspects of a method and system for using a Bluetooth® PLL/LO to drive FM Transmit, FM Receive, Bluetooth, and NFC functions. A Bluetooth® PLL/LO may be utilized to generate Bluetooth® signal that comprise I and Q components for use in Bluetooth® communication. The Bluetooth® signals may then be utilized by a DDFS to generate FM radio I and Q signals for FM radio reception and/or transmission. The Bluetooth® signals may also be utilized by a second DDFS to generate signals for near field communication (NFC) transmission and/or reception. The Bluetooth® signals may be kept at the same frequency, or reduced in frequency, for use in clocking the DDFS. A frequency word may also be utilized to clock the DDFS. The outputs of each DDFS may be a constant frequency while the inputs to each DDFS may vary in frequency.09-25-2008
20080233873METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SIMULTANEOUS FM TRANSMIT AND FM RECEIVE FUNCTIONS USING AN INTEGRATED BLUETOOTH LOCAL OSCILLATOR GENERATOR (LOGEN) - Aspects of a method and system for enabling simultaneous FM transmitter and FM receiver functions using an integrated Bluetooth Local Oscillator Generator (LOGEN). A Bluetooth® LOGEN may be utilized to generate Bluetooth® signal that comprise (I) and (Q) components for use in Bluetooth® communication. The Bluetooth® LOGEN may then be utilized by a DDFS to generate FM radio (I) and (Q) signals for FM radio reception. The Bluetooth® LOGEN may also be utilized by a second DDFS to generate FM radio (I) and (Q) signals for FM radio reception. The Bluetooth® signals may be kept at the same frequency, or reduced in frequency, for use in clocking the DDFS. A frequency word may also be utilized to clock the two DDFS. The outputs of each DDFS may be a constant frequency while the inputs to each DDFS may vary in frequency.09-25-2008
20080233872Method and System for Clocking FM Transmit FM Receive, and Near Field Communication Functions Using DDFS - Methods and systems for clocking FM transmit, FM receive and near field communication functions using DDFS are disclosed. Aspects of one method may include generating a Bluetooth signal that may comprise, for example, I and Q components, or Bluetooth local oscillator (LO) signals, for use in Bluetooth communication. One of the two Bluetooth LO signals may then be used by a DDFS to generate I and Q LO signals for FM reception and/or transmission. One of the I and Q LO signals for FM communication may be used by another DDFS to generate at least one LO signal for near field communication (NFC) transmission and/or reception. While the Bluetooth LO signal may vary in frequency as Bluetooth frequency hopping occurs, the FM LO signals may remain constant for a specific channel frequency. Similarly, while the FM LO signals may be changed to tune to different FM channels, the NFC LO signals may remain at a constant frequency.09-25-2008
20080233871Method and System For Bluetooth, Near Field Communication And Simultaneous FM Transmission and Reception Functions - Methods and systems for wireless communication are disclosed and may comprise generating a first signal to enable transmission and/or reception of Bluetooth signals, and clocking direct digital frequency synthesizers (DDFSs) via the first signal to enable simultaneous transmission and reception of FM and NFC signals. The first signal may be generated via a Bluetooth LOGEN or PLL, and may comprise in-phase and quadrature components. The frequency of the first signal may be within the range of 2.4 GHz to 2.483 GHz, or mixed to result in a frequency within the same range. Control word inputs may be generated to control the DDFSs, and may be adjusted to compensate for changes in frequency of the first signal. Simultaneous NFC transmission and reception may be simulated by switching the control word inputs between a plurality of values in successive time intervals to perform time division duplexing, and may occur at different frequencies.09-25-2008
20080233870Adapter and Method for Wireless Transfer of Memory Card Contents - The invention relates to an adapter (09-25-2008
20080227392System and Method for Sense-Areas for Ad-Hoc Networking - A method and system are provided for electronic devices (09-18-2008
20130171935METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING CONNECTION BETWEEN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A method for establishing a connection between wireless communication devices suitable for sharing data between a sender and a receiver is provided. Both the sender and the receiver respectively have a built-in acceleration sensor to enable the sender and the receiver obtaining an internal tap-data and external tap-data. A first-connection is established between the sender and at least one receiver all around. The sender bumps the receiver both for sharing data. The sender receives the external tap-data from at least one receiver via the first-connection, the internal tap-data is compared with the external tap-data to filter out not-bumped receivers and then the bumped receiver is confirmed. Then, a second-connection is established between the bumped sender and receiver according to a security protocol so as to mutually share data through the second connection between the sender and the receiver.07-04-2013
20130171936Scheme for Relatively Low Power FM Transmissions - Short range FM signal transmission apparatus comprising a generator configured to generate a set of FM transmissions occupying separate bands of frequencies and an RF transmitter configured to transmit the transmissions simultaneously.07-04-2013
20130171937METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING MOBILE SERVICES OUTSIDE OF CELLULAR COVERAGE - The application provides a method, apparatus and computer program product to enable the provision of mobile services outside the typical coverage area of a cell. Moreover, some embodiments of the application may enable the provision of burst radio link communications over long distances between transmission and reception devices (e.g., access points) having devices within their respective coverage areas in order to enable the devices to provide data or content from one device to another. Furthermore, in some embodiments, the access points may be enabled to communicate with the devices within their respective coverage areas via short range communication techniques and aspects of cognitive radio may be employed.07-04-2013
20130171938HANDHELD DIABETES MANAGER WITH AUTOMATED DISCONNECT FEATURE - A computer-implemented method is provided for a handheld diabetes-management device to establish a data connection with a Continua manager. The method includes: receiving a request to establish a new data connection with a computing device, where the computing device is physically separated from the diabetes-management device and operates as a manager in accordance with IEEE standard 11073; determining whether the diabetes-management device has an existing data connection with a medical device that is physically separated from the diabetes-management device; terminating the existing data connection with the medical device in response to the determination that the diabetes-management device has an existing connection with the medical device; and establishing a new data connection with the computing device in accordance with IEEE standard 11073.07-04-2013
20110263205CONTAINER COMMUNICATION MODULE - Systems and method for safely distributing software for electronic controllers in the refrigeration container industry, and also communication systems primarily for electronic controllers related to refrigeration containers in which fast software distribution in container controllers is achieved by introducing a buffer memory in the communication system, which buffer memory includes a new container controller software version. The communication system distributes the new container controller software version by a communication device, to receiving communication systems where the new software version is placed in the buffer memory. As a result, it can be achieved that software distribution starts automatically as soon as only one communication system includes the new software version, this software version will in a very short period be spread into all container controllers, e.g., on board a ship or in a container yard.10-27-2011
20110263203CONNECTOR FOR MEDICAL DEVICE - An apparatus includes a housing, a plurality of electrical contacts, and a transceiver. The housing is configured to engage a feature of a portable device. The plurality of electrical contacts are coupled to the housing and configured to establish an electrical connection with an electrical circuit of the portable device. The transceiver is coupled to the housing and configured to communicate with a secondary device.10-27-2011
20080220720METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING AREA SPECIFIC MESSAGING - A system and method for precisely locating a mobile device at a precise geographical distance and messaging to communication devices carried by persons in specific areas is disclosed. The method utilizes at least two elements, a mobile device and at least one location tag. When activated, the mobile device will interact with all of the location tags in range and determine the location tag most practically near. The mobile device will then download detailed local information from the location tag most practically near. The messaging system may be used to selectively send messages to communication devices known to be within range of location transmitters or tags in a predetermined area.09-11-2008
20080220719SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MULTIMEDIA CONTENT TO A WIRELESS DEVICE - The present disclosure relates generally to systems and methods for providing multimedia content to a wireless device. In one example, the method includes receiving a request from a wireless device to establish a connection to a telephone number. Multimedia content access information associated with the telephone number is identified, and the multimedia content access information is provided to the wireless device in response to the request to establish the connection. A request is received from the wireless device to access multimedia content associated with the multimedia content access information and the multimedia content is sent to the wireless device.09-11-2008
20080220718Bluetooth Communication System for Drivers of Vehicules - A system is provided that enables communications between a driver of a vehicle and a person outside the vehicle, between a rider of a motorcycle and a fellow rider of the same vehicle, or between a driver of a vehicle and another driver of another vehicle. A Bluetooth communication system comprises a Bluetooth communication device mountable to a helmet, and an indicator unit having an indicator disposed in a viewing range of a driver of such a vehicle as a car or a boat. It further comprises a transmitting module disposed in the Bluetooth communication device for transmitting an indication signal to the indicator in response to reception of a calling signal and a receiving module disposed in the indicator unit for driving the indicator in response to reception of the indication signal. The indicator indicates when a call arrives at a Bluetooth communication device mounted on a helmet.09-11-2008
20130178160SYSTEMS FOR FACILITATING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION AND RELATED METHODS - Systems for facilitating wireless communication and related methods are provided. In this regard, a representative system includes: an electronic device operative to communicate using Bluetooth and Wi-Fi, the device having a Wi-Fi monitoring system operative to: monitor Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) advertising channels; receive information corresponding to a Wi-Fi-capable device via BLE Advertisement packets communicated on at least one of the BLE advertising channels; and establish communication with the Wi-Fi-capable device using the information provided by the BLE Advertisement packets.07-11-2013
20130178161MULTIFUNCTIONAL CARRYING CASE FOR A TABLET COMPUTER - A carrying case includes a frame member to retain a tablet computer and a base member having a keyboard housing to receive a keyboard. The frame member is rotatably and slidably coupled to the base member to enable the frame member to be rotated through a variable angle with respect to the base member and also translated with respect to the base member such that an edge of the frame member is offset from a corresponding edge of the base member by a variable distance.07-11-2013
20130178162SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCATING A HEARING AID - A smart phone including a computer readable storage medium to store a hearing aid locator application and a processor coupled to the computer readable storage medium to execute the hearing aid locator application to track a last known location of a hearing aid.07-11-2013
20130178163Systems for Facilitating Wireless Communication and Related Methods - Systems for facilitating wireless communication and related methods are provided. In this regard, a representative system includes: an electronic device operative to communicate using Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) and at least a second radio format different from BLE, the device having a radio monitoring system operative to: monitor BLE advertising channels; receive information corresponding to a multi-radio-capable device via BLE Advertisement packets communicated on at least one of the BLE advertising channels; and establish communication with the multi-radio-capable device using the information provided by the BLE Advertisement packets.07-11-2013
20130178164SYSTEM INCLUDING BLUETOOTH MODULE AND WIRELESS LAN MODULE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An embodiment of the disclosure provides a control method between a Bluetooth module and a wireless LAN module, for an electronic device with a Bluetooth module and a WiMAX module. The method comprises: determining whether the priority of the Bluetooth module is higher than that of the WiMAX module; determining whether data transmitted or received by the WiMAX module has to be protected; and when the priority of the Bluetooth module is not higher than that the WiMAX module and the data transmitted or received by the WiMAX module has to be protected, setting the Bluetooth module to be in an inactive mode.07-11-2013
20130178165VERY SHORT-RANGE INTERCONNECTION DEVICE BETWEEN COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT AND A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A device (D) is dedicated to the interconnection between communication equipment (EC), equipped with a very short-range radio communication module (MCR) and a communication network (RC). This device (D) comprises i) relay means (MR) operative to relay received data to and from coupling means (MCP) coupled to said communication network (RC) and ii) an antenna (AN) capable, firstly, of radiating, or respectively capturing, very short-range electromagnetic waves, which are representative of data, to the, or respectively from the, radio communication module (MCR) whenever the communication equipment is placed within its immediate vicinity, and secondly, coupled to the relay means (MR) in order to transmit to them the data to be relayed coming from the radio communication module (MCR), and to receive from them (MR) the relayed data that comes from the coupling means (MCP).07-11-2013
20130178166METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING OUTSIDE NETWORK SERVICE BASED ON ADVERTISMENT VIEWING - Disclosed is a telephony service in a public place, and a method and an apparatus for an advertisement viewing based free telephony service. The method includes a process in which a telephony client requests a free call service in order to enable a specific telephony client to use the telephony service free of charge in a public place such as a subway, a process of providing an advertisement to a telephony client having requested the service, and a process of setting a telephony server in order to enable a telephony client having received an advertisement to use the service.07-11-2013
20080214111LOST PHONE ALARM SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system and method having an alarm software module recorded on a computer-readable medium programmed to monitor a connection between an accoutrement and a mobile phone. The alarm software module instructs an alarm to be issued if a threshold is met. In addition, the module may instruct the phone to lock.09-04-2008
20130137374VIRTUAL LINKING USING A WIRELESS DEVICE - A system and method for virtual linking a wireless device to another device is disclosed herein. The system includes an access point and a controller configured to mediate transmissions between the wireless device and the another device. The system further includes a virtual device table and a permissions filter to ensure virtual linking between devices that have matching access right and requested services. The wireless device and the another device may have the same or dissimilar protocols.05-30-2013
20130115885METHOD FOR ENERGY EFFICIENT BODY SENSOR NETWORK DISCOVERY - When monitoring a patient in a healthcare environment, a location of a battery-powered mobile aggregator (MA) sensor (05-09-2013
20130115884FIVE-BAND BLUETOOTH BUILT-IN ANTENNA AND ITS MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A five-band Bluetooth built-in antenna and its mobile communication terminal provide bandwidth for communication. A built-in antenna comprises an antenna radiation unit and a first slot, a second slot and a third slot; Slots are added to approach a center frequency of a low-frequency branch part of the antenna so that the antenna generates resonance, so the low-frequency bandwidth of the antenna is increased. A high-frequency part of the antenna generates resonance by means of capacitive coupling05-09-2013
20130115883ENHANCED WIRELESS HANDSET, INCLUDING DIRECT HANDSET-TO-HANDSET COMMUNICATION MODE - A wireless handset is provided with enhanced features and capabilities. The wireless handset may be embodied as a full-featured handset that is capable of operating either within a wireless network (such as a cellular or PCS network) or in a direct handset-to-handset communication mode that is independent of the wireless network. Alternatively, the wireless handset may be embodied as a special purpose handset, that is capable of simply operating in a direct handset-to-handset communication mode. The wireless handset may additionally include features for supporting and enhancing direct communication between handsets. Such features may include a find feature that permits a user to determine which objects, including other wireless handset users, are located within a predetermined operating range of the wireless handset. A memorize feature may also be provided to permit handsets and other objects exchange information by wireless transmission.05-09-2013
20130095761SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SEAMLESS SWITCHING BETWEEN A PLURALITY OF WIRELESS CONNECTIONS FOR WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS - A wireless communications system is provided with a first wireless communications module, a second wireless communications module, and a connection management module. The first wireless communications module operates in compliance with a first wireless communication protocol, and transmits data by wireless transceiving via a first wireless connection. The second wireless communications module operates in compliance with a second wireless communication protocol. The connection management module requests the second wireless communications module to establish a second wireless connection in response to a signal indicator of the first wireless connection having a value within a predetermined range, and transfers the data to the second wireless communications module to be transmitted via the second wireless connection.04-18-2013
20130095760System and Methods for Avoiding Interference Between Communications in Different Frequency Bands - An electronic device may include wireless communications circuitry that communicates in multiple radio-frequency communications bands such as cellular or local area network bands. The radio-frequency communications bands may be divided into channels that are each associated with a frequency range within a corresponding radio-frequency communications band. The electronic device may identify whether frequency harmonics associated with communications in a first radio-frequency communications band interfere with communications in a second radio-frequency communications band. The electronic device may identify channels in the second radio-frequency communications band that are affected by the frequency harmonics of the communications in the first radio-frequency communications band and configure the wireless communications circuitry to avoid communicating in the identified channels.04-18-2013
20130115882WIRELESS HEADSET SWITCHING SYSTEM - A wireless headset system including a switching unit having a detection circuit coupled to a wireless adapter. The detection circuit provides a first output signal to the wireless adapter upon detection of a triggering event, such as activation of a manual switch or detection of voltage of an audio output signal from a mobile communications device. The first output signal causes the wireless adapter to enter into an active audio channel mode. The detection circuit also provides a second output signal to the wireless adapter when no triggering event is detected, and the second output signal causes the wireless adapter to enter into a standby mode. Placing at least the wireless adapter in a standby mode saves battery life of the system.05-09-2013
20130102253DISTRIBUTED CONTROL OF MEDICAL DEVICES TO AVOID EFFECTS OF INTERFERENCE - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatus for transmitting relatively more critical information between devices using a first wireless technology and transmitting relatively less critical information using a second wireless technology more susceptible to interference than the first wireless technology. One example method generally includes performing an association with a second apparatus via a first wireless technology, wherein the first wireless technology requires proximity between the first and second apparatuses; communicating first information with the second apparatus via the first wireless technology, a second wireless technology, or a combination of both the first and second wireless technologies, while the first and second apparatuses are still in proximity; and communicating second information with the second apparatus via the second wireless technology.04-25-2013
20130102252METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING AND DISTANCE BOUNDING SYSTEM - The method for communicating between a first device and a second device includes the steps of: the first and second device communicating by exchanging messages that are based on signals that are transmitted through a plurality of communication channels; the first device sending a challenge message to the second device over one communication channel; the second device sending, upon reception of the challenge message, a response message to the first device through at least two communication channels that have essentially identical signal propagation velocities; the first device measuring the time elapsed between the sending of the challenge message to the reception of the response message; and the first device computing its distance to the second device based on this time, knowledge about travelling speed of the challenge and the response message and the processing delay that the second device adds to generate and send the response message.04-25-2013
20130102251DATA TRANSFER USING THE BLUETOOTH LOW ENERGY STANDARD - During operation in the described embodiments, a transmitting electronic device transmits a first data channel protocol data unit (PDU) with a payload containing data D to a receiving electronic device using a Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE) interface in a sending window for the transmitting electronic device during a regular event, wherein transmitting the first data channel PDU during the regular event comprises using a first frequency to transmit the first data channel PDU. The transmitting electronic device then transmits a second data channel PDU with a payload containing the same data D to the receiving electronic device using the BTLE interface in a sending window for the transmitting electronic device during a corresponding retransmission event, wherein transmitting the second data channel PDU during the retransmission event comprises using a second frequency to transmit the second data channel PDU.04-25-2013
20130102250CLOSE-PROXIMITY WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TRANSFER - A system for transferring active communication sessions between apparatuses. In at least one example implementation, a first apparatus may receive information including at least identity information corresponding to a second apparatus via close-proximity wireless communication. The receipt of the identity information may then trigger the first apparatus to determine whether it is already in a communication session. If it is determined that the first apparatus is in a communication session, it may be further determined, based on the identity information, whether automatic transfer of the communication session is permitted. If the first apparatus determines that the automatic transfer is permitted, the first apparatus may then initiate a transfer of the communication session to the second apparatus.04-25-2013
20130115880Pairing a Bluetooth Device to a Virtual Desktop in a Hosted Desktop Environment - Techniques are provided for a client to send a message to a server comprising information configured to indicate that a user has logged on to the client. A determination is made as to whether the user logging on for the first time. When the user logs on for the first time, a message is received comprising a pseudo hardware address for a client wireless device associated with the client. The pseudo hardware address is assigned to the client wireless device. The client wireless device is paired with a wireless device associated with the user. A message is generated comprising pairing information for a pairing between the client wireless device and the user wireless device and the pairing information is sent to the server for storage. When the user subsequently logs on, a message is received comprising the pairing information and the client wireless device is provisioned with the pairing information.05-09-2013
20130115881WIRELESS OBTAINING METHOD FOR EXTERNAL DATA, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND APPLICATION PROGRAM - A wireless method for obtaining external data is comprised of an electronic apparatus, an external message and an external apparatus. The electronic apparatus reads an external message without physical contact and identifies a Media Access Control (MAC) Address of an external apparatus in accordance with the contactless message. The electronic apparatus establishes a wireless connection with the external apparatus directly using the identified MAC Address, and obtains necessary data from the external apparatus through the wireless connection. Therefore this wireless method circumvents the hassle for user to turn on and off a Bluetooth transmitting component of the electronic apparatus, select a connecting target, and establish the wireless connection with the external apparatus manually all together.05-09-2013
20130122810Device Association - A method of associating a first device with a second device is disclosed. The first device through its speaker broadcasts a request for association using an audio signal. The broadcasted audio signal is received by the second device through its microphone. The first and second devices then cooperatively verifies a security code and upon a successful verification of the security code, the first and the second devices are enabled to communicate with each other.05-16-2013
20130122811MITIGATING TRANSMISSION INTERFERENCE BETWEEN DIGITAL RADIO AND BROADBAND COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A broadband device (05-16-2013
20130130623PORTABLE COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING BETWEEN A LOCAL TERMINAL AND A PLURALITY OF PORTABLE EQUIPMENT - Portable equipment, a system and a method of communication between a local terminal and a plurality of portable equipment via contactless communication means is provided. Each item of equipment has a first storage medium for storing a plurality of applications, a first processing system for carrying out an application transaction with the local terminal, a second processing system distinct from the first processing system for carrying out at least one application function with the terminal, and a second storage medium, the second processing system being suitable for writing to the second storage medium data representative of the result of at least one application function and the first processing system being suitable for reading the data from the second storage medium so as to carry out at least one application transaction with the local terminal.05-23-2013
20130130622METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PAIRING A SENSOR DEVICE TO A USER - A method, system, and a computer-readable medium for pairing a wireless sensor device to a user are disclosed. The method, system, and computer-readable medium comprise providing an identification code that includes a network address within the wireless sensor device. The method, system, and computer-readable medium include utilizing an application within a mobile device. The application selects the user, obtains the identification code, scans for network addresses, and compares the network address to the scanned network addresses. When the network address matches one of the scanned network addresses, the wireless sensor device is paired to the user by the application.05-23-2013
20130143494METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS OPTIMIZATION BASED ON PLATFORM CONFIGURATION AND USE CASES - Methods and apparatus for optimizing wireless network performance by incorporating platform configuration and use case information. In one exemplary scheme, a client device provides the wireless network with an indications of impacted operations based on the client device's platform configuration. The wireless network can adjust the radio link to the client device so as to best accommodate the impacted operation. In one embodiment, a client device that includes a 3×3 Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) (or 4×4, 2×2, etc.) and Bluetooth (BT) module identifies a subset of modulation and coding schemes (MCS) that are preferred for operation. The client device provides the identified subset to the WLAN access point (AP). Responsively, the WLAN AP selects a MCS, such that the client device's overall performance remains at an acceptable level. In another embodiment, the server/client can adjust MCS and/or active antenna chains based on the noise floor (NF) level.06-06-2013
20100279612Method of Pairing a Portable Device with a Communications Module of a Vehicular, Hands-Free Telephone System - A method of pairing Bluetooth™ enabled devices including a portable phone with a Bluetooth™ communications module of a vehicular, hands-free telephone system includes using vocal communications to prompt an operator of the phone to enter a given PIN number into the phone. The presence of any Bluetooth™ enabled devices within the vicinity of the communications module is searched. Vocal communications are used to prompt the operator to vocally state a name for the phone and to vocally state a pairing priority to be assigned to the phone. If the assigned pairing priority is not assigned to another Bluetooth™ enabled device, then the name and the pairing priority are associated with the phone. Communications between the communications module and the phone are then enabled if the phone has the highest pairing priority amongst all of the Bluetooth™ enabled devices present within the vicinity of the communications module.11-04-2010
20100279610SYSTEM FOR RECEIVING AND TRANSMITTING ENCRYPTED DATA - The invention regards a system where only one first device has a radio frequency identification tag that is recognized by payment software and vice versa. Hence, it is preventing that the payment software is utilized as a clone in other first devices. The first device can be a cellular phone (11-04-2010
20100279609SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING OVER AN 802.15.4 NETWORK - A method of reducing data transfer while increasing image information over an 802.15.4 network includes obtaining an image with a sensor, modulating a representation of the image using a first 802.15.4 modem, sending the representation of the image to a coordinator, demodulating the representation of the image using a second 802.15.4 modem, and digitally enhancing at least one of the representation of the image and the image. A system for communication over an 802.15.4 network includes a sensor for obtaining data, the size of the data being at least an order of magnitude greater than the size of an 802.15.4 packet, a first 802.15.4 modem coupled to the sensor, a buffer for temporarily storing the data to allow transmission of portions of the data; the buffer being coupled to the sensor, a coordinator coupled to the sensor, the coordinator being capable of communicating with a computer, and a second 802.15.4 modem coupled to the coordinator.11-04-2010
20080207125Method and Apparatus to Facilitate Conforming a Wireless Personal Communications Device to a Local Social Standard - A wireless transmitter (08-28-2008
20110217931SIMULATION TESTING SYSTEM FOR A MOBILE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND SIMULATION TESTING METHOD THEREOF - A simulation testing system for a mobile communication apparatus and a simulation testing method thereof are disclosed. The simulation testing system comprises a first mobile communication device and a second mobile communication device. The first mobile communication device comprises a first command processing module and a data processing module. The first command processing module sends an attention command. The second mobile communication device comprises a second command processing module, having a simulation unit for receiving the attention command and simulating a modulator/demodulator to transmit a simulation connection command. After the first mobile communication device receives the simulation connection command, the data processing module sends the testing data to the second mobile communication device. Compared with previous testing system of a mobile communication apparatus, the simulation testing system does not need a network. Therefore, the development of video phone would be more smoothly than before.09-08-2011
20110217928SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING CALLER-IDENTIFICATION - An application for a caller-identification system includes a circuit for receiving caller-identification information from a tip and ring interface and a circuit for wirelessly transmitting at least a subset of the caller-identification information to a display system. In the display system includes a circuit for receiving the caller-identification information and a circuit for displaying the caller-identification information on a display.09-08-2011
20080200122IN-BUILDING RADIO FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM WITH AUTOMATIC FAILOVER RECOVERY - An improved in-building radio frequency communications system with automatic failover recovery comprising a primary external antenna and one ancillary external antenna, each antenna directed to a primary transmission tower and to an ancillary transmission tower, respectively, and a diversity site donor system capable of monitoring the strength and/or quality of the radio frequency signals received from the primary transmission tower and switching communications between the primary transmission tower and the ancillary transmission tower based on the strength and/or quality of the radio frequency signals received from the primary transmission tower.08-21-2008
20080200121VEHICLE-TO-ROADSIDE AND VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL PROGRAM THEREOF - To resolve the problems of the vehicle-to-roadside communication and the vehicle-to-vehicle communication, and to enhance the safety of the road traffic and the convenience of the user by expanding the communication providing area and further stabilizing the communication. A vehicle-to-roadside and vehicle-to-vehicle communication system including a plurality of roadside communication devices being arranged on a roadside with a narrow range communication area, and an on-board communication device mounted on a vehicle which travels with passing through the communication area, and carrying out a wireless communication by cooperating a vehicle-to-roadside communication and a vehicle-to-vehicle communication is provided; where the roadside communication device and the on-board communication device are configured to be mutually communicable through two wireless channels, and the on-board communication device is configured to execute channel switching after notifying channel switching to a communicating party via wireless channel in communication when switching the channel from one to the other.08-21-2008
20080200120MANAGING LOW-POWER WIRELESS MEDIUMS IN MULTIRADIO DEVICES - A system for optimizing the operation of a plurality of radio modules incorporated within a wireless communication device (WCD) connected as a slave on a low-power wireless network, wherein a low-power device is acting as the master of the wireless network. The timing of communication between master and slave may be established by the master, and as a result, the WCD may utilize a control strategy to allow substantially concurrent active communication in one or more of the plurality of radio modules while still operating under the parameters set forth by the low-power master device.08-21-2008
20110223862WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - The risk of a third party able to conduct pairing is reduced, and operation is also made simple. In S09-15-2011
20110237191SHORT RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A short range wireless communication apparatus is disclosed. When multiple communication protocols including a first communication protocol and a second communication protocol are simultaneously connected between the short range wireless communication apparatus and another short range wireless communication apparatus, the short range wireless communication apparatus notifies the another short range wireless communication apparatus a second communication protocol connection request if the first communication protocol is disconnected in response to transmission of a first communication protocol disconnection request to the another short range wireless communication apparatus and then the second communication protocol is disconnected in response to transmission of a second communication protocol disconnection request from the another short range wireless communication apparatus.09-29-2011
20120276852Proximity-Based Mobile Message Delivery - Proximity-based mobile message delivery is described. In an embodiment, a first user stores a message intended for a second user on a first mobile terminal, whilst the first mobile terminal is located remote from a second mobile terminal of the second user. Subsequent to this, the first mobile terminal detects that it is now in proximity with the second mobile terminal, and this triggers the first mobile terminal to transmit the message to the second mobile terminal. In embodiments, authentication of the second mobile terminal can be performed before transmitting the message. In another embodiment, a mobile terminal comprises a short-range wireless transceiver that can detect that a further mobile terminal is in proximity, and trigger the transmission of a pre-stored message to the further mobile terminal.11-01-2012
20120276848WIRELESS ARRAY DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING WIRELESS ARRAYS HAVING MAGNETOMETERS - A wireless array for providing access to a network is provided. The wireless array includes at least two transceivers in signal communication with a client. A magnetometer of the wireless array provides orientation information relating to an orientation of the wireless array relative to a magnetic field. A controller of the wireless array is in signal communication with the transceivers and the magnetometer. The controller manages the communications exchanged via the transceivers and receives the orientation information provided by the magnetometer.11-01-2012
20130149965BIOLOGICAL ENTITY COMMUNICATION CHANNEL - Biological entity communication channel techniques are described. In one or more implementations, an apparatus includes a signal conductor having a side that is configured to be disposed proximal to a surface of a biological entity to use at least a part of the biological entity as a transmission channel to transmit a signal received by the signal conductor from an electrical device. The apparatus also includes a ground layer configured to be disposed on an opposing side of the signal conductor from the side of the signal conductor that is configured to be disposed against the surface of the biological entity.06-13-2013
20110275324COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH MICRORADIOS - A microradio is provided with a hysteretic switch to permit an optimum range increasing charging cycle, with the charging cycle being long relative to the transmit cycle. Secondly, an ensemble of microradios permits an n11-10-2011
20110275323Headset System With Two User Interfaces - A headset system (11-10-2011
20110275325METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING TRANSMITTING DIVERSITY AND RECEIVING DIVERSITY - The method for implementing transmitting diversity includes receiving a symbol from a destination mobile terminal, by a mobile terminal which is in the same mobile terminal group with the destination mobile terminal, wherein the symbol is also sent from the destination mobile terminal to a base station; and processing, by the mobile terminal, the symbol and transmitting the symbol processed to the base station. The method for implementing receiving diversity includes receiving, by a mobile terminal, a symbol from a base station; finding a destination mobile terminal which is in the same mobile terminal group with the mobile terminal if the mobile terminal is not the destination of the symbol; and forwarding the symbol to the destination mobile terminal. Embodiments of the present invention solve the problem of excessive size of a mobile terminal used for implementing transmitting diversity and receiving diversity, and also reduces bit error rate (BER).11-10-2011
20110275322COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND PROGRAM - To start secondary use of a spectrum without causing an adverse effect on a communication service for primary usage, provided is a communication control method including the steps of acquiring data related to a communication environment surrounding a first communication device at the first communication device, determining that a second communication service using a part or whole of a spectrum assigned to a first communication service is available when the acquired data related to the communication environment satisfies a first condition, and permitting usage of the second communication service when the data related to the communication environment satisfies a second condition at the first communication device or a second communication device.11-10-2011
20110275321Integrated Vehicle Key and Mobile Phone System for Preventing Mobile Phone Use While Driving - A system and method for controlling wireless communications in a vehicle is disclosed. The system comprises a vehicle key (11-10-2011
20110275320MULTIMEDIA PLAYBACK CALIBRATION METHODS, DEVICES AND SYSTEMS - A multimedia playback calibration method includes a calibration module operating on a mobile communications device to cause it to: introduce test data at a first end, in the mobile device, of a playback path and receive data, played back by a playback device at a second end of the playback path, at a sensor integral to the mobile device; compare the received data against the test data to determine a characteristic of the playback path; and configure the mobile device to compensate for this characteristic. The mobile device may comprise a handheld casing enclosing a central processing unit, a multimedia player module for initiating playback of at least one data stream on a playback device, communication capability for forwarding the at least one data stream from the mobile device to the playback device along a playback path and the calibration module,11-10-2011
20130149968Digital Radio Network System - The present invention is directed to a system for operating a network of digital radios comprising a digital radio configured with a Bluetooth type protocol. The digital radio further comprises a radio directory, with the radio directory operable to retrievably store radio reception information for a plurality of radios. The radio reception information comprises a unique identifier and Bluetooth address. The digital radio further comprises a radio directory handler, the directory handler configured to selectively retrieve radio reception information from the radio directory for a recipient radio and store the retrieved radio reception information in active memory for communication according to the Bluetooth protocol. The radio directory is preferably populated with radio reception information of a plurality of radios, with the radio reception information for each radio being based on the pairing process between a controller radio and a member radio. The radio directory is then distributed to each member radio, enabling direct communication among all radios in the radio directly. Optionally, the system includes a gateway where the network data can be bridged to external communication systems.06-13-2013
20130149964Extending the Functionality of a Mobile Device - Devices, systems, and methods are disclosed for extending the functionality of a mobile device by including a cover for the mobile device with a substantial portion of the exterior overlaid with a touch-sensitive surface. Logic stored on the cover senses a user's touch on the touch-sensitive surface, and transmits the touch input to the coupled mobile device. Logic stored on the coupled mobile device may receive and interpret the touch input as a function or command of an operating system, or a function or command of a program within the operating system of the mobile device.06-13-2013
20130149966COMMUNICATION METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM - Provided are a communication method, apparatus, and system. The communication method comprises registering addresses of opponent devices to communicate with in advance between a ZigBee coordinator and an end device, thus preventing an unauthorized device from joining a network or avoiding unnecessary joining due to a user's mistake.06-13-2013
20130149969METHODS, SYSTEMS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR COLLECTING EARPIECE DATA FROM A MOBILE TERMINAL - A system for collecting earpiece data from a mobile terminal comprising an earpiece includes an earpiece data module in the mobile terminal configured to obtain earpiece data based on usage of the earpiece. A mobile terminal memory is in the mobile terminal and is configured to store the earpiece data. A communications module is in the mobile terminal and is configured to connect the mobile terminal to a remote earpiece data collection module that is remote to the mobile terminal. The earpiece data module is further configured to determine if the earpiece data in the mobile terminal memory satisfies a threshold and to transmit the earpiece data to the remote earpiece data collection module by the communications module if the earpiece data satisfies the threshold.06-13-2013
20130149967RELIABLE COMMUNICATIONS FOR WIRELESS DEVICES - A method and apparatus for connectivity management of a wireless device is provided, such as a wireless medical device. The method comprises providing a wireless connection between at least two medical devices, the at least two medical devices comprising a primary medical device and a secondary medical device, causing the primary medical device to transmit and the secondary medical device to receive state signals wirelessly across a plurality of communication data channels, and reporting a non-active state for one of the plurality of data channels from the primary medical device to the secondary medical device using the plurality of communication data channels.06-13-2013
20120258664RESOLVING AN APPLICATION SERVICE CHANGE IN A SYSTEM USING BLUETOOTH - Peer-to-peer communication is established between applications in different Bluetooth enabled devices in a Bluetooth network by using Bluetooth protocol messages to discover peer-to-peer bus daemons. In the Bluetooth enabled computing devices, an initiating peer-to-peer bus daemon initiating a connection from a first device to a second device discovers an accepting peer-to-peer bus daemon at the second device. After the discovery of the accepting peer-to-peer bus daemon by the initiating peer-to-peer bus daemon, the initiating peer-to-peer bus daemon sends SDP protocol messages to find a named application available through the accepting peer-to-peer bus daemon. An extended inquiry response with a unique identifier is created and sent by the accepting peer-to-peer bus daemon to the initiating peer-to-peer bus daemon. This unique identifier contains a revision count and the revision count indicates the current version of an application name list for application services available at the accepting peer-to-peer bus daemon.10-11-2012
20090186576Bluetooth car kit - The “Bluetooth Car Kit” is a new and unique product combining Bluetooth hands-free cell phone calling and USB/SD/MMC supporting FM transmission. The integrated FM Transmitter streams stereo music from its own USB disk, or SD/MMC card through the in-car sound system for music play, playback as well as music select. The “Bluetooth Car Kit” has an audio cable line-in hole which is used to connect any audio device. The “Bluetooth Car Kit” also has the function of hands-free speaking. The “Bluetooth Car Kit” just simply connects to the cigarette lighter socket in the vehicle making it easily transportable. The integrated 1.5 inch LCD display can show multi-information from both of its own USB disk/SD/MMC card as well as the cell phone Bluetooth. The appearance of the “Bluetooth Car Kit” is unique.07-23-2009
20100297943WIRELESS VIDEO HUB - A method for transmitting data from a digital device to a computing device. The method includes determining that a physical location of a digital device is within a predetermined range of a communications hub that is less than a maximum operable range of the communications hub, receiving first video data from the digital device in accordance with a first communications protocol, and transmitting second video data to a computing device in accordance with a second communications protocol.11-25-2010
20130137375METHOD, SYSTEM AND MOBILE DEVICE FOR PRIORITIZING A DISCOVERED DEVICE LIST - The described embodiments relate generally to methods, systems and computing devices, including at least a mobile device, for ordering a discovered device list according to a Received Signal Strength Indication (RSSI) of each device in the discovered device list. Thus, the discovered device list has at the top of the list the device that has the highest RSSI, with the remaining devices in the discovered device list presented in descending order of RSSI.05-30-2013
20100317289METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BLUETOOTH LOW POWER LINK LAYER CONNECTION SETUP - A mobile device such as a Bluetooth low energy (BLE) device detects out-of-band blocking signals and manages packet transmission in associated BLE link layer connections based on the detected out-of-band blocking signals. The BLE device is operable to measure out-of-band RSSI to detect out-of-band transmission interferences. The BLE device compares the measured out-of-band RSSI with an out-of-band energy profile such as a LTE energy profile or a WiMAX energy profile to determine the out-of-band blocking signals indicating cadence or periodic out-of-band traffic activities. A remote BLE deice (advertiser) aperiodically or periodically transmits an advertising packet to the BLE device for a specific link layer connection. If not connected within a determined time period, the remote BLE device (advertiser) reduces transmission power for transmitting the advertising packet. The BLE device receives the advertising packet and sends a connection request packet to the remote BLE device (advertiser).12-16-2010
20130157574Driver Electronic Device Automatic Deactivation System and Method - A system and method of automatically prevents an electronic device operated by a driver from receiving or transmitting text and email messages while driving a motor vehicle. The system includes a first Bluetooth transceiver located inside a motor vehicle that is configured to create a link, such as a piconet, with a compatible second Bluetooth receiver located in the electronic device that has text and email messaging capabilities. The electronic device includes a software program loaded into its memory designed to automatically disable the device's text and mail messaging capabilities when the link is created. Upon entering and starting the motor vehicle, the link is established, which automatically blocks or deactivates the device's transmission and receiving message capabilities. In one embodiment, the software program provides a menu page that allows the driver to selectively turn ON or OFF different features when the two transceivers are linked. Access to the menu page may be controlled by passwords.06-20-2013
20120282859System and Method for Transmitting Data Between Communication Terminals - The invention relates to a system for transmitting data between at least two communication terminals (11-08-2012
20130157573MOBILE BLUETOOTH DEVICE - A wireless communication system comprises a mobile Bluetooth device, first and second Bluetooth terminals, the mobile Bluetooth device comprising a memory and a controller performing a first pairing process with the first Bluetooth terminal as a result of which identical first link keys are stored in the mobile Bluetooth device and in the first Bluetooth terminal, the controller further performing a second pairing process with the second Bluetooth terminal such that identical second link keys are stored in the mobile Bluetooth device and in the second Bluetooth terminal. The controller stores in the memory a first location, a first vicinity and/or a first transmit power indication of the first Bluetooth terminal when performing the first pairing process and to store in the memory a second location, a second vicinity and/or a second transmit power indication of the second Bluetooth terminal when performing the second pairing process.06-20-2013
20130157568MEDIA EXPOSURE LINKING UTILIZING BLUETOOTH SIGNAL CHARACTERISTICS - A computer-implemented method for establishing media data exposure for a computer processing device, where media data received in the computer processing device. The computer processing device pairs itself with a plurality of portable computing devices using a Bluetooth connection when media data is received. A signal strength characteristic of the Bluetooth connection is established in the computer processing device for each of the paired plurality of portable computing devices. Each signal strength characteristic with the received media data is then established to determine which signal strength characteristic is the strongest when the media data was received in the computer processing device.06-20-2013
20130157569Systems and Methods of Distributed Tag Tracking - RF tags may be used to acquire data. If the tag is attached to a particular article, information regarding that article may be acquired. In an example embodiment, items are fitted with RF tags. A mobile phone or other wireless device can track when the tags are in RF range. When a user wants to know data regarding the article, he may consult the information on the phone. The phones running the system may report any compatible tags that are found, even ones that have no ownership connection to a central server where the data is compiled. “Foreign” tag information is submitted to the server and can be turned over to the owner of the tags. In this implementation, the reach of the system may be increased compared to the previous, local implementation. In an example embodiment, information may be anonymized in the server to deal with privacy concerns.06-20-2013
20130157570MONITORING SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A MOBILE DEVICE - In a method for monitoring a second mobile device using a first mobile device and wireless communication, a prompting file, a time interval, and a name of a second communication module of the second mobile device are set in the first mobile device. A first communication module of the first mobile device searches for discoverable devices within a predetermined coverage area of the first mobile device. Each found discoverable device is entered in a device list of the first mobile device. If the second communication module is found, a timer starts timing the time interval. After the time interval has elapsed, the first communication module searches for the discoverable devices again, for updating the device list. If the second communication module is not in the updated device list, the prompting file is outputted to alert a user of the first mobile device.06-20-2013
20130157571System for wireless remote monitoring of alarm events of a medical device and corresponding patient - A wireless remote alarm system is described to allow a mobile caregiver or clinician to track the alarm status of a life-critical medical device and patient while the caregiver or clinician is located away from the patient. The system includes automatic recognition of the medical device's alarm output circuit for universal compatibility, in order to render the system practical, convenient and reliable to deploy, and protocols for signal reliability, security and power management. The system also includes alarm differentiation protocols to assist the caregiver with alarm prioritization, and remote patient management applications via wider-area network connectivity. The system is especially useful in alternate care and homecare settings, and for monitoring patients using a ventilator.06-20-2013
20130157572METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSFERRING AN IMAGE BETWEEN TWO MOBILE TELEPHONE DEVICES - The present invention relates to a method of transferring an image of a mobile telephony device named transmitter (T) to another mobile telephony device named receiver (R), the method comprising of step (06-20-2013
20130183902CONTACTLESS CONNECTOR - A contactless connector includes a waveguide structure having a waveguide body extending between a first end and a second end and a septum received in the waveguide body and extend at least partially along an interior of the waveguide body. The septum divides at least a portion of the waveguide body into a first chamber and a second chamber. The waveguide structure conveys RF signals between the first and second ends. The contactless connector includes a communication module having a circuit board positioned at the first end of the waveguide body with transmit and receive communication chips coupled to the circuit board. The waveguide guides the RF signals from and to the transmit and receive communication chips, and the septum isolates the RF signals associated with the communication chips.07-18-2013
20130183903SCALABLE HIGH-BANDWIDTH CONNECTIVITY - A scalable, high-bandwidth connectivity architecture for portable storage devices and memory modules may utilize EHF communication link chip packages mounted in various two-dimensional and three-dimensional configurations on planar surfaces such as printed circuit boards. Multiple electromagnetic communication links between devices distributed on major faces of card-like devices may be provided with respectively aligned pairs of communication units on each device. Adjacent communication units on a printed circuit board may transmit or receive electromagnetic radiation having different polarization, such as linear or elliptical polarization. Power and communication between communication devices may both be provided wirelessly.07-18-2013
20130183900METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK (PAN) DEVICE - A method of controlling a wireless personal area network (PAN) device, such that the PAN device performs at least one from among a coordinator role, a router role, and an end device role in a plurality of networks by using a single physical layer includes setting a first role corresponding to a first network and a second role corresponding to a second network; acquiring activation interval information of the first network and the second network based on the first role and the second role that are set in correspondence to the first network and the second network, respectively; performing the first role during the activation interval of the first network based on the acquired activation interval information; and switching the first role to the second role and performing the second role during the activation interval of the second network.07-18-2013
20130183901Call Management Through A Hands Free Communication Device - A hands free communication device (07-18-2013
20110294432FAST AND RELIABLE CHANNEL CLASSIFICATION ALGORITHMS IN BLUETOOTH NETWORKS TO DETECT AND AVOID 2.4 GHZ INTERFERERS - A method for frequency selection in a wireless communication system, includes performing in a wireless device, receiving at least one signal at a current frequency; processing at least one data packet received via the received at least one signal to determine the presence of bit errors; characterizing the received at least one signal received at the current frequency based on the processing of the at least one data packet; classifying the current frequency based on at least the characterization of the received at least one signal; and selecting the current frequency based on the classification. At least one signal strength measurement may be performed on the received at least one signal, and the processing of the at least one data packet may be performed within a current channel classification update interval.12-01-2011
20110294430METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONNECTING AN END TERMINAL TO A PLURALITY OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINALS TO BE PROVIDED WITH A SERVICE IN A CPNS ENVIRONMENT, AND CPNS SERVER AND END TERMINAL FOR SAME - The present invention is a method and system, with the system comprising an CPNS server and an end-point terminal for connecting the end-point terminal to a plurality of mobile communication terminals for providing the end-point terminal with a variety of services in a CPNS environment. The CPNS server makes a request for a CPNS service via a second mobile communication terminal, analyzes the request as transmitted to provide the end terminal with the service. The end-point terminal is connected to the first mobile communication terminal through a short-range wireless communication network for performing the CPNS service and is connected to a second mobile communication terminal through short-range wireless communication during the performance of the CPNS server to request and receive specific CPNS service from the CPNS server. Since the end-point terminal is connected to a plurality of mobile communication terminals and provided with CPNS services, the end-point terminal can simultaneously provide a variety of services.12-01-2011
20110306297Antenna Control - In at least some embodiments, a computer system includes a first wireless technology (FWT) module and a second wireless technology (SWT) module. The computer system also comprises control logic coupled to the FWT module and the SWT module. The control logic determines if the FWT and SWT modules are both turned on and, if so, disables at least one SWT antenna based on its proximity to a FWT antenna being less than a predetermined distance while enabling at least one other FWT antenna.12-15-2011
20110312273Cellular Phone Entry Techniques - A cell phone is mated with the vehicle system and thereafter used to obtain access to the vehicle. A user who has a cell phone automatically can obtain access to the vehicle. An embodiment describes a USB key that provides access to the vehicle, and in an emergency, either a complete or partial version of the key can be downloaded from a server.12-22-2011
20090143012BLUETOOTH-ENABLED MOBILE TERMINAL AND FAST DEVICE CONNECTION METHOD THEREOF - A Bluetooth-enabled mobile terminal and fast device connection method is provided for reducing device connection latency and power consumption. The device connection method includes inquiring of devices by broadcasting an inquiry at an inquiry Power Control Level (PCL), requesting the devices responded to the inquiry for remote names by transmitting a remote name request, determining whether a device is selected among the devices responded to the remote name request, determining, when a device is selected, whether the selected device is a pre-paired device, attempting, when the selected device is a pre-paired device, pairing with the selected device at a preset PCL, and attempting, when the selected device is not a pre-paired device, pairing with the selected device at the inquiry PCL set for broadcasting the inquiry.06-04-2009
20120003933MEDICAL DEVICES WITH PROXIMITY DETECTION - A wireless medical device is disclosed. The wireless medical device comprises a processor, a memory, a sensor for detecting a physiological signal, a radio and a proximity detector to measure a distance of the wireless medical device relative to a second wireless medical device. The proximity detector includes a ranging functionality. A wireless communication channel is created when a distance between the wireless medical device and the second wireless medical device is within a first predetermined threshold. The distance is greater than zero.01-05-2012
20120021685ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION STATE NOTIFICATION FUNCTION CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic apparatus includes a communication module, a communication state notification module, a notification function information obtaining module, and a notification function control module. The communication module executes close proximity wireless transfer. The communication state notification module notifies at least one of a start time and an end time of data transfer executed between the communication module and an external device, the data transfer being executed by the close proximity wireless transfer. The notification function information obtaining module obtains notification function information indicative of a capability relating to a communication state notification function of the external device from the external device. The notification function control module requests the external device to execute or suppress the communication state notification function by the external device, based on the obtained notification function information.01-26-2012
20120028582METHODS OF OPERATING ELECTRONIC DEVICES, AND METHODS OF PROVIDING ELECTRONIC DEVICES - Some embodiments include a method disposing an integrated circuit die within a housing, the integrated circuit die having integrated circuitry formed thereon, the integrated circuitry including first transponder circuitry configured to transmit and receive radio frequency signals, wherein the integrated circuit die is void of external electrical connections for anything except power supply external connections; and disposing second transponder circuitry, discrete from the first transponder circuitry, within the housing, the second transponder circuitry being configured to transmit and receive radio frequency signals, wherein the first and second transponder circuitry are configured to establish wireless communication between one another within the housing, the second transponder circuitry being disposed within 24 inches of the first transponder circuitry within the housing.02-02-2012
20120028581PORTABLE TERMINAL FOR HAVING DETACHABLE BLUETOOTH HEADSET - A portable terminal with a detachable BLUETOOTH headset is provided. The terminal includes the BLUETOOTH headset installed detachably in the portable terminal, a receiver module and a microphone module installed in the BLUETOOTH headset and used for phone call, an electrical connection means for, when the BLUETOOTH headset is installed in the portable terminal, electrically connecting the BLUETOOTH headset with the portable terminal, and a controller for detecting an installation or non-installation of the BLUETOOTH headset and for performing a corresponding operation. When the BLUETOOTH headset is installed in the portable terminal, the receiver module of the BLUETOOTH headset is used as a receiver module for the portable terminal.02-02-2012
20130196600SYSTEM AND METHODS THAT ENABLE AUTOMATED TESTING OF MOBILE DEVICES AT A REMOTE MONITOR SITE - A computer-implemented system is provided that enables automated testing of a plurality of mobile devices residing at a monitor site. The system is comprised generally of a test controller in data communication with the plurality of mobile devices. The test controller transmits a test request over a wireless network to each of the plurality of mobile devices, where the test controller communicates via a persistent data channel using a short range communication protocol such as a Bluetooth. Each of the mobile devices is configured with a test agent that is configured to receive the test request from the test controller and execute a test in response to the test request.08-01-2013
20130196601PROXIMITY-RELATED DEVICE DETERMINATIONS - In general, one aspect of the subject matter described herein can be embodied in methods that include the actions of: for each of a plurality of devices, perceiving, in relation to the device, one or more proximate devices, generating a record of the perception of the one or more proximate devices, receiving, from at least one of the one or more proximate devices, one or more records of respective prior perceptions of one or more devices in relation to the at least one of the one or more proximate devices, and providing, to another device that is not among the one or more proximate devices, (a) the record of the perception of the one or more proximate devices and (b) the one or more records of respective prior perceptions.08-01-2013
20130196602WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS USING COINCIDING MULTIPLE PAIRING CRITERIA - A system including a first mobile device and a second mobile device is disclosed. The first mobile device has a first interactive pairing criterion associated therewith, and the second mobile device has a second interactive pairing criterion associated therewith. The first mobile device includes a processor configured to perform and/or initiate the following. Upon the second mobile device being geographically positioned within a predetermined geographic distance from the first mobile device, an automatic query is issued to determine whether the first interactive pairing criterion and the second interactive pairing criterion at least partially coincide with one another. Upon a determination that the first interactive pairing criterion and the second interactive pairing criterion at least partially coincide with one another, a digital media file associated with the second mobile device is downloaded.08-01-2013
20130203353SHORT-RANGE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - A Short-range Radio Communication (SRC) system and method are provided. The system includes a first terminal and a second terminal capable of connecting to each other by one or more SRCs. When having share information and being connected to the second terminal by the one or more SRCs, the first terminal transmits the share information to the second terminal. When being SRC-connected to the first terminal the one or more SRCs, the second terminal receives the share information from the first terminal08-08-2013
20130203354METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONNECTIVITY RECOVERY IN WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless communication device and a method of re-establishing a connection with a WPAN master device is presented. The method includes detecting that a first master station of a WPAN session which includes the first master device and one or more stations becomes unavailable, activating a master station application to become a second master station and sending one beacon to notify the stations of the session about the second master station connectivity parameters.08-08-2013
20130203355SHORT-DISTANCE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided is a contactless communication R/W device that has low power consumption and a wide communication area in contactless communication that performs delivery of electronic data with a contactless communication device. The contactless communication R/W device includes an antenna coil, a resonance frequency setting section which sets a resonance frequency, and a coupling degree detecting section which detects a coupling degree corresponding to the resonance frequency of a counterpart antenna coil. The contactless communication R/W device transmits, in a first period before the start of communication, a carrier wave at a first level, and detects the coupling degree while changing the resonance frequency, and then, in a second period, the antenna coil transmits a carrier wave at a second level that is larger than the first level.08-08-2013
20120071097In-vehicle apparatus - A control circuit of an the in-vehicle apparatus repeatedly performs a Bluetooth connection operation to connect to both of registered cellular phones and registered portable AV players in such a manner that, if an HFP connection has already been established to a cellular phone prior to an AVP connection to a portable AV player, the control circuit performs one round of AVP connection attempts to all of the registered portable AV players according to a priority order, prior to performing connection attempts to connect other data communication type profile to the cellular phone. By using such a profile connection scheme, the AVP connection attempt will not be delayed until after a connection attempt of the other data communication type profile.03-22-2012
20120077436METHOD AND APPARATUS TO TRANSFER FILES BETWEEN TWO TOUCH SCREEN INTERFACES - Systems and methods for configuring transferring a file between wireless communication devices are presented. The source device receives an input via a touch screen interface. It queries a destination device to determine if the destination device has received an input via the destination devices touch screen interface that completes a file transfer gesture. The source device transfers the file based on the response of the destination device to the query.03-29-2012
20130095762COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention relates to a communication system and a communication method for simply and quickly starting communication. A cellular phone is loaded with a non-contact IC card that communicates with a reader/writer of a personal computer using an electromagnetic wave. When the non-contact IC card receives the electromagnetic wave emitted from the reader/writer with the cellular phone placed close to the personal computer, the cellular phone notifies the personal computer of a card ID set in the non-contact IC card. When the personal computer acquires Bluetooth device names of the cellular phone and PDA with intra-piconet synchronization established between the cellular phone and the PDA, the personal computer identifies the cellular phone as a communication partner based on the Bluetooth device names already notified of as the card ID. The present invention is applicable to an information processing apparatus such as a personal computer and a cellular phone.04-18-2013
20120094603Device and method for contactless short range communication - The subject innovation relates to a device for contactless short range communication. An exemplary device comprises a contactless communication module enabled for contactless short range communication with an external target. A processor of the device is configured to execute at least one contactless application. The exemplary device includes a smart card external to the processor and connected to the contactless communication module. The smart card provides an interface used by the contactless application to access functions of the contactless communication module via the smart card.04-19-2012
20120094602BLUETOOTH HEADSET FOR MOBILE PHONE - A Bluetooth headset for a mobile phone includes a body configured to transmit and receive a signal to and from a mobile phone via Bluetooth communication. The body is connected to at least one of a Subscriber Identification Module (SIM) card and a Universal SIM (USIM) card, and is further configured to obtain subscriber information from the one of the SIM card and the USIM card to provide the obtained subscriber information to the mobile phone.04-19-2012
20120094601BLUETOOTH HEADSET WITH CAMERA FUNCTION AND REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM EMPLOYING THE SAME - A Bluetooth headset includes a camera circuit, a radio frequency circuit and an antenna. The camera circuit includes a lens module and an image processing circuit electrically connected to the lens module. The lens module is for capturing and obtaining images, and the processing circuit is for processing the images from the lens module. The radio frequency circuit is electrically connected to the camera circuit, and the antenna is electrically connected to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit processes the images from the image processing circuit, and the processed images from audio frequency circuit are transmitted to a portable electronic device through the antenna for the purpose of display. A rear view monitor system employing the Bluetooth headset is also described.04-19-2012
20120094600PLATFORM FOR PATIENT MONITORING - A gateway device includes a transceiver in electrical communication with a processor, the transceiver being configured to communicate over a wireless network to both receive data from at least one body-worn sensor and transmit the data, and a plurality of indicator lights in electrical communication with the processor. A first of the indicator lights indicates successful power-on of the gateway device. A second of the indicator lights indicates establishment of a Bluetooth connection with a body-worn sensor. A third of the indicator lights indicates successful creation of a WiFi connection. A fourth of the indicator lights indicate successful creation of a cellular connection.04-19-2012
20130210356SEQUENTIAL ANTENNA SWITCHING SCHEME FOR RFID SYSTEM - A device, system, antenna system including a reader and a plurality of antennae, antenna product, method for the addressing antennae, and method for switching the antenna in a radio frequency identification (RFID) system, wherein the method includes switching the reader in a sequential manner to each of the antennae successively according to a radio frequency communication signal from said reader, where the radio frequency communication signal is provided for the reader to communicate with a tag such that it is simple to form a network and easy to implement the network at low cost.08-15-2013
20130210357METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR RADIO FREQUENCY DEVICE PAIRING - A method for radio frequency device pairing includes: after a pairing instruction is received, sending a discovery request message to a second radio frequency device; receiving a discovery response message returned by the second radio frequency device; sending a first pairing request message to the second radio frequency device; receiving a first pairing response message returned by the second radio frequency device; after a button instruction entered by the user according to interface information displayed by the second radio frequency device is received, sending, to the second radio frequency device, a second pairing request message which contains button information corresponding to the button instruction; receiving a second pairing response message which is returned by the second radio frequency device and contains a confirmation result indicating that the button information and the interface information are successfully matched; exchanging keys with the target second radio frequency device, thereby completing pairing.08-15-2013
20130210358Application Control Method and Mobile Electronic Device thereof - By checking a type of a foreground application of a mobile electronic device in response to an instruction triggered on a Bluetooth device and transmitted to the mobile electronic device in a wireless manner, a function of the foreground application will be executed corresponding to the instruction, where the type of the foreground application may be optionally switched before executing the function.08-15-2013
20130210359METHOD OF UPDATING INTO SERVICE CATEGORY TABLE IN DEVICE AND DEVICE FOR THE SAME - A method for acquiring a service category table required for finding a service includes acquiring information on a latest service category table by identifying version information of a service category table from a broadcasting signal received from adjacent devices during, a process of searching for a device supporting a service desired among devices, and acquiring a service category table of a latest version by establishing a session connection with a device supporting the service category table of the latest version based on the information. By acquiring, the information on the latest service category table, a session connection with only the device providing the desired service is established so that an optimized session connection establishing process can be performed and a total network capacity can be efficiently managed. Also, the latest service category table can be acquired from the session-connected device, and thus a new service can be easily identified.08-15-2013
20130210360METHODS OF COMMUNICATING IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION AND A RESPONSIVE COMMAND VIA SHORT-RANGE COMMUNICATIONS, AND RELATED DEVICES - Methods of operating a short-range Radio Frequency (RF) device are provided. The methods may include transmitting identification information that identifies the short-range RF device and/or sensor information generated by a sensor associated with the short-range RF device, using a short-range RF communication protocol. The methods may include receiving a command, responsive to the identification information and/or the sensor information, from a server via a first device using the short-range RF communication protocol to control a second device associated with the short-range RF device. Related devices are also provided.08-15-2013